Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
R2000-105 09-25-00
RESOLUTION NO. R2000-105 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING BID NO. B98-15 FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE CULLEN WATER AND SEWER IMPROVEMENTS AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE TO ENTER INTO A CONTRACT FOR SAID CONSTRUCTION. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for Bid No. B95-15, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards Bid No. B98-15 to SER Construction, Inc. in an amount not to exceed $478,236.60. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the Cullen Water and Sewer Improvements. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 25 day of Seotember , A.D., 2000. TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: (~ITY SF:~:IETARY t/' APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR CON STRUCTION OF SANITARY SEWER, WATER LINES AND LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS ALONG CULLEN BOULEVARD AND BROADWAY (FM 518) B98-12 CITY OF PEARLAND TOM REID, MAYOR f' CITY COUNCIL Helen Beckman Bill Berger Klaus Seger Richard Tetens Larry Wilkins CITY MANAGER CITY SECRETARY Glen Erwin Young Lorfing AUGUST 2000 „ff .. ° et • FSI 97019 f,........... :,� f e.Gl'.�.i. f P°1:t-fa�4E s A:• .^ • Prepared by O��d�'O. 734g! ��'. ,„,0 FERRO-SAYLORS, INC. x ARCHITECTURE • ENGINEERING • PLANNING v J 1500 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77077 Ph 281-496-0066 Fx 281-496-0220 41.114 411110 . • April 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SANITARY SEWER, WATER LINES AND LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS ALONG CULLEN BOULEVARD AND BROADWAY (FM 518) B98-12 TABLE OF CONTENTS A. NOTICE TO BIDDERS B. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS C. PROPOSAL D. STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR r E. LABOR CLASSIFICATION AND MINIMUM WAGE SCALE F. GENERAL CONDITIONS G. SPECIAL CONDITIONS H. TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD CWSRF TIER III (WASTEWATER) ' LOAN PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS I. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT J. SUBMITTALS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ITEM 1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS ITEM 2 SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING ITEM 3 APPURTENANCES FOR SEWER LINES ITEM 3.1 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS r ITEM 3.2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\CITYOFP.TOC TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-1 FSI JOB No.97019 ;#16.1'• • " I I I' 111 ! • Pk's' '`.416116444, F4 ,rre• I April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. ITEM 4 CASING AND AUGERING ITEM 5 TRENCHING AND SHORING SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ITEM 6 EARTHWORK ITEM 7 DEMOLITION ITEM 8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING FOR PIPE ITEM 9 CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE ITEM 10 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE ITEM 11 CONCRETE PAVEMENT ITEM 12 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACING ITEM 13 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMP LIFT STA TION ITEM 14 LIFT STATION SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM ITEM 16 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16111 CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES 16120 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16122 600-VOLT POWER CABLE 16131 DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16165 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16170 GROUNDING AND BONDING 1 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16402 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 1 16510 LIGHTING FIXTURES APPENDIX "A" SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS FOR JWATER MAINS & APPURTENANCES APPENDIX "B" SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS FOR SEWER LINE AND APPURTENANCES \O2DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\CITYOFP.TOC TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-2 FSI JOB No. 97019 .' 1 I AIN ,• -444c 4111. INVITATION TO BIDDERS CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS BID NO. 98-12 Sealed bids will be received, in duplicate, marked"Construction of Sanitary Sewer, Water Lines, and Lift Station Improvements along Cullen Boulevard and Broadway(FM 518)" in the office of the Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581, until 3:00 p.m. Wednesday, September 13, 2000, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the: Construction of Sanitary Sewer, Water Lines, and Lift Station Improvements along Cullen Boulevard and Broadway (FM 518) A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at City of Pearland, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 3:00 p.m. Wednesday, August 30, 2000. This project will entail: Installation of approximately 1,700 LF of 24" DIP water mains; 3 fire hydrants;y ants; approximately 2,497 LF of 12" gravity pipe sanitary sewer line; sanitary sewer Ir' manholes; jacking and boring of water and sewer lines with and without steel casings; 8" force main; lift station; asphaltic and concrete pavement; fencing; traffic control; and selective demolition as shown on the plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested and operational Information and Bid Documents: Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review: City of Pearland City Hall 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 (281) 652-1600 Houston Contractors Association 300 Weslayan, Suite 230 Houston, Texas 77027 (713) 349-9434 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. 3825 Dacoma Houston, Texas 77092 (713) 843-3700 ENEMINIMOr AGC of Texas 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, Texas 77057 (713) 334-7100 Dodge Reports 3131 Eastside, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77098 (713) 529-4895 These documents may be examined without charge at the above locations: Bidders may obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents, Technical Specifications and Plans from the office of the Engineer, Ferro-Saylors, Inc., 1500 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 200, Houston, Texas 77077, upon request and deposit of fifty dollars ($50.00) per set. No partial sets will be issued. The amount of the deposit will not be refunded. Postage and handing cost for contract documents to be received by mail is an additional $50.00. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty(60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Bidder's Bond, Cashier's Check, or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in r the amount of 5% of the total bid price must accompany each proposal. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to accept any bid deemed advantageous to the City of Pearland. The successful bidders must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required Y q d by law (Article 5160, Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes, as amended) upon an acceptable form in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, such binds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No. 570", payable to the City of Pearland, Texas. This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Texas Water Development Board. Any contractor or contracts awarded under this Invitation for ids are expected to be funded in part by a loan from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees are or will be a part of this Invitation for Bids or any resulting contract. Equal Opportunity in Employment-All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the President's Executive Order 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375, and supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations 41 CRF Part 60. • r �I • ♦ d Mr 46.45 4 A P. This contract includes a goal for MWBE participation. TWDB document SRF-52, Minority and Women's Business Enterprise Guidance, describe the requirements of this program. The Contractor must provide the City with the information required for MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, TWDB document SRF-373, prior to award of the contract, or provide documentation of a good-faith effort to meet the MWBE goal. Gordon Island Purchasing Officer Date 3 i I 1 r i i I i l 1 i e 1 104110 , . 1 1 At 41 1 . . ... A*....... 11.. . .\ i 410144%., 1 I. N.?, ... 1 „... ,. .. . . . ..„ AIN August 7, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. SECTION B INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS Receipt of Bids: Bids will be received until 3:00 p.m., Wednesday, September 13, 2000, in the office of the City Secretary, under conditions set forth in the published Notice to Bidders. Information and bidding documents are obtainable from the City Secretary under conditions set forth in the published Notice to Bidders. Discrepancies and Interpretation: Notify the City Engineer and Ferro-Saylors, Inc. in writing at least five (5) days prior to bid date if discrepancies, ambiguities, or omissions are found in the Specifications or Drawings or if further information or interpretation is desired. Answers will be given in writing to all Bidders in addendum form. All provisions and requirements of such addenda will supersede or modify affected portions of Specifications or Drawings. All addenda will be incorporated in and bound with the contract documents. No other explanation or interpretation will be considered official or binding. Mailing Procedure: Submit Proposal and Bid Check or Bond in an opaque sealed envelope. Identify the envelope with the project name and the name and mailing address of the Bidder. Proposals may not be modified after submittal. Bidders may withdraw Proposal at any time prior to the advertised bid opening time but may not resubmit a Proposal once it has been withdrawn. Proposals received after the advertised time set for opening will be ineligible and will be returned unopened. C:\WP61\97019\BIDINST.98 SECTION B SEC B-I JOB No.97019 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS August 7, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. Proposal: Submitted Proposal shall be based on conditions at the project site, the Specifications, the Drawings and any addenda to Specifications and/or Drawings issued prior to opening of bids. Authoritatively execute and submit bid Proposal form in duplicate furnished with the Bid Documents to insure complete uniformity of wording. Proposal showing omissions, alterations of wording, conditional bids, or carrying riders or qualifications which modify the proposal as submitted will be rejected as irregular. Each bidder shall submit only one Proposal; in duplicate Pages C-1 through C-7. If two g g or more Proposals are submitted by any bidder, either in one envelope or in separate envelopes, then such Proposals will be subject to rejection. Proposal amounts may not be amended or modified in any manner after the time set for bid opening in the published Notice to Bidders. Under no circumstances will the bidder be permitted e` to alter his bid after it has been read. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals submitted, or to award the Contract to the Bidder who, in the City's opinion, offers the most advantageous proposal for the purpose intended. The City of Pearland shall base its selection upon the bid deemed to be the lowest responsible bid. Financial Statement: The bidder may be required by the Owner to furnish a financial statement. Proposal Guaranty: A Certified or Cashier's Check on a State or National Bank in the State of Texas, or a Bidder's Bond from an acceptable Surety Company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, in the amount of not less than five percent (5%) of the greatest total amount of the Bidders' Proposal, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Pearland must accompany each C:\WP61\97019\BIDINST.98 SECTION B SEC B-2 JOB No.97019 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 4 q I August 7, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518) -UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. proposal as a guarantee that if awarded the Contract, the bidder will promptly enter into Contract and execute Performance and Payment Bonds on the forms provided. Should the successful Bidder fail to execute Contract and Bonds within fifteen (15) days after notifications of award of Contract, said check or bidder's bond shall become the property of the Owner as set forth in Paragraph 2.05 of the General Conditions of Agreement. Qualifications of Bidder: The Owner shall make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work, and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner shall request. The owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. I Performance and P.yment Bonds: The successful bidder to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, as set forth in Paragraph 2.04 of the General Conditions of Agreement. Include one-year Maintenance Bond. Bond forms bound in the Specifications are included as information to the Bidder. Insurance: Before starting work, the successful bidder to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to obtain insurance coverage as set forth in Paragraph 2.07 of the General Conditions of Agreement. Site Investigation: Examination of project site, existing structures and adjacent property and familiarizing himself with existing conditions before he prepares and submits his Proposal is the responsibility of each bidder. t C:\WP61\97019\BIDINST.98 SECTION B SEC B-3 JOB No. 97019 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 'dal% 41114% , '.111.4) August 7, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. After investigating the project site and comparing the Drawings and Specifications with the existing conditions, immediately notify the Engineer of any conditions, for which requirements of labor and material are not clear, or about which there are questions regarding the extent of the work involved. Should the successful Bidder fail to make the required investigation and should a question arise later as to the extent of the work involved in any particular case, then the decision shall be made by the Engineer as to proper interpretation of the Specifications and Drawings. It is understood that full and complete allowance for conditions under which the Contractor will be required to operate, or that will in any manner affect work under this Contract is included in the Bidder's Proposal and in the Contract Amount. Contract and Contract Form: The Contract form bound in the Specifications is included as information to the Bidder. It is not to be used in submitting a Proposal. r The Owner agrees that the award of the Contract, if awarded, will be within sixty (60) days after date of opening bids unless otherwise stated in the proposal. State Sales Tax: The Owner qualifies for exemption from, the State and Local Sales Tax pursuant to the provisions of Article 10.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. The Contractor performing this Contract may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of this Contract by issuing to his suppliers an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate complying with State Comptroller of Public Accounts Ruling No. 95-0.07. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to the provision of the State Comptroller of Public Accounts Ruling No. 95-0.09 as amended to be effective October 2, 1968. C:\WP61\97019\BIDINST.98 SECTION B SEC B-4 JOB No.97019 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS .14." . August 7, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518) - UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. Schedule of Minimum Wage Rates: The Contractor shall comply with the current prevailing wage laws and regulations. The minimum wages to be paid on this project shall be in accordance with classification and wages set forth in Section E. Safety and Health Requirements: The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the Safety and Health Regulations for construction and any other applicable sections of the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 as well as other applicable Local, State and Federal Regulations. Neither the City of Pearland or the Director of Public Works will be responsible for advising the Contractor of specific requirement, nor for enforcing any requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health or other related Act. The Contractor shall take necessary steps to complete project with minimal interference of traffic and citizens living around work areas. Access shall be made for entrances and exits for residences and businesses during construction. Utility Service for Construction: Water and other temporary utility services for construction purposes will be the Contractor's responsibility and at his expense. Required Permits: The Contractor shall be responsible for securing any required permits from local, state and federal government. END OF SECTION J r 1 C:\WP61\97019\BIDINST.98 SECTION B SEC B-5 JOB No.97019 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS I : August 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY (FM 518) - UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylurs. inc. I ''PI' CONSTRUCTION OF SANITARY SEWER, WATER LINES • ,• AND LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS ALONG CULLEN BOULEVARD AND BROADWAY (FM 518) • IB98-12 BID PROPOSAL (Submit in Duplicate) Dated: q/3/0 6 ICity Secretary City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive ` Pearland, Texas 77581 L1 Gentlemen: III Pursuant to the published Notice to Bidders dated Z/ZOGc) , the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all ` 1." the work included under the General Contract for the installation of approximately 1,700 LF of 24" DIP water main; 3 fire hydrants; approximately 2,497 LF of 12" gravity pipe sanitary sewer line; 8 manholes; jacking and boring of water and sewer lines with and without steel casings; 8" force main; lift station; asphaltic and reinforced concrete pavement; fencing; traffic control; and selective demolition as shown on the plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested and operational, in accordance with the plans, and specifications prepared by the Ferro-Saylors, Inc., Houston, Texas under the City of Pearland's inspection for the unit prices set forth on the attached bid sheet which bears our signature for identification. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered made in any part of the work, the unit prices bid shall apply as additions to i. or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the work so changed. The bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his proposal to execute a contract and furnish performance bond and payment bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price, according to the specified forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated, and furnishing a satisfactory maintenance bond indemnifying the Owner against defective workmanship and material for a period of one (1) year. The undersigned bidder agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date of a written I notice to commence work: It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall complete the work within 75 calendar days. Time for completion shall begin on the tenth day after the issuance of the notice to commence work. . BID PROPOSAL C-1 JOB No.97019 I I_ Ocrober 8, 1998 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY (FM 518) - UTILITIES & LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 1 BID SCHEDULE r Item Unit Bid Unit No. Description Quantity Price Amount SECTION "A" - WATER MAIN 11. 1. 24" Ductile Iron Pipe Waterline, including excavation, bedding, 1. thrust blocks, backfill compaction, bb _ cO _ etc., Per Plan, CIP LF 1,535 $ `�(P.-- $ 5ici60 L2 24" Ductile Iron Pipe Waterline in Thick Steel Casing in Bore Hole. Fill Hole with lI JI LI Bentonite Cap, CIP LF 125 $ `f"f`t", s SS/ SCUT- 3. 24" Ductile Iron Pipe Waterline ob Li in Uncased Bore Hole, CIP LF 40 $ i bz— $ 4-OSo co co 4. Fire Hydrant with Tee, EA 3 $ )J SUO. s 4 Soo 4 Gate Box and Value, CIP cc. co 5. ' ' 6" Gate Valve w/Box, CIP EA 3 s 500: s (/ j.- G - 6. 24" Butterfly Valve w/Box, CIP EA 2 s .� s /01000- 1 7. 24" x 24" x 6" Tee. CIP EA 3 $ a3 co (Jo cb li $. 24" DIP - 45° Bend, CIP EA 4 $ I/400- $ I/ 400. 9. 2" Blow Off Valve 0 w/Box. CIP EA 1 $ ( $ �weG cG 11. 24" x 16" Reducer, CIP EA 1 $ I, OOO $ 1 DC0 i 11' 12. Steel Pipe Offset near co Telephone Conduit, CIP EA 1 $ 315OO $ ;son. !i 13. Traffic Control per MUTCD 40 And Drawings LS 1 $ ii CA90 —. $ I j OCR • I 14. Remove Existing Plug and connect to existing 16" x 16" x 16" Qp Co Tee, CIP LS 1 $ 1,a d0� $ ) DOc).— Oft15. Trench Safety Systems LF 1,629 $ Q :b ei 7 $ `fg� 70 I BID PROPOSAL JOB No. 97019 C 2 I . , October 8, 1998 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY(FM 518) - UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors. Inc Le. BID SCHEDULE i Item Unit Bid Unit L No. Description Quantity Price Amount L16. Reinforced Fabric Barr ier, co Co CIP LF 400 $ 3 $ I ZO 0L SUBTOTAL SECTION "A" ?O I SECTION "B" - SANITARY SEWER 1. 12" PVC (SDR 26 Gravity Pipe), " •' 00 L Complete in Place (including excavation, ` • S2�� G% bedding, backfill, compaction, etc.), co Per Plan, CIP LF 2,303 $__-' $ • �i L _ �2. 12" PVC (SDR 26 Gravity • Pipe), in 3/8" Thick Steel Casing in Bore Hole. co Fill Hole w/Bentonite, CIP LF 156 $ ` l $ I g)5( i 3. 4' Diameter Manhole, CO leGOAll Depths, CIP EA g 4. Stub Out and Plug Per Plan, cc: CC L CIP EA 2 $ l /O&) - $ Z/QQ& . 5. Connect to Existing Manhole, pp����,,,,��cc cA iii, CIP EA 1 $ ec $ [ . 30 I y0 6. Trench Safety Systems LF 2,303 $ 0. $ 6, C7,— 7. Reinforced Fabric Barrier, cG CIP LF 500 $ 3. $ // SQ'r— 1111 � � 7 SUBTOTAL SECTION "B" $ 96 h/ � 4 . , -(2_ / Ili SECTION "C" - LIFT STATION 0015239 0,jZ 39 O 1. Complete Lift Station, including Wet Well, Vault Pit, Pumps, Valves, Piping, Electrical Controls, Remote Monitoring System, Fence with lei Am Gate, Mobilization, Selective cG cG Demolition, Per Plans, CIP LS 1 $ 124 $ /�0c 0 i RI BID PROPOSAL JOB Nu. 97U19 C'3 I October 8, 1998 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY (FM 518) - UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Saviors. Inc BID SCHEDULE I Item Unit Bid Unit No. Description Quantity Price Amount I2. 12" PVC (SDR 26 Gravity Pipe), .Complete in Place (including excavation, bedding, backfill, I compaction, etc.), Per Plan, /�_ CIP LF 38 $ �`i Go $ 3)�Z 3. 8" Force Main, OP LF 6 $ 7S'— $ 4 , 1 4. Connect to Existing 8" Force Main, CIP EA 1 CG $ 'S .)- S �,OCD. 5. 4" Dia. Manhole, CIP EA 1 $ 21 G $ 2 � 6. Connect to Existing Manhole, C_ CIP EA 1 $ 1,2-EX: s ), 2C0 U N c0 co 7. Trench Safety Systems LF 44 $ 3' $ / 32Ow ` 8. 24" RCP with Two 6:1 Safety End Treatments and removal/ replacement of ditch G. co paving, CIP LS 1 $ G $_11 9. 6" Reinforced Concrete Pavement with 8" Lime Stabilized Subgrade, CIP SF 325 $ lb- $ 32�� 10. 2" Asphalt Concrete Pavement with 8" Compacted Cement Stabilized Limestone Base and 8" Lime Stabilized 00 cc 1 Subbase, CIP SF 350 $ IS s Z`� ), / 11. Removal & Modification of Existing TxDOT Railing and CO co Anchorage, CIP LS . 1 $ 1 jt_ — s /Sb I 12. Traffic Control per MUTCD LS 1 $ / �! ) cG SUBTOTAL SECTION "C" $ r co (g3, ?71 I pm DDl1Dr1C A I _ I October 8, 1998 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY(FM 518) - UTILITIES & LIFT STATION Fcrro•Sdvlvrs. Irk:. LBID SCHEDULE . Item Unit Bid Unit LNo. Description Quantity Price Amount L SECTION "D" - EXTRA WORK CO &O 1. Extra Labor (unskilled) Man Hr. 10 $ j0":— S_ 1'OO. L 2. co Extra Labor (skilled) Man Hr. 10 $ t 5co s / So."-' 0 06 L3. Extra Excavation (machine) CY 5 $ IC $ 56 4. Extra Concrete, all classes o- Liwith form work, CIP CY 5 $ 3 nn S I G 0 5. Extra Reinforcing Steel, 2_6 o0 all sizes, CIP LB 50 $ 6 $ t 0—, Ll . 6. Extra PVC Fittings, all ao bo classes and sizes, CIP LB 10 $ /0 ©•— $ 1106v- 7. . . Extra Cement Stabilized .. cc, 1111 Sand Backfill, CIP TON 50 $ / 8. Well Pointing, all depths LF 2,500 $ 25.00* S 562.500.00' u0 LISUBTOTAL SECTION "D" $ 6 gi.c7/a, CIP - complete in place Fixed price for all bids. Cannot be changed by bidder. PTr1 DDnonCA1 i 1 October 8, 1998 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY (FM 518) - UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro•Saylors, IncI BID SCHEDULE Item Unit Bid Unit No. Description Quantity Price Amount BID SUMMARY -70 SECTION "A" - WATER MAINS $ 17 5( 5 ZS T SECTION "B" - SANITARY SEWER $ SE r5?3 b SECTION "C" - LIFT STATION $ / —f 4 77j Icc.,SECTION "D" - EXTRA WORK $ CO 5 �j / d I60 I TOTAL BID $ 474( Q �j� BIDDER: Se-72— LaNST72Ucri O/v 1 /LTC. IA BY: lJ� I 2 c / r106-5 8/zv ADDRESS: %le(i1 rrJ Hee,, TA (77 -Z TELEPHONE: 7/ 3— Z78-`1Fs90 DATED: '113/vv ATTEST: ecretary of Corporation (Corporate Seal if Bidder is Corporation) Receipt and Acknowledgement of the following Addendum to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS and PLANS are hereby made: Addendum No. 7 2e Dated: S Addendum No. J2? Dated: 5 fef- 7, ZOCC JOB No. 97019 BID PROPOSAL C-6 October 8, 1998 CULLEN RD. & BR OADWAY AY(FM 518) - UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Say'ors, inc ofw BID SCHEDULE Item Unit Bid Unit No. Description Quantity Price Amount STATEMENT OF MATERIALS AND OTHER CHARGES Pursuant to the Texas State Tax Code, contracts must be separated for materials to be exempt from the sales tax. The following information is provided to qualify as a separated contract. Materials Incorporated Into the Project: cC 1. Water Mains $ 95 0o6'— cc 2. Sanitary Sewer $ -3 ZiJ---- -� oC 3. Lift Station Items $ c r, Cifd6` cc Subtotal for Materials $ /a 300 Coo Al! Other Charges: 66 $ .2��"1 7 3 , Total: $ 7/-,O3 END OF SECTION J BID PROPOSAL JOB No.97019 C 7 1 AIA Document A310 -Electronic Format 'ig' Bid Bond THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES:CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. I 1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we SER Construction,Inc. (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) l2500 CityWest Blvd.,Suite 1700,Houston,TX 77042 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Continental Casualty Company (Here insert full name and address or legal title c/Saren, P.O.Box 1068,Houston,TX 77251.1068 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety,are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) 1 as Obligee,hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Five Percent of Amount Bid Dollars($5% Amt. Bid 1 ), J for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety,bind ourselves,our heirs,executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Sanitary Sewer,Water Lines&Lift Station Improvements along Cullen Blvd. & 1 Broadway(FM 518) (Here insert full name,address and description of project) INOW,THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid,and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and i 0"-rial furnished in the prosecution thereof,or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond t. Jnds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 13th day of September,2000 ;;ER CTIO►.INS. //4araae-- ( cipal) 7,4....................„,----- (Seal) i . / (Titi) / Z., Ae `l. -/t..oS / CONTINENT CAS TY COMPANY m , (Surety) (Seal) (Title) Philip Ba er, ttorney-in- ct AIA DOCUMENT A310-$ID BOND-AIA-FEBRUARY 1970 EDITION-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C.20006-5292.Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A310-1970 1 T Authorizing By-Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company. "Article IX—Execution of Documents Section 3. Appointment of Attorney-in-fact. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President may, from time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys-in-fact to act in behalf of the Company in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Company thereto. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President or the Board of Directors, may, at any time, revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney-in-fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "Resolved,that the signature of the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 3 of Article IX of the By-Laws, and the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall,with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company. "Article VI—Execution of Obligations and Appointment of Attorney-in-Fact Section 2. Appointment of Attorney-in-fact The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President may, from time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys-in-fact to act in behalf of the Company in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such attorneys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Company thereto. The President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney-in-fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "Resolved, that the signature of the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2 of Article VI of the By-Laws, and the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall,with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Resolution duly adopted on February 17, 1993 by the Board of Directors of the Company. "RESOLVED: That the President, an Executive Vice President, or any Senior or Group Vice President of the Corporation may, from time to time, appoint, by written certificates,Attorneys-in-Fact to act in behalf of the Corporation in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such Attorney-in-Fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instrument and to attach the seal of the Corporation thereto.The President,an Executive Vice President, any Senior or Group Vice President or the Board of Directors may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any Attorney-in-Fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "RESOLVED: That the signature of the President,an Executive Vice President or any Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to the Resolution adopted by this Board of Directors on February 17, 1993 and the signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power, and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Corporation.Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed, shall with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Corporation." April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. SECTION E LABOR CLASSIFICATION AND MINIMUM WAGE SCALE 1. General: Articles 51-59a of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, passed by the 43rd Legislature Acts of 1933, page 91, Chapter 45 provides that any government subdivision shall ascertain the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft or type of workman or mechanic and shall specify in the call for bids and in the Contract the prevailing rate per diem wages which shall be paid for each craft type of workman. This Article further provides that the Contractor shall forfeit, as a penalty, to the City, County, or State, or other political subdivision, Ten Dollars ($10.00) per day for each laborer, or workman, or mechanic who is not paid the stipulated wage for the type of work performed by him as set up in the wage scale. The City of Pearland is authorized to withhold from the Contractor the amount of this penalty in any payment that might be claimed by the Contractor or subcontractor. The Act makes the Contractor responsible for the acts of the subcontractor in this respect. The Article likewise requires that the Contractor and sub-contractor keep an accurate record of the names and occupations of all persons employed by him and to show the actual per diem wages paid to each worker and these records are open to the inspection of } the City of Pearland. 2. Labor Classification and Minimum Wage Scale: General Decision Number TX960082 on labor classifications and wage scale is applicable for this project. END OF SECTION \02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SECTION E.DOC LABOR CLASSIFICATION SEC E-I FSI JOB No.97019 AND MINIMUM WAGE SCALE April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION F TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1. DEFINITION OF TERMS 1.01 AGREEMENT GC-7 1.02 BID GC-7 1.03 BIDDER GC-7 I 1.04 CALENDAR DAY GC-7 1.05 CHANGE ORDER GC-7 1.06 CITY GC-7 1.07 CITY COUNCIL GC-7 1.08 CONTRACT GC-7 1.09 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC-7 1.10 CONTRACTOR GC-8 1.11 DRAWINGS GC-8 1.12 ENGINEER GC-8 1.13 EXTENDED DAY GC-8 1:197019\GENERALCOND.DOC TABLE OF CONTENTS GC-1 JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFf STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.14 INSPECTOR GC-8 1.15 LABORATORY GC-8 1.16 CITY MANAGER GC-8 1.17 OWNER GC-8 J 1.18 PROJECT GC-8 1 1.19 SHOP DRAWINGS GC-8 1.20 PAYMENT/MAINTENANCE BOND GC-9 1.21 PERFORMANCE BOND GC-9 r 1.22 PROPOSAL GC-9 1.23 PROPOSA L GUARANTY GC-9 1.24 SPECIFICATIONS GC-9 1.25 SUBCONTRACTOR GC-9 1.26 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION GC-9 1.27 SUPERINTENDENT GC-9 1.28 SURETY GC-9 1.29 STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS GC-10 r \02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\GENERALCOND.DOCTABLE OF CONTENTS GC-2 JOB No. 97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.30 WORK GC-10 1.31 EXTRA WORK GC-10 1.32 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT GC-11 2. AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 2.01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS GC-11 2.02 AWARD OF CONTRACT GC-11 2.03 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTIES GC-11 2.04 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT, PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS GC-11 2.05 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT AND FILE PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS GC-12 2.06 BEGINNING OF WORK GC-12 2.07 INSURANCE GC-12 & 13 3. SCOPE OF WORK 3.01 INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS GC-14 3.02 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS GC-14 3.03 FINAL CLEANING UP GC-14 } 4. CONTROL OF THE WORK r 4.01 AUTHORITY GC-14 \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\GENERALCOND.DOCTABLE OF CONTENTS GC-3 JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS 4.02 DRAWINGS GC-15 4.03 COORDINATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS GC-15 4.04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR GC-15 4.05 CONSTRUCTION CONTROL GC-15 4.06 INSPECTION GC-15 & 16 4.07 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK GC-16 5. CONTROL OF MATERIALS AND QUALITY WORK 5.01 SOURCES OF SUPPLY GC-16 5.02 SAMPLES AND TESTS OF MATERIALS GC-16 & 17 5.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENT OR COMPLETED PORTIONS OF WORK GC-17 5.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENT AND WORK SUSPECTED OF BEING DEFICIENT GC-17 5.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS GC-17 5.06 DEFECTIVE MATERIALS GC-17 6. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RE SPONSIBILITIES 6.01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED GC-18 6.02 PERMITS AND LICENSES GC-18 \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\GENERALCOND.DOCTABLE OF CONTENTS GC-4 JOB No. 97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS 6.03 SANITARY PROVISIONS GC-18 6.04 PATENTED DEVICES AND PROCESSES GC-18 6.05 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS GC-18 6.06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK GC-19 6.07 WAIVER OF LIEN GC-19 7. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7.01 SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING OF CONTRACT GC-19 7.02 PROSECUTION OF WORK GC-19 & 20 I 7.03 WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT GC-20 r 7.04 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK GC-20 7.05 CONTRACT TIME GC-20 7.06 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME GC-20 & 21 I 7.07 ABANDONMENT OF WORK OR DEFAULT OF CONTRACT GC-21 & 22 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 8.01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES GC-22 8.02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT GC-22 8.03 ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGES IN WORK GC-22 & 23 & 24 r 1:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC TABLE OF CONTENTS GC-5 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS 8.04 PARTIAL PAYMENTS GC-24 &25 8.05 PAYMENT WITHHELD. GC-25 & 26 8.06 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT GC-26 9. GUARANTEE 9.01 GUARANTEE GC-26 I g 1 1 r 1:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC TABLE OF CONTENTS GC-6 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.00 DEFINITION OF TERMS Wherever in these General Conditions of Agreement or in other Contract Documents, the following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 1.01 AGREEMENT The written agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed, including the CONTRACTOR'S Bid and the Bonds. 1.02 BID. See Proposal. 1 1.03 BIDDER. An individual, firm, or corporation of any combination thereof submitting proposal. 1.04 CALENDAR DAY. Any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. 1.05 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the CONTRACTOR signed by the OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued after execution of the Agreement. 1.06 CITY. The incorporated City of Pearland, Brazoria County, Texas. 1.07 CITY COUNCIL. The elected officials of the City. The Mayor and five (5) Councilmen, who have the legal authority sitting as a Council to accept or reject any or all proposals submitted for the work. 1.08 CONTRACT. See Agreement. 1.09 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, Instruction to Bidders, Proposal, signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds, Special Bonds, (when required), proof of insurance, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, plans, and all modifications thereof incorporated in any of the documents before the execution of the agreement. The Contract documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. In I:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-7 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. case of conflict between any of the Contract Documents, priority of interpretation shall be in the following order: Signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds, Special Bonds (if any), Proposal, Special Conditions of Agreement (if any), Notice to Bidders, Technical Specifications, Plans, and General Conditions of Agreement. 1.10 CONTRACTOR. The individual, firm or corporation or any combination thereof, whose proposal is accepted and with whom the agreement is made by the OWNER. 1.11 DRAWINGS. The drawings and plans which show the character and scope of the work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. 1.12 ENGINEER. The City Engineer of the City of Pearland, Texas, or his authorized representatives. - 1.13 EXTENDED DAY. An extended day is defined as a calendar day, in which conditions s described in Paragraph 7.05 will not permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than Six (6) hours between 7:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. 1.14 INSPECTOR. The authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to inspect any and all parts of the work and the materials to be used therein. 1.15 LABORATORY. Any testing laboratory that may be designated or approved by the ENGINEER. 1.16 CITY MANAGER. The appointed official who presides over the City business of the City of Pearland, Texas and who is empowered to execute the Agreement for the City provided that the Council shall have accepted the Proposal by a majority vote. 1.17 OWNER. City of Pearland, Texas. 1.18 PROJECT. The entire work to be performed as provided for in the Contract Documents. 1.19 SHOP DRAWINGS. All drawings, diagrams, g , g illustrations, brochures, schedules, and 1 other data which are prepared by the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, e" or distributor and which illustrates the equipment, material, or some portion of the work. 1:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-8 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1.20 PAYMENT/MAINTENANCE BOND. The security furnished by the Contractor and the Surety in the full amount of the Contract for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work. 1.21 PERFORMANCE BOND. The security furnished by the Contractor and the Surety in the full amount of the Contract as a guaranty that the Contractor will faithfully perform the Contract and save harmless the Owner from all cost and damage which the Owner may suffer by reason of the Contractor's default or failure to do so. 1.22 PROPOSAL. The offer of the Bidder, made out on the prescribed form, giving prices for performing the work described in the Specifications and drawings. 1.23 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security designated in the Proposal and furnished by the Bidder as a Guaranty that the Bidder will enter into a Contract and make the required bonds if his proposal is accepted. I 1.24 SPECIFICATIONS. The directions, provisions and requirements for the work, attached to and forming a part of the Specifications. 1.25 SUBCONTRACTOR. The individual, firm, or corporation, having a direct contract with the Contractor, approved by the OWNER, for the performance of a part of the work at the site of the work. 1.26 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. By the term "substantial completion" is meant that the facility is in condition to serve its intended purpose but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 1.27 SUPERINTENDENT. The authorized representative of the Contractor at the site of the work. 1.28 SURETY. The corporate body which is bound with the Contractor for the faithful performance of this work covered by the Contract and payment of due and unpaid claims arising thereunder. 441111, 1:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-9 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Fcrro-Saylors,Inc. 1.29 STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS. A. ASTM. American Society for Testing Materials. B. AASHO. American Association of State Highway Officials. C. ASA. American Standards Association. D. API. American Petroleum Institute. E. AWS. American Welding Society. F. NEMA. National Electrical Manufacturers Association. G. EEI. Edison Electric Institute. H. IES. Illuminating Engineering Society. I UL Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. J. AAI. American Association of Nurserymen. K. AWG. American Wire Gage. L. BPR. The United States Bureau of Public Roads. M. IMSA. International Municipal Signal Association. N. ITE. Institute of Traffic Engineers. O. NBFU. National Board of Fire Underwriters. P. NEC. National Electrical Code (Published by NBFU.) Q. AWWA. American Water Works Association. 1.30 WORK. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise specified, all material shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have a well known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. 1.31 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Engineer or Owner to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown upon the plans, or reasonably implied by the specifications, and not covered by the Contractor's Proposal, except as provided under "Changes and Alterations", herein. 1:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-10 JOB No.97019 August 7, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518) -UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 1.32 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. Written agreement entered into between the Contractor and the City and approved by the Surety, covering alterations and changes in plans which are necessary to the proper completion of the work. 2.00 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 2.01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. The proposals will be opened and read in public and referred to the City Council for action. Until the award of the Contract is made, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and to waive such technicalities as may be considered for the best interest of the City. 2.02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of the contract, if it be awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after the opening of bids unless otherwise stated in the proposal. 2.03 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTIES. Proposal guaranties of the three lowest bidders may be retained until after the contract and bonds have been executed. Proposal guaranties of all except the three lowest bidders will be returned within ten (10) days after the public opening and reading of the proposals. 2.04 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT, PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. Within fifteen (15) days after written notification of award of contract, the successful bidder shall execute and file with the City a Contract and Performance and Payment/Maintenance bonds each in the full amount of the Contract price, the bonds to be executed by a Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas, as a guarantee of the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations which may be incurred for material and labor used in the performance of the work. The Contract will be executed on behalf of the City by the Mayor. a. If any Surety upon any bond furnished in connection with the contract becomes insolvent, or otherwise not authorized to do business in this State, the Contractor shall promptly furnish equivalent security to protect the interests of the City and of persons supplying labor or materials necessary to prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contract. \\02DATAFs\PROJECTS\97019\GENERALcoND.DocGENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-11 JOB No.97019 August 7, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. b. The bonds shall be written to remain in force until expiration of the guarantee period which is one (1) year after acceptance of the completed work by the City. The Contractor shall pay the premiums on the required bonds and shall include this cost in his proposal and Contract amounts. 2.05 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT AND FILE PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. Should the successful bidder fail to execute and file the Contract and required bonds within fifteen (15) days after written notification of the award of the Contract, the Proposal Guaranty filed with the Proposal shall become the property of the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. 2.06 BEG INNING OF WORK. The Contractor shall begin work within ten (10) days after receipt of written authorization by the Engineer to do so. 2.07 INSURANCE. The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained insurance of the type and for the amounts as follows and has filed and had the same approved by the City. Approval of the insurance by the City shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor. (1) Unless otherwise provided for in the Specifications, the Contractor shall provide and maintain, until the work covered in this contract is completed and accepted by the Owner, the minimum insurance coverage, as follows: TYPE OF COVERAGE LIMITS OF LIABILITY Workmen's Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000 Comprehensive General Liability Bodily Injury $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Each person Each Occurrence Property Damage $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Each Occurrence Aggregate Comprehensive Automobile Liability Bodily Injury $500,000 $500,000 Each person Each Occurrence r Property Damage $500,000 \\o2DATAFs\PROJECTS\97o19\GENERALcoND.DocGENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-12 JOB No. 97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD.Sc BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Each Occurrence Owner's Protective Liability Insurance Policy: The Contractor shall obtain at his expense an Owner's Protective Liability Insurance Policy naming the City of Pearland, Texas and its employees as insured with the following limits: Bodily Injury $300,000 $500,000 Each person Each Occurrence Property Damage $100,000 $300,000 Each Occurrence Aggregate The immunity of the Owner shall not be a defense from the insurance carrier. Builder's Risk Insurance: The contractor shall obtain at his expense Builder's Risk Insurance against the perils of fire, lightning, windstorm, hurricane, hail, explosion, riot, civil commotion, smoke, aircraft, r` land vehicles, vandalism and malicious mischief, in the amount of insurance equal at all times to the insurable value of the materials delivered and labor performed. The policy shall be issued jointly in the names of the Contractor, his Sub-Contractors and the Owner, as their interests may appear. The policy shall have endorsements as follows: This insurance shall be specific as to coverage and not considered as contributing insurance with any permanent insurance maintained on the present premises. Loss, if any, shall be adjustable with and payable to the Owner as Trustee for Whom It May Concern. (2) The certificates or evidences of insurance shall set forth that the insurance carrier will not cancel or materially alter the insurance until after ten (10) days written notice has been received by the Owner. r I:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-13 JOB No.97019 April 11,2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3.00 SCOPE OF WORK. 3.01 INTENT OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings to describe the complete work to be performed under the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, it is also the intent that the Contractor shall furnish all materials, supplies, tools, equipment and labor necessary for the timely prosecution and completion of the Work. It is also understood that unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work shall be new. 3.02 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The Owner shall have the right to make such changes and alterations in the plans or in the quantities of the work as may be considered necessary or desirable, and such changes and alterations should not be considered as a waiver of any condition of the Contract, nor shall they invalidate any of the provisions thereof. The Contractor shall perform the work as increased or decreased and a proper adjustment in price shall be made as provided in paragraph 8.03. When such changes and alterations increase or decrease the quantity of the unit price items of the work by more than twenty percent (20%), then either party to the Contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work. Changes or alterations shall be made only on written authorization of the Engineer. 3.03 FINAL CLEAN UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment is made, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish and temporary structures, restore in an acceptable manner all property both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the work and leave the site of the work in a neat and presentable condition throughout. 4.00 CONTROL OF THE WORK 4.01 AUTHORITY The work will be done under the inspection of the Engineer, or his designated representative, to his satisfaction, and in accordance with the proposal, contract, specifications and drawings. He will decide all questions which may arise as to the quality of acceptability of materials furnished and work performed, the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work, the interpretations of the specifications and drawings, and the acceptable fulfillment of the Contract on the part of the Contractor. Where the phrase "as directed by the Engineer", "ordered by the Engineer", or "to the satisfaction of the Engineer" occurs, it is to be a.. l:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-14 JOB No.97019 August 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. •— understood that the directions, orders, or instructions to which they relate are within the limitations of the Contract documents. 4.02 DRAWINGS. Drawings will show the lines, grades, cross-sections details and general features. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of and other Contractor, five copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work, and the Engineer shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, making necessary corrections. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer, file with him two corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The Engineer's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. 1 4.03 COORDINATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. The Specifications and the accompanying drawings, are essential parts of the Contract, and a requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be cooperative and to provide for a complete work. In cases of disagreement, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, detailed drawings shall govern over general drawings, specifications shall govern over drawings, and special provisions shall govern over specifications, drawings, and general provisions. j 4.04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with as many copies of the specifications and drawings as he may require up to and including ten (10) sets and he shall have available on the job site at all times one copy of each. He shall give the work his constant attention to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer. He shall have at all times a satisfactory and competent Superintendent on the job site, authorized to receive instructions and to act for him. The Contractor shall designate to the Engineer the name of such Superintendent. 4.05 CONSTRUCTION CONTROL. The Engineer will furnish vertical and horizontal baseline control for the work, and will furnish the Contractor with all necessary information relating to them. These marks will be set sufficiently in advance of the work to avoid delay. The Contractor Jwill use all reasonable care to protect and preserve any stakes and bench marks, and is responsible for all offsets, locating elevations and dimensions to position his works. i I:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-I5 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 4.06 INSPECTION. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as Performed is in accordance with the requirements and intent of the specifications, drawings and Contract. If the Engineer so requests, the Contractor shall at any time before acceptance of the work remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portion of the work to the standard required by the Specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the Contractor shall be paid as provided in Paragraph 1.31 for the uncovering, removing, and restoration of the work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering or removing and the restoration of the parts removed shall be at the Contractor's expense. No work shall be done without suitable inspection by the Engineer. 4.07 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at his own expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein Provided, or any work done without authority will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for. Work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. i r 5.00 CONTROL OF MATERIALS AND QUALITY OF WORK 5.01 SOURCES OF SUPPLY. The sources of supply of materials shall be approved by the Engineer. Representative samples of the materials proposed for use in the work will be submitted, when requested in writing by the Engineer, for examination and testing in accordance with the methods referred to under Paragraph 5.02. Only materials conforming to the requirements of these specifications and approved by the Engineer shall be used in the work. If the sources of supply which have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish acceptable materials from some other approved source. 5.02 SAMPLES AND TESTS OR MATERIALS. Sampling and Testing of all materials proposed to be used will be made by the Engineer in accordance with methods prescribed by the A.S.T.M. or as prescribed in the Specifications. The selection of the method of test shall be as designated by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide such facilities as may be required for the verification of scales, measures, and other devices used for Specified sampling and testing. I:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-16 JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. All testing of materials for which the Owner or the Specifications and/or Drawings req uire qu>re tests to determine compliance with the requirements shall be accomplished at the Owner's expense. The Owner may at any time request test specimens of various materials. The test specimens shall be furnished by the Contractor and tests will be made by the Owner at the expense of the Owner. When directed by the Owner, material compliance with the specifications shall be made by one of the following: A. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance. B. Mill certificate. C. Testing laboratory certifications. D. Report of actual laboratory test from the Owner's laboratory or from a laboratory satisfactory to the Owner. Samples tested shall be selected by or in the presence of the Owner and the method of testing shall comply with the professional societies' standard specifications. 5.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENT OR COMPLETED PORTIONS OF WORK. If inspection and testing of equipment and completed portions of the work for approval is required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give the Engineer notice of readiness 0` and a time and date shall be arranged for the Engineer to observe such inspection and testing. The Owner shall bear all costs for compliance inspection and testing. The Contractor shall bear all costs for control testing. 5.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENT AND WORK SUSPECTED OF BEING DEFICIENT. If after commencement of the work, the Engineer determines that any equipment or portion of the work completed requires inspection or testing because of suspected deficiency in workmanship or general conformity to the Plans and Specifications, he will inform the Contractor and order such special inspection or testing. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the work to comply with the requirements of the Specifications or Plans, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof made necessary by such failure, otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs. 5.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. 5.06 DEFECTIVE MATERIALS. All materials not conforming to the requirements of these specifications will be rejected and shall be removed immediately from the site of the work. \\o2DATAFs\PROJECTS\97o19\GENERALcoND.DocGENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-17 JOB No. 97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Rejected materials, the defects of which have been subsequently corrected, shall have the status of new material. 6.00 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES. 6.01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with and at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State and Local Laws, ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work, and sha ll indemnifyand harmless save the Owner and its Representatives against any claim arising from the violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation, whether by himself or by his employees. 6.02 PERMITS AND LICENSES. No building permits will be required for work on the Owner's property. The Contractor shall procure any other permits or licenses, pay any other charges and fees, arrange for and furnish all notices necessary to the closing of any street or sidewalk, and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 6.03 SANITARY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall, at his entire expense, provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such sanitary facilities for the use of his employees as may be necessary to comply, with the requirements and regulations of the State Department of Health or of other authorities having jurisdiction. The location and design of such facilities shall be approved by the Engineer. 6.04 PATENTED DEVICES AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any devices or processes covered by letters patent, or copyrighted, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or Owner. The Contractor shall indemnity and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any patented device or process, or any trademark or copyright used in connection with the work agreed to be performed under the contract. 6.05 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall save harmless the Owner and its employees from all suits, actions or claims brought on account of any injuries or damages sustained by any person or property in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work by the Contractor; or on account of any claims or amounts recovered for any infringement or patent, trademark, or copyright, except as herein elsewhere specifically provided; or from any 1:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-18 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Law" or any other laws. He shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character occurring during the prosecution of the work resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct on his part or on the part of any of his employees, in the manner or method of executing the work; or from his failure to execute the work properly; or from defective work or materials. He shall not be released from such responsibility until all claims have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner. 6.06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the acceptance of the work by the Engineer as evidenced in writing, it shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor. The Contractor shall rebuild and make good at his own expense all injuries and damages to the work occurring before its completion and acceptance. In case of suspension of work for any cause, the Contractor shall be held responsible for the preservation of all materials. 6.07 WAIVER OR LIEN. It is distinctly understood that by virtue of this Contract, no mechanic, contractor, subcontractor, supplier, material man, artisan, or laborer, whether skilled or unskilled, shall ever in any manner have claim, or acquire any lien upon the improvements of r whatever nature or kind so erected or to be erected by virtue of this Contract nor upon any of the land upon which improvements are so erected, built or situated. 7.00 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7.01 SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING OF CONTRACT. The Contractor will not be permitted to assign, sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of the Contract or any portion thereof, or his rights, title or interest therein, without the approval of the Owner. The Contractor will not be permitted to sublet any portion of the Contract without the approval of the Engineer and Owner. In any case, no subcontract will relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under the Contract. 7.02 PROSECUTION OF WORK. Prior to beginning construction operations the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a schedule or brief outlining the manner of prosecution of the work that he intends to follow in order to complete the Contract within the allotted time. The Contractor shall also furnish the Engineer a breakdown of Contract work items and costs for use in making the monthly progress estimates. The Contractor shall begin the work as required in paragraph 2.06 and shall continuously prosecute same with such diligence as will enable him to complete the work within the time limit set. He shall notify the Engineer at least twenty-four 1:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-19 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. SECTION D AGREEMENT BETWEE N OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 31 day of Q ci Ube r in the year 2000 by and between the Citcof Pearland. Texas (hereinafter called OWNER) and SE 101n 54 MA,'UYIr L. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: Construction of Sanitary Sewer, Water Lines & Lift Station Improvements along Cullen Boulevard and Broadway (FM 518), B98-12. Article 2. ENGINEER. The City Engineer for the City of Pearland is hereinafter ENGINEER and assumes all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to the ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract iN Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME. 3.1. The Work will be substantially completed within 75 calendar days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions within 75 calendar days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. Contract time will commence to run 10 days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed if not otherwise agreed upon. I:\97019\AGREEMT.OWN OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT D-1 'JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Two Hundred Forty Dollars ($240.00) for each day that expires after the time specified for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Two Hundred Forty Dollars ($240.00) for each day that expires after the time specified above for completion and readiness for final payment. I Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE. 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR'S Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the 15th day of each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. 1.197019\AGREEMT.OWN OWNER - CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT D-2 JOB No. 97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. 95% of Work completed. 95% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documents satisfactory to OWNER as provided in the General Conditions). 5 . 2 . Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER. Article 6. OMITTED Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 7.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and test of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely. 7.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all known reports, studies and drawings 1:\97019\AGREEMT.OWN OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT D-3 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigation, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the result of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 1 7.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the following: 8.1. This Agreement (pages 1 _ to 7 , inclusive). 8.2. Exhibits to this Agreement (pages 1 to p inclusive). (Contractor's Bid Proposal). I:\97019\AGREEMT.OWN OWNER - CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT D-4 JOB No. 97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 8.3. Performance and other Bonds, and Certificate of Insurance. 8.4. Proof of Insurance. 8.5. Notice of Award. 8.6. Specifications and Drawings bearing the title Construction of Sanitary Sewer. Water Lines and Lift Station improvements along Cullen Road and Broadway (FM 518) - as listed and included therein. 8.7. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to the General Conditions. 8.8. The documents listed in paragraphs 8.2 et seq. above are attached to this agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9 9.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written 1:\97019\AGREEMT.OWN OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT D-5 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. .0"" consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Article 10. OTHER PROVISIONS. None. I 0,0b- L•\97019\AGREEMT.OWN OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT D-6 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518) -UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferr o-Saylors,Inc. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on OCA Aft 3) d 000 OWNER City of Pearland. Texas CONTRACTOR ' Q— CoN$T NJC . BY A /1 &., BY QE�,RI_kN •.....••••.' . COI#'ORk tEAL] [CORPORATE SEAL) 90N .' AtCe§; 4 •�. 1 _ /I L , Attest mmo/ 411.r Add I or giving notices Address for giving notices 3519 Liberty Drive -Soo c r r'- uyCsi- -13(U D S t7�p Pearland. Texas 77588 O u " )0 cCL nn Telephone: o��)'6 5a -IW O Telephone: t3_ — q 6 (If OWNER is a public body, attach License No. evidence of authority to sign and resolution other documents authorizing execution of Agent for service of process: Agreement.) (If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign.) I:\97019\AGREEMT.OWN OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT D-7 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518) -UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. remedy the conditions specified then the Owner shall give written notice of default to the Surety Company issuing the performance bond under paragraph 2.04 herein and said Surety Company shall then assume full responsibility for completion of the contract in an acceptable manner and in fulfillment of the Contract. 8.00 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 8.01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured complete in place (CIP) in the field by the Engineer. Payment shall be as specified in Section I — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 8.02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall accept the compensation, as provided in the Contract, in full payment for furnishing all materials, supplies, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the work under the contract; for any loss or damage which may arise from the nature of the work, from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work, until the final acceptance by the Owner, except where such damage is clearly shown to be due to inadequate design and not to improper '^ prosecution of the work; for all risks of every description connected with the prosecution of the work; for all expenses incurred in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the work as herein specified; for any infringement of patent, trademark, or copyright; and for completing the work according to the specifications and drawings. The payment of any current or partial estimate shall in no way affect the obligation of the Contractor to repair or renew at his own cost, any defective parts of the construction, or to replace any defective materials used in the construction and to be responsible for all damages due to such defects if such defects or damages are discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work. 8.03 ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN WORK. No change in the work shall be made without having prior written approval of the Owner. Charges or credits for the work covered by the approved change shall be determined by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Unit prices previously approved. (1) Increases and Decreases in Quantity of Work. The Engineer will have the right to increase or decrease the quantities of the work, as may be considered necessary or desirable. Such increases or decreases shall not be considered 1:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-22 JOB No.97019 1 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. as a waiver of any condition of the contract, nor shall they invalidate any of the provisions thereof. The Contractor shall perform the work as increased or decreased. Payment to the Contractor for contract items will be made for the actual quantities of work done or material furnished at the unit prices set forth in the contract, except as provided for changes in the character of the work and except as provided for overruns and underruns of major items. A major item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5 percent of the original contract or $100,000.00, whichever is less. When the quantity of work to be done or the quantity of material to be furnished under any major item of the contract is more than 125 percent of the quantity stated in the proposal, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to revised consideration on that portion of work above 125 percent of the quantity stated 111 in the proposal. When the final quantity of work done under any major item of the contract is less than 80 percent of the quantity stated in the proposal, the adjusted unit price to apply to the final quantity of work performed under the item will be determined by multiplying the unit bid price by the factor obtained from Table I. In no instance shall the product of the adjusted price and the final quantity of work exceed the product of the original contract unit price and 80 percent of the original contract quantity, and in no instance will the unit price be adjusted to more than 125 percent of the original contract unit price. TABLE I %DECREASE FACTOR %DECREASE FACTOR 20-24 1.01 60 1.13 25-28 1.02 61 1.14 29-32 1.03 62 1.15 33-35 1.04 63 1.16 36-38 1.05 64 1.17 39-41 1.06 65 1.18 I:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-23 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 42-44 1.07 66 1.19 45-47 1.08 67 1.20 48-50 1.09 68 1.21 51-53 1.10 69 1.22 54-56 1.11 70 1.23 57-59 1.12 71 1.24 72 and over 1.25 2. Force Account - If the change is ordered to be performed on a Force Account basis, payment will be made as follows: (1) The actual cost of: a. Labor, including foremen. b. Materials entering permanently into the work. c. The ownership or rental cost of equipment during the time of use on the extra work. d. Power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equipment. e. Insurance and Social Security and old age and unemployment contributions. (2) To the cost under (1) above there will be added a sum equal to, fifteen percent (15%) of the actual cost of the work. The fee shall be Compensation to cover the cost of supervision, overhead, the use of small tool, bond, profit and any other general expenses. (3) In the event the change is done by subcontract, the fifteen percent (15%) established in paragraph (2) shall be divided between the Contractor and Subcontractor or Subcontractors with five percent (5%) being apportioned to the Contractor and ten percent (10%) being apportioned to the Subcontractor unless some other division of the fifteen percent (15%) is stipulated in the Subcontract Agreement. 3. Supplemental Agreement. If a supplemental agreement is entered into it shall in general be based on agreed estimated cost for the items listed in paragraph (1) and (2) above. 4. An agreed Price. This method will be used only at the option of the Owner. I:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-24 JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 8.04 PARTIAL PAYMENT. The Engineer once each month will make an approximate estimate in writing of the materials in place and the amount of work performed and the value thereof. From the total amount so ascertained will be deducted ten percent (5%) to be retained until after the completion and acceptance of the entire work. In addition to be above upon presentation of copies of invoices, an estimate shall be made for payment of ninety percent (95%) of the value of acceptable, nonperishable materials which are to be incorporated in the work and which have been delivered at the site of the work and have not yet been incorporated in the work. 8.05 PAYMENT WITHHELD. In addition to express provisions elsewhere contained in the contract, the Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due the Contractor such amount as determined necessary to protect the Owner's interest, or, if it so elects, may withhold or retain all or a portion of any progress payment or refund payment on account of: (a) unsatisfactory progress of the work not caused by conditions beyond the Contractor's control; (b) defective work not corrected; (c) Contractor's failure to carry out instructions or orders of the Owner or his representative; (d) a reasonable doubt that the contract can be completed for the balance then unpaid; (e) work or execution thereof not in accordance with the contract documents; (f) claim filed by or against the Contractor or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (g) failure of the Contractor to make payments to subcontractor or for material or labor; (h) damage to another contractor; (i) unsafe working conditions allowed to persist by the Contractor; failure of the Contractor to provide work schedules as required by the Owner; \\02DATAFs\PROJECTS\97019\GENERALCOND.DocGENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-25 JOB No.97019 ICI April 11,2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. (k) use of subcontractors without the Engineer's approval; or (1) failure of the Contractor to keep current As Built record drawings at the job site, or to turn same over in completed form to the Owner. When the above grounds are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them, and Owner shall never be liable for interest on any delayed or late payment. 8.06 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. When the work provided for in the contract shall have been completed by the Contractor, and all parts of the work have been approved and accepted by the Engineer, a final estimate showing the amount of the work and the amount due the Contractor under the contract will be prepared by the Engineer. The amount of the final estimate, less any sums previously paid under the contract will be paid to the Contractor. 9.00 GUARANTEE 9.01 GUARANTEE. The Contractor, before final payment is made, shall furnish to the Owner a One (1) Year Maintenance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the construction cost to insure that the work performed under the Contract is free from faulty materials and workmanship and will remain free from faulty materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Owner. Neither the final payment on the Contract by the Owner nor any provision in the Contract or Specifications shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship and, unless otherwise specified, he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from date of acceptance of the work. If the Contractor fails to correct defects covered in the Contract and guarantee within thirty (30) days from receiving written notice of such defects, the Owner shall give written notice to the Surety Company issuing the Maintenance Bond and said Surety Company shall then assume full responsibility for correction of the defects in an acceptable manner and in fulfillment of the guaranteed portion of the Contract. Amok I:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-26 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. hours before beginning work at any point. He shall not open up work to the detriment of work already begun. The beginning, sequence and prosecution of the work shall be subject to acceptance by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall conduct his operations so as to impose a minimum of interference to the necessary activities by the Owner. 7.03 WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT. All workmen employed by the Contractor shall have such skill and experience as will enable them to perform properly the duties assigned to them. Any person employed by the Contractor who, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner, or who is disrespectful, intemperate, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, shall at the written request of the Engineer be removed from the Project and shall not be employed again on any portion of the work without the written consent of the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish such suitable machinery, equipment, and construction forces as may be necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, for the proper prosecution of the work. 7.04 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Engineer will have authority to suspend the work wholly or in part, for such period as he may consider necessary and each day of such r suspension shall be considered an extended day. Notice of such suspension with the reasons therefore will be given the Contractor in writing. The Contractor shall not suspend work without the written authority of the Engineer. If the suspension is for the convenience of the Owner and causes the Contractor extra expense, the Contractor will be reimbursed for his actual additional expense without profit. 7.05 CONTRACT TIME. The Contractor shall complete the work within the number of consecutive calendar days stated in the proposal plus any extended days. Contract time will begin upon the written authorization by the Engineer to begin work. Extended days, as defined in paragraph 1.13 will be allowed the Contractor when the Owner determines that completion of the principal units of work was delayed as a result of: Unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without fault or negligence of the Contractor, Subcontractors or suppliers, including but not restricted to, acts of God, the public enemy, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and severe weather. 7.06 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. The time of completion is the essence of this contract. For each calendar day that any work shall remain I:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-20 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. uncompleted after the time specified in the proposal and the contract, or the increased time granted by the Owner, or as equitably increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per day given in the following schedule, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions, shall be deducted from the monies due the Contractor: AMOUNT OF CONTRACT AMOUNT OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Less than $ 5,000.00 $ 60.00 per day $5,000.00 to $14,999.99 $80.00 per day $15,000.00 to $24,999.99 $100.00 per day $25,000.00 to $49,999.99 $120.00 per day $50,000.00 to $99,999.99 $160.00 per day $100,000.00 to $1,000,000.00 $240.00 per day More than $1,000,000.00 $500.00 per day The sum of money thus deducted for such delay, failure or noncompletion is not to be considered as a penalty, but shall be deemed, taken and treated as reasonable liquidated damages, per calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the contract for completing the work. The said amounts are fixed and agreed upon by and between Owner and Contractor because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner in such event would sustain; and said amounts are agreed to be the amounts of damages which the Owner would sustain and which shall be retained from the monies due, or that may become due, the Contractor under this contract; and if said monies be in- sufficient to cover the amount owing, then the CONTRACTOR or his surety shall pay any additional amounts due. 7.07 ABANDONMENT OF WORK OR DEFAULT OF CONTRACT. If the Contractor fails to begin or complete the work within the time specified; or fails to perform the work with sufficient workmen and equipment; or shall perform the work unsuitably; or shall neglect or refuse to remove materials or perform anew such work as may have been rejected as being defective or unsuitable; or shall discontinue the prosecution of the work without authority; or shall become insolvent or be declared bankrupt; or shall commit any act of insolvency or bankruptcy; or shall make an unauthorized assignment for the benefit of any creditor; or for any other cause whatsoever shall not carry on the work in an acceptable manner, the Engineer may give written notice to the Contractor and his Surety of such delay, neglect, or default, specifying same. If the Contractor within a period of ten (10) days after such notice shall not proceed to correct and L:\97019\GENERALCOND.DOC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GC-21 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. MACGREGOR ACT PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS • COUNTY OF BRAZORIA BOND NO. 929170141 (MacGregor Act Performance Bond) (Public Works, Texas) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That, SER Construction, Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and Continental Casualty Company (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland, Texas, (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of *** Dollars ($474,036.60-- ), for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind ,► themselves, and their heirs administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 3 I day of Qc+obi( , 2000, to Construction of sanitary sewer, water lines, and lift station improvements along Cullen Boulevard and Broadway (FM 518), B98-12, City of Pearland, Texas which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. *** Four Hundred Seventy Four Thousand Thirty Six and 60/100 Dollars r 1:\970I9\PERFORMANCEBOND FORM.DOC PERFORMANCE BOND 1 JOB NO.97019 August 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities of this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alternation or addition to the terms of the contract, or to work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to work performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 31 day of QE-}0 jam/ , 2000. PRINCIPAL: SER CONSTRUCT , INC. WITNESS: I C e (If Individual or Firm) NAME AND TITLE WITNESS: WOij` o QQJLç\ A\ SURETY: CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY (If Corporation) NAME AND TITLE t1� Steven E. White, Attorn y-in-Fact AGENCY Summit Global Partners of Texas, Inc. ADDRESS: 3 Riverway, Suite 1000 Houston, TX 77056 TELEPHONE: (713) 400-8600 END OF SECTION I:\97019\PERFORMANCEBONDFORM.DOC PERFORMANCE BOND 2 JOB NO.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc MACGREGOR ACT PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS • COUNTY OF BRAZORIA BOND NO. 929170141 STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253 OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE, AS AMENDED (Penalty of this bond must be 100% of Contract amount) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That, SER Construction, Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and 111 Continental Casualty Company (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland, Texas, (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of *** Dollars ($ 474,036.60 ), for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the L.day of O CA ob9 f , 2000, to Construction of sanitary sewer, water lines, and lift station improvements along Cullen Boulevard and Broadway (FM 518), B98-12, City of Pearland, Texas which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond to all such claimants shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. *** Four Hundred Seventy Four Thousand Thirty-Six and 60/100 Dollars I:\97019\PAYMENTBONDFORM.DOC MACGREGOR ACT PAYMENT BOND 1 JOB NO. 97019 August 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alternation or addition to '` the terms of the contract, or to work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to work performed thereunder. IN TNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this day of Q(,4 }pe( , 2000. 0 PRINCIPAL: SER CONSTRU ON, INC. WITNESS: (If Individual or Firm) NA E AND TITL WITNESWigatoS. Ift)614 SURETY: CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY (If Corporation) 1,.1 TITLE: ST IITEE,.ATTORNEY-IN-FACT i (/ / i AGENCY Summit Global Partners of Texas, Inc. I I ADDRESS: 3 Riverway, Suite 1000 Houston, TX 77056 iTELEPHONE: (713) 400-8600 I i END OF SECTION j 1 I:\97019\PAYMENTBONDFORM.DOC MACGREGOR ACT PAYMENT BOND 2 IJOB NO.97019 POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY, an Illinois corporation, NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD, a Connecticut corporation, AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA, a Pennsylvania corporation (herein collectively called"the CCC Surety Companies"), are duly organized and existing corporations having their principal offices in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois. and that they do by virtue of the signature and seals j herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Philip Baker, Edward Arens, Steven E. White, Stephen B. Smith, Kathleen Havey, Individually 1 of Houston, Texas heir true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature -In Unlimited Amounts- and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their corporations and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Laws and Resolutions, printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the Boards of Directors of the corporations. In Witness Whereof,the CCC Surety Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Group Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 23rd day of March 2000 icoaPour, war/- oiSuot Mr ORCONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY `^ 4t 4NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD �i 3t"' g � `� � AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA o T I * r/ a n 1, , / SEAL t 1[y� k46. �~ /R01041. V, Ask Marvin J. Cashion Group Vice President State of Illinois, County of Cook, ss: On this 23rd day of March , 2000 , before me personally came Marvin J. Cashion,to me known,who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois; that he is a Group Vice President of CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY, NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD, and AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporations. • 'OFFICIAL SEAL' • • DIANE FAULKNER • Notary Pubifo,Scat.of gllno+a •S —E •• My Commission Expires 9/17/01 ; •••.•••••••••••••••.•.••.••. My Commission Expires September 17, 2001 Diane Faulkner Notary Public CERTIFICATE I, Mary A. Ribikawskis,Assistant Secretary of CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY, NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD, and AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By-Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors of each corporation printed on the reverse hereof are still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seals of the said corporations this day of GASl11�T gISUq �� CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY ��l�' } t�gf� �rcp �c, 4 NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD ((!) AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA d�S 11 /ulY 11,o SEAL IlG2 a ,,„a Q leo Mary A. Ribikawskis Assistant Secretary (Rev.10/1/97) - :'' • -- '10•104'; ', • ;,•-•--'.••-_• :;-'--r'.,-..w,•-••,•-' = '.. -' - I ...,_,. • .....„.. -. ,-W.,-1:tr7.--:-...- .... .-•-4 - t, --!.. iALIGIVIOi41.01,.z1'; v1-.01-1,,, , ,...'f,11-1(- -:--- _ '14,-. ', • ' ; A,--,.1.7,...%, , . -•..,-,, .., . ,. or .y AAlikl_i-...):,:,,,y.•,..-.,....>„L.,;.11,-•'-'4- iii!vtrr;,i - ", fsfiT,,-.4itittiar ..".1. ,_, . , A.00-.,14.-= . ,•.. 1 - ity..06110,;,,.liAtili;3411r, a •,(.3.71C...."-+Pi.., : --..!*9.). -'••71' :---`•;.:AS'tZtt , 't D5,,S,irci,•74147; -''J.-a:.•,:a.•:.7 4, ,!.;,,Ta!xf--`'.1...,r....18.4ft-}+vitt tal-..' .;14.- .,,._.--*--, ,.. - A ‘,-,...'W/7ici pr..• . •.,...• .. ..)tfs:abriV ,•:, , .: . Is.0 . ..•v.11;.'-'., it ,I.tat,,..- --',.r..L., .„ -., -,41€41 •,...t -. ...4,6;:, , , : . , . :.`r?.i.i.sct,,.-v.,14..r 1.0fer,7JVt,,,,-, , .'",-t ",. ':64..!idoil .11 .,b(ii.''. ::•-,'i "'' ri'"i'P.'11 iiVi-riF.44is. '.--1-‘ft. ,....4:a,' „ .,.• .., ._,...-_. : .,.- --• -- 'i , _ ... .---- _ -,_ ,• , . , ' ,.i.-- 17.1,..: 14., ......---,-.4:-. :;;T. 7.---;•;:,--,rli‘::-tf.1-;0;10141..,''...i: .'-.77,...7,.--7.-it7;•.-i“--7,:rt7,11.;;47-7-;..,-,,ZiTe.;17-,-4E,i'647-1:W:.-k7:`...:-.;',-7,CTI.;.-P .A.,:,,.,.:,).t.,-,,-,t,4.0*Itiet I 1"., ' ;•-•• •br,,,:rt.i':,.,1141febt1Li.,,iiNItl. -4ttnjoiro A be'.--ei,'••-tj•!",!- . - A 7n:-.4-74,31:k);,86if.E.Tbi*.-,67;:rillts. ;•,,,,-T.,,..• ;--"...97'7...4T:'seti4AiLd1;ii.rat)ritk111'.itit*' lir17:;-;-(74;iiirt-Lirli.;7sil co.° -1.: ii,:'.' i. .,-(1.-11144-4;.-..ii.f1416...k.;+,1—titt zi.•s -ti--1 -'• -‘41:::€4.,3-10 VO'i-41:'4b1P11•6;v1•012r142.:1-likiWTOUti flit C.'::.1f4.40.":4 ‘-' -',, ''%i214,--i tc 0.:.*Y 4.../C.- ,$,' 't,i.: -2.r.--,v-4--,rt•.-.;:-.. :-,,fribq...::.+ =n,I5k. -• ...,i.,:..1--ta.,te,i. flt,i,!..,;:litif444 biIii'.-2!-1.1•,:ift:-..',A0e7"..!4,t,':i-$!'•4.••!,,i_ii.-..1 ai*.q,.,... ''-,lo'!.-,,vr.... ;tie. ......,?...);liii-2triit;gif4f1/-.?.'i-..7p.fg4-4.iii.. 19-4.- 16,•!..' ' .,,-.:•' .c. s;„,...latkoitts lub. '1,2:;r4 ....1.;sqt 034i.:4:47:44t4-1' NiNAITti---:. 't..7-.,.r ,,::,;",,.1.1t t:/..M1;.1KY ite,:430W f.' ., C'''\. ' ';0 .ilb- 1?.,„?.r.,,,,t, z;..3,,,,a t•4!Al; ', ,-••-,-.-..:.• s ft-.... i'l •41..:.• ,-,•,,,1,:oci.).-tt, :4!.fiC., : ago-`‘AIF ..--.0 e',444:1r.,4,.•,)-.•!7w1-;••v,:•=ie_t•Li:=.,i,,,,_. I•t:*':vi.e.,41.:, . , :„71 . ...#:..:";•,."-.../:';‘,4.....i41%•.14.. . .'(4.-' • ' '''' ,' ---'• '''-'t•-%. ,..."•••akiey ,,,,,. , c..,--,104 i :.4.*r-... - ' '..,:k,.. ..A.:V...'...711}.'.1.,,,A ' ' ..-:71,427 .i... ,•,...,,j.,..t.7-f,14:::,...•1.,_:-.,,.-7...,:: ort,.,Ortc. "7:4%,It....;,,,,: .‘ \ , „ .,.., ., .1- '....h... .7 i .., ..s..... ,, . AC ''..t.,- .. . >•.4•11:41-,.!,\ .,-.:- 1 :,''•,,,. ; '-'N sik.' '''", % 'ea . . . 1. _,..,,. .. ‘'........-. -'1.' / '--•••••••;....r.',••••••-' " -r .s''',-.•:,-,-..- • . 0°11 .14 ''.1ifi*ttl'.1'..- • '..,.,..-- tr.:t?,•,."-.4.-...; ..., -••,,-.-_,,,,,, T-;,, "..: It-!1),nr:„..) .:.,:r..••.:11.i.ii . ' _ q--,,t.:., ,.t:41.r,..1.-mst;tosc;,.'OR''' .-:!...,4,-. ;._......_ ..... .,..._, _....r_ .,....:.:1. 4: , ... _ '-_, •,, . ...,,..., :'* ,-'-- .„,....___. ail/fr ‘ -,..,. •;ii.k.:-..:„ c4^istil ,caltait4 7-1. .. . . 11,bik.., ,oi-3:4,-;,.. -..,-irkittr-L.iz:*1-7,_,;;:t •r:b.ig,r,-,41.11Ltitra4.1114;efti ,--:m;e4.-.0P:4 J5,'"(-44‘ ".:-44‘3.1 4,i r'v 31i,.,•:i.iiijl 2.,--,:.,, ,1''! ', ''''t -\444t4•'11-.4A.,,t.tft4g4'•Alill..ilVitril.IL....;.,-.to 1r',.;1:-..,,o il::‘,..4%.1 -. • --,-4-,4Yir$,-.t. 43,--,•t 4..04,,,,,,,.i. , .-.::: '-A 4 ;.- .:41.‘li-,:..t...•-i.:,.•. •.--I ." '',ii--'.4‘V,4-4,,AtRefi...,;016.0.4441)/-..,.,*f•Vi:-A??AM-:-_:, 'i.0;.;1‘.1.1 e:- 70 ..7-.475', . ,' ....'j '. ••c,•Ilfk16?.. ,..'• b,..4=- 'OF,'..."-..-- .,'Cl;:41i441?ii,495-i! :.'...-i'Miij'ii;*-1'.il. titf,.:4::41-,ti$:•'.:1-..;.Kibit.4.-''-., i4i,..4e.5,'- ',,,-, .- ••t •`' -' ' • .," 4 - • ,.._•. . . ' .47' 11.' , ',e...t 4-.-... - -' .,-, r..-tt,:,4.:4-".t .:1941,.. .v•,. •.-, -•, ....-74=.:..,. ...,.• ..-s...'fr,sit..,- zt,#'0'4.:.:4').0.e4::;.",..,-. - s', .fx9vitt mr.r..7-.-:-.,: •-;i r.,-, -.,,. -:.. ,,-. :,Ii4.4 it.trz:.i,•-•34-..'!...44.•;;-,:it-ci4 1-•.. A.. ,-, -. ): %,..*,, ,...-,7,.,r.,..t!..----.-4,.,a ,,,, o L_,.: • A -- ,• •• :4-t..;- , 4.i.. , , o % ,.,,O i 1 --- • . --.-. •-•:tf.(r.'-' • •; ..#e:..-:.:4. 7-- . . . , , ••.... . .... ,,..-.40.1.4.1.:etliiiiii, 4g...ti•?.4..-•,-. •+):' ' 5.4',•• P.S'.• i 007":..,,Ittl,-,.m,..-4-----,,:o•-4,-1‘. ViEdri'tINC•-• '1,4 ., ,.- , -. i . ` : . -"' .:t: "' • , P-1.1t)1T41,V41 ' 'S.1:::::Y.T. ''):''s.-.4 1-1._!".:117,1CY--..;.i l'Airii0;ilEt..!TIN i ..... ..• .witilit,74. '.1:-'' .... okfteri..., ... -, ',ti.7,19me.:.., ‘Ar"--,A,.-..ii,•-:_.. -,.. :-.,:ci.t::,•-- ,.. ,..,,,..•-::. •-1.-. -.--.iito-i,f,txitiott-- '.1 `,541,41,?s,..t..-,:g:i gr,-...tp..-13-keinliiii!,:tt.. N'..7. •'... F.;!i1,174.CY'.ible 7 1,.. ' •.'1.,4 -_,'.f.tC,i',", ',. •'47'tit r'''.44.' 4Weir.41410r , .1.3(504.**.7.t r.?...: lirs,t.!1+0.-is,-r;-or li-0,..';:.-.stvi.•.1` .-..-,101 - • ' ' • 13,kr:•3? el'2rt.7,,t... ,., . ,:- . rtirnt,-;',A',.'1811!!",41hit. 00 •,,.,.,:-' ' -- -..*:; .'..--: . ,.. • '''‘,,,'„A•4^- lr.''' ' • k.Alj.L: .t,10tA7t.tay;1 rsi -1.At1...111,-4,-.1 . • - ',.,....... -,-,,,_-. ,• ,.,-, , - ',..4.-,7'--.%•,d, ' .7.#44i..'2141.., i,4,`'-...rl-nitiA rf . "`='• -. '-.1'‘• . . ' - . ' ..-!-.-Wic t.4''''';•'' '*!;i. ,.... . .) . .,. ,.. .... - ; , , • . • • _ ...• -?"'V" - ' .. ' ' '`A. '''1,-r.'"'" s. ''.' 1 • , ,' .--,...— , • ,•""--.. : ...:.;,-,.... e"..... .2'....,,---: . . .. May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. SECTION G TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 2.04 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT, PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS SC-2 4. CONTROL OF THE WORK 4.01 AUTHORITY SC-2 4.05 CONSTRUCTION CONTROL SC-2 6. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES S ONSIBILITIES 6.01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED ADD REPRODUCED TEXT OF PREAMBLE AND 28 TAC §110.110 SC-2-16 7. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7.05 CONTRACT TIME SC-16 7.06 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SC-16 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 8.01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. SC-16 8.04 PARTIAL PAYMENT. . SC-16 8.07 TWDB CW STATE REVOLVING FUND TIER III LOAN PROGRAM r., REQUIREMENTS. SC-17 \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOCTABLE OF CONTENTS SC-1 JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2.00 AWARDS AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 2.04 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT, PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND/ MAINTENANCE BONDS. The contract and all change orders thereto shall be executed by the City Manager, acting on the authority of the City Council of the City of Pearland. 4.00 CONTROL OF THE WORK. 4.01 AUTHORITY. In no case shall the term "inspection" imply or mean "supervision." 4.05 CONSTRUCTION CONTROL. Where needed for control purposes, the Engineer will confirm or locate street R.O.W. property lines. 6.0 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED ADD PREAMBLE TO RULE 110.110. The Texas ,•► Workers' Compensation Commission adopts new §110.110, concerning requirements for governmental entities awarding a contract for a building or construction project, and for persons providing services on a building or construction project for a governmental entity. The new rule is adopted with changes to the proposed text published in the April 26, 1994 issue of the Texas Register (19 TexReg 3131). Subsections (a)(7) and (c)(7) were amended by adding language to further clarify who is covered by the rule. Subsections (c)(7)(J) and (e)(3) were added to clarify that a contractor or subcontractor is representing to the governmental entity that workers' compensation coverage is provided. Subsections (d)(8)(C) and (e)(8)(C) were added to require specific language regarding representations of coverage to be added to contracts to provide services on the project. Subsections (c)(7)(F), and (c)(7)(I)(5), (d)(5), (d)(8)(F), (e)(6), and (e)(8)(F) were amended to reduce the retention period for contractors and other persons providing services on the project from three years to one year. Subsection (g) was changed to state that this rule applies to contract advertised for bid after September 1, 1994, rather than awarded after September 1, 1994. The Texas Labor Code, §406.096, requires workers' compensation insurance coverage for all persons providing services on a building or construction project for a governmental entity. The commission is aware that this statutory requirement is not being met, and this rule is designed to \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOCTABLE OF CONTENTS SC-2 JOB No.97019 April 10,2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. achieve compliance and to implement a record keeping process which will enable oversight of compliance. The rule does this by placing requirements on the governmental entity and on contractors and other persons providing services on a project. These requirements include coverage, certificates of coverage, posted notices of coverage, and notification of changes in coverage status. The rule does not create any duty or burden on anyone which the law does not establish. The rule defines terms which apply to governmental entity building or construction projects and sets up a clear procedure for governmental entities and contractors that bid for building and construction projects to follow in complying with the requirements of the Texas Labor Code, §406.096. It also defines statute and the rule. It specifically excludes persons such as food/beverage vendors whose deliveries and labor are not permanently incorporated into the project. The rule puts persons on notice that providing false or misleading certificates of coverage, or failing to provide or maintain required coverage, or failing to report any change that materially affects the provision of coverage may subject the contractor or other persons providing services on the project to administrative penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. The rule requires a governmental entity to timely obtain certificates of coverage, retain them for ,-• the duration of the project plus three years, and provide them to the commission upon request and to others entitled to them by law. It also requires the governmental entity, as a prerequisite to awarding a contract, and as part of the contract, to require that the contractor: provide coverage and certificates of coverage for the contractor's employees; timely obtain and provide the governmental entity all required certificates of coverage for all persons providing services on the project; retain certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; post notices on each project site; and contractually require persons with whom it contracts to do the same, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. The rule also sets out the language to be included in bid specifications and in contracts awarded by a governmental entity and the information required to be in the posted notice to employees. It further establishes a method for obtaining the certificates from persons providing services on the project and providing them to the governmental entity. It requires a contractor awarded a building or construction contract to: provide workers' POW compensation coverage to the contractor's employees for the duration of the project; file a I:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-3 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. certificate of coverage of the contractor's employees with the governmental entity prior to being awarded a contract; obtain and provide to the governmental entity; certificates of coverage fr om g each other person with whom it has contracted to provide services on the project, prior to that person beginning work on the project; obtain and provide new certificates of coverage shown on the current certificate ends during the duration of the project; retain all certificates of coverage lfor the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; notify the governmental entity of material changes in coverage; contractually require each other person with whom it contracts to provide a certificate of coverage; and post notices on each project site. All other persons providing services on a project have the same requirements as a contractor, with the exception of posting notices and with the exception that the certificate of coverage is given to T the person for whom they contracted to provide services on the project. The rule uses the term "persons providing services on the project" in lieu of the statutory term "subcontractor" because the term "subcontractor" as used in the statue (§406.096) and in this rule is broader than standard 1 industry usage. The use of the different terminology will prevent confusion. 1 The rule does not create any duty or burden on anyone which the law does not establish. rThe new rule is adopted under the Texas Labor Code, §402.061, which authorizes the commission to adopt rules necessary to administer the Act, and Texas Labor Code, §406.096, which establishes requirements for governmental entities, contractors, and subcontractors ("persons providing services on the project") regarding workers' compensation coverage for workers on public building or construction projects. i Rule 110.110 - Reporting Requirements for Building or Construction Projects for Governmental Entities (a) The following words and terms, when used in this rule, shall have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Terms not defined in this rule shall have the meaning defined in the Texas Labor Code, if so defined. (1) Certificate of coverage ("certificate")- A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees 01. 1:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-4 JOB No.97019 I April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. (including those subject to a coverage agreement) providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. (2) Building or construction - Has the meaning defined in the Texas Labor Code, §406.096(e)(1). (3) Contractor- A person bidding for or awarded a building or construction project by a governmental entity. (4) Coverage - Workers' compensation insurance meeting the statutory requirements of the Texas Labor Code, §401.011(44). (5) Coverage agreement - A written agreement on form TWCC-81, form TWCC-82, form TWCC-83, or form TWCC-84, filed with the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission which establishes a relationship between the parties for purposes of the Workers' Compensation Act, pursuant to the Texas Labor Code, Chapter 406, Subchapters F and G as one of employer/employee and establishes who will be responsible for providing workers' compensation ,.. coverage for persons providing services on the project. 6 Duration - tonofthe pr oject o ect p � Includes the time from the beginning g ng of work on the project until the work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. (7) Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096 of the Act) - Includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes but is not limited to independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity furnishing persons to perform services on the project. "Services" includes but is not limited to providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. I:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-5 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIF T STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. (8) Project - Includes the provision of all services related to a building or construction contract for a governmental entity. (b) Providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage pursuant to this rule is a representation by the insured that all employees of the insured who are providing services on the project are covered by workers' compensation coverage, that the coverage is based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements have been filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance elf Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading certificates of coverage, or failing to provide or maintain required coverage, or failing to report any change that materially affects the provision of coverage may subject the contractor or other person providing services on the project to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. (c) A governmental entity that enters into a building or construction contract on a project shall: (1) include in the bid specifications, all the provisions of subsection (d) of this rule, using the language required by paragraph (7) of this subsection; (2) as part of the contract, using the language required by paragraph (7) of this subsection, require the contractor to perform as required in subsection (d) of this rule; (3) obtain from the contractor a certificate of coverage for each person providing services of the project, prior to that person beginning work on the project; (4) obtain from the contractor a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage: (A) before the end of the current coverage period, if the contractor's current certificate of coverage shows that the coverage period ends during the duration of the project; and I:\97019\S PEC IA LC O N D.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-6 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro aylora,Inc. (B) no later than seven days after the expiration of the coverage for each other person providing services on the project whose current certificate shows that the coverage period ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for three years thereafter; (6) provide a copy of the certificates of coverage to the commission upon request and to any person entitled to them by law; and (7) use the following language for bid specifications and contracts , without any additional words or changes, except those required to accommodate the specific document in which they are contained or to impose stricter standards of documentation in Figure 1: (Figure 1) 1 Article . Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage. A. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate")- A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage 1 agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor I:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-7 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity �.- which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity r showing that coverage has been extended. E. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, I:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-8 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; l (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, 1 a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; l I:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-9 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT ST ATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 141,, (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; J (6) notify the governmental entityin g writing by certified mall or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any lchange that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commissions' Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. (d) A contractor shall: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; I:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-10 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text in Figure 2 provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: (Figure 2) low 1:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-11 JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE r "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or material, or providing labor or transportation or their service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee. " "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage. " (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services 1 on a project, to: II (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its �► employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; ' (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person 1 beginning work on the project; II (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e)(3) of this rule; Dprovide the( ) contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration 1 of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to 1 the contractor: l (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and eig 1:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-12 JOB No.97019 I April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. (ii) prior to the end of the e coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provisions of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A)-(H), with the certificate of coverage 1 to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. (e) A person providing services on a project, other than a contractor, shall: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage as required by its contract to provide services on the project, prior to beginning work on the project; (3) have the following language in its contract to provide services on the project: "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage ,.• agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and I:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-13 JOB No.97019 August 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATIO N Ferro-Saylors,Inc. payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions." (4) provide the person for whom it is providing services on the project, prior to the end of the coverage period shown on its current certificate of coverage, a new certificate showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) obtain from each person providing services on a project under contract to it, and provide as required by its contract: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (B) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (6) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (7) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project and send the notice within 10 days after the person knew or should have known of the change; and (8) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; J (B) provide a certificate of coverage to it prior to that other person beginning work on the project; I:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-14 JOB No.97019 Il, '44) April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. (B) provide a certificate of coverage to it prior to that other person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e)(3) of this rule; (D) provide, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person under contract to it to provide services on the project, and provide as required by its contract: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of oft. coverage showing extension of the coverage period if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the contract; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration :. of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing'services on the project; and (H) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A)-(H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. I:\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOC SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-15 1 JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. (f) If any provision of this rule or its application to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the invalidity does not affect other provisions or applications of this rule that can be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this rule are declared to be severable. (g) This rule is applicable for building or construction contracts advertised for bid by a governmental entity on or after September 1, 1994. 7.00 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7.05 CONTRACT TIME. All time worked on holidays and other than 7:30 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday will be overtime hours. Contractor shall pay all inspection costs for overtime work by City personnel created by Contractor's choice to work other than normal hours. No work will be allowed on Sundays. The contract time as defined in this proposal and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain/mud days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 80 day calculated from all precipitation days of record, including trace amount days. Contractor is required to keep a record 01•• of rain/mud days at the site. Record of rain/mud days must be accepted and signed off by the City Inspector monthly, and it shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittals. At the end of the Contract, Contractor shall be credited only the number of accepted rain/mud days that exceed 80 rain/mud days per year, or any proportionate fraction thereof. 7.06 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Liquidated damages and bonus for early completion shall be $240.00 per day. 8.00 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 8.01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. See Section I for provisions for Measurement and Payment. 8.04 PARTIAL PAYMENT. Retainage shall be five percent (5%) of amount due until after the completion and acceptance of the entire work by the Owner and issuance by Texas Water Development Board's Certificate of Approval. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SPECIALCOND.DOCSPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-16 JOB No.97019 _. . • ••flOrr 4.13;it a •!--• - - ; P' ' T"lit24Cf 7- , ; .;1.; , f; 4 ;Cleft,. • _ - .•)1;, hñAIN? Iteitil Lattr-. mitAn--41.1 . 1" • gn.itift.1, ../Q11111141PfAilliPi 3! 1uci *T41 °.•.; . Ari . . A k:'ii rii tesr4i:.4-; "Iftt •r- S • 1.'411E". '11.4t"):`,7; 4. ' .1‘ LTS0-.1 ar‘i_tti P. • -'t3 - .16(1,..4, ,t7;t4 • I., 012., • • ; fv). ,-,4:(itpl 11.,„I'2 !, txtfrg-; 11f1,(1fil ' • 1iM cu %71L4 1NiJ :/. r1r) iilt.)1 1541 , kt , .'•!, .b::tatittpia t t;;;IT " • , • '1Y1r's i • ;i, . in.lnit;e4 '.I;11.411111..q. jj I “Lkt. iLWitf4111.. bru: ,31ilfr. tu.t:Ii.li:;r4f.:3 • •',CA) ''f;?•-• '7;•ttr"— :fr-v43.-,;. May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 8.07 ADD TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD (TWDB) CLEAN WATER (CW) STATE REVOLVING FUND (SRF) TIER III (WASTEWATER) LOAN PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS. This project is partly funded by the TWBD CWSFR Tier III Loan Program. See Section H for requirements of TWBD which pertain to this project. END OF DOCUMENT I lr I \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SPECIALcoND.DOCSPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-17 JOB No. 97019 it ED-1 TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS (10/30/97) Ir 1• PRIVITY OF CONTRACT. This contract is expected to be funded in part with funds from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies or employees is, or will be, a party to this contract or any lower tier contract. This contract is subject to regulations contained in 31 TAC Chapter 363 in effect on the date this contract is executed. 2. DEFINITION. The term "TWDB" means the Executive Administrator of the Texas Water Development Board, or other person who may be at the time acting in the capacity or authorized to perform the functions of such Administrator, or the authorized representative thereof. 3. PROGRESS AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE. a ( ) The Contractor shall submit for approval immediately after execution of the Agreement, a carefully prepared Progress Schedule, showing the proposed dates of starting and completing each of the various sections of the work, the anticipated monthly payments to become due the Contractor, and the Ie accumulated percent of progress each month. (b) The following paragraph applies only to contracts awarded on a lump sum contract price: COST BREAKDOWN - The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a breakdown of his estimated cost of all work to be accomplished under the contract, so arranged and itemized as to meet the approval of the Owner in at least the detail provided by form ED-102. This breakdown shall be submitted promptly after execution of the agreement and before any payment is made to the Contractor for the work performed under the Contract. After approval by the Owner the unit prices established in the breakdown shall be used in estimating the amount of partial payments to be made to the Contractor. 4. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR. (a) Progress Payments (1) The Contractor shall prepare his requisition for progress payment as of the last day of the month and submit it, with the required number of copies, to the Engineer for his review. The amount of the payment due the Contractor shall be determined by adding to the total value of work J Olw completed to date, the value of materials properly stored on the site and deducting (1) five percent (5%) of the total amount, as a retainage and (2) the amount of all previous payments. The total value of work G-37 ';.:1••••- ••• ...4111C;V.Z(.2)...—‘...• T',7)-itifirr03. nawr Dur •al;Jo Irov- ..to_oNs 'V Var. IC ( • •:)r-...15)1.10 T t ....• ati4t=,fit.t4.4 - ?.;; sf. 47/ i 4110.1121iii-Ob A vi. q3 :1,f1; ' . • )1, I Ti ;1;1'7, 'Slit r ,147-0:oE, .•.'' .'11 • .'•••• a- tC1 i ) t."(.:,:.; • , . ..;•• 47: 7:•a4J11;:titt.) lei 3x:!.mo'_3 5 to ;1104. ni,t1 It-HP • "I r.;1`.4 yicy;) co..- 01 t kafe firr. - •' (7 if ; 'AK !•, > • ; . tr AV; _ . - („; • • --);-c, f:ii$ 151-i y"..117 1:7) t:11 • .4; ' :• t : fZq , 14- 0 .7111itytr:litr 101'50 4 ,* ) ITY•tittti5.1`.,d: ..A44 . j _ .0;4 Id; •,; - , 5.4boy«f:firtz. ..4 4 iorteitTrlf: 1 • Si 4 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 2 of 9 completed to date shall be based on the estimated quantities of work completed and on the unit prices contained in the agreement (or cost breakdown approved pursuant to section 3.b relating to lump sum bids) • and adjusted by approved change orders. The value of materials properly stored on the site shall be based upon the estimated quantities of such materials and the invoice prices. Copies of all invoices shall be available for inspection by the Engineer. (2) The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all materials and work upon which payments have been made until final acceptance of such work and materials by the Owner. Such payments shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract and the delivery of all improvements embraced in this Contract complete and satisfactory to the Owner in all details. (3) The five percent (5%) retainage of the progress payments otherwise due to the Contractor may not be reduced until the building of the project is substantially complete and a reduction in the retainage has been authorized by the OWNER and the TWDB. (4) The following clause applies only to contr acts racts where the total price at ,^ the time of execution is $400,000 or greater and the retainage is greater than 5%. The Owner shall deposit the retainage in an interest-bearing account, and the interest earned on such retainage funds shall be paid to the Contractor after completion of the contract and final acceptance. j (b) Withholding Payments. The Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due the Contractor so much as may be necessary to protect the Owner and, if so elects, may also withhold any amounts due from the Contractor to any subcontractors or material dealers. for work performed or material furnished by them. The foregoing provisions shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Owner and will not require the Owner to determine or adjust any claims or disputes between the Contractor and his subcontractors or material dealers, or to withhold any moneys for their protection unless the Owner elects to do so. The failure or refusal of the Owner to withhold any moneys from the Contractor shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bond or bonds furnished under this Contract. (c) Payments Subject to Submission of Certificates. Each payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall be made subject to submission by the Contractor of all written certifications required of him and his subcontractors by general or special conditions elsewhere in this contract. G-38 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-a Page 3 of 9 (d) Final Payment. (1) After final inspection and acceptance by the Owner of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare his requisition for final payment which shall be based upon the carefully measured or computed quantity of each item of work at the applicable unit prices stipulated in the Agreement or cost breakdown (if lump sum), as adjusted by approved change orders. The total amount of the final payment due the Contractor under this contract shall be the amount computed as described above less all previous payments. Final payment to the Contractor shall be made subject to his furnishing the Owner with a release in satisfactory form of all claims against the Owner arising under and by virtue of this contract, other than such claims, if any, as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor from the operation of the release as provided under general and special conditions elsewhere in this contract. (2) The Owner, before paying the final estimate, may require the Contractor to furnish releases or receipts from all subcontractors having performed any work and all persons having supplied materials, equipment (installed under this contract) and services to the Contractor, if the Owner deems the same necessary in order to protect the Owner's .., interests. The Owner, however, may if it deems such action advisable make payment in part or in full to the Contractor without requiring the furnishing of such releases or receipts and any payments so made shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties furnished under this Contract. (3) The retainage and its interest earnings, if any, shall not be paid to the Contractor until the TWDB has authorized a reduction in, or release of, retainage on the contract work. (4) Withholding of any amount due the Owner, under general and/or special conditions regarding "Liquidated Damages," shall be deducted from the final payment due the Contractor. 5. REVIEW BY OWNER AND TWDB. (a) The Owner, authorized representatives and agents of the Owner, and the TWDB shall, at all times have access to and be permitted to observe and review all work, materials, equipment, payrolls, personnel records, employment conditions, material invoices, and other relevant data and records pertaining to this Contract, provided, however that all instructions and approval with respect to the work will be given to the Contractor only by the Owner through authorized representatives or agents. (b) Anv such inspection or review by the TWDB shall not subject the state of Texas to any action for damages. 41111, TWDB Contract Conditions Page 4 of 9 ED-4 6. FLOOD HAZARD INSURANCE. Au— This provisions applies to any contract which will construct structures that are insurable under the National Flood Insurance Program of the Federal Emergency Management Agency. The Contractor shall apply for flood insurance on all insurable structures that will be built under this contract. A copy of the completed application must be provided to the owner before commencing construction of the project. The Contractor shall obtain the flood hazard insurance as soon as possible and submit a copy of the policy to the Owner. 7. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND TRAINING. (a) The Contractor shall obtain installation, operation, and maintenance manuals from manufacturers and suppliers for equipment furnished under the contract. The Contractor shall submit three copies of each complete manual to the Engineer within 90 days after approval of shop drawings, product data, and samples, and not later than the date of shipment of each item of equipment to the project site or storage location. (b) Each manual is to be bound in a folder and labeled to identify the contents and project to which it applies. The manual shall contain the following applicable /. items: F (1) A listing of the manufacturer's identification, including order number, model, serial number, and location of parts and service centers. (2) A list of recommended stock of parts, including part number and quantity. (3) Complete replacement parts list. (4) Performance data and rating tables. (5) Specific instructions for installation, operation, adjustment, and maintenance. (6) Exploded view drawings for major equipment items. (7) Lubrication requirements. (8) Complete equipment wiring diagrams and control schematics with terminal identification. 1 (c) Operations and maintenance manuals specified herein are in addition to any operation, maintenance, or installation instructions required by the Contractor to install, test. and start-up the equipment. J G-40 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 5of9 j (d) The Owner shall require the Engineer to promptly review each manual submitted, noting necessary corrections and revisions. If the Engineer rejects the manual, the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the manual until it is acceptable to Engineer as being in conformance with design concept of project and for compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. Owner may assess Contractor a charge for reviews of same items in excess of three (3) times. Such procedure shall not be considered cause for delay. Acceptance of manuals by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of any requirements or terms of the Contract. (e) The Contractor shall provide the services of trained, qualified technicians to check final equipment installation, to assist as required in placing same in operation, and to instruct operating personnel in the proper manner of performing routine operation and maintenance of the equipment. 8. AS-BUILT DIMENSION & DRAWINGS. (a) Contractor shall make appropriate daily measurements of facilities constructed and keep accurate records of location (horizontal and vertical) of all facilities. (b) Upon completion of each facility, the Contractor shall furnish Owner with one set of direct prints, marked with red pencil, to show as-built dimensions and 40. locations of all work constructed. As a minimum, the final drawings shall include the following: (1) Horizontal and vertical locations of work. (2) Changes in equipment and dimensions due to substitutions. (3) "Nameplate" data on all installed equipment. (4) Deletions, additions, and changes to scope of work. (5) Any other changes made. 9. ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES. No activity which may affect a State Archeological Landmark is authorized until the Owner has complied with the provisions of the Antiquities Code of Texas. The Owner has previously coordinated with the appropriate agencies and impacts to known cultural or archeological deposits have been avoided or mitigated. However, the Contractor may encounter unanticipated cultural or archeological deposits during construction. If archeological sites or historic structures are discovered after construction operations are begun, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that particular area and notify the Owner, the TWDB, and the Texas Historical Commission, (512-463- 6096). The Contractor shall take reasonable steps to protect and preserve the G-41 4041010YAgt._ -741! , . wq114,•phr:• .71.1-24t tiA ‘1410 • - 114.1-"A4fil'cv. .;;;T. ,'44.,itte'D 104 ‘4,;,:31/".:1•47 . , • - -• • -1tht ;!?..`qf)r.).) (41:;,,WP, - •• • •L•-• :13`7, ..1-11 .", ifth 2 'On.711t1c;:.;, 1 . • • :tr) ;. 0: i7.;-•bif ;;;',tr.' (3) t4.:•111.4) . • •.• :$,••_..7W. ".1".i 4 AY: tr) c141; E • . Z. ff •!: , 're : ' U3S .r. • ; tql4ijjtr . . . • ' 4.- .13' b4A)t.:(171 If- - ti.4 • • • .1 '-.!••••• • • ;$. -1:•11;. ‘1":" rte- : : • . A. - _ • •,„ 45)fii. , L V:: 5-r1,1I kviei 1'.",TIVTC) " • int.5d •Ic,5fir4tui.--7,4.-.4*“;,*;x) "-, k •7e- `• - ,r • . ' • • „. TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 6 of 9 i �-- discoveries until they have been inspected by the Owner's representative and the TWDB. The Owner will promptly coordinate with the Texas Historical Commission and any other appropriate agencies to obtain any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue. The Contractor shall not resume work in the area of the discovery until authorized to do so by the Owner. 10. ENDANGERED SPECIES. No activity is authorized that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. If a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction, the Contractor shall immediately cease work in the area of the encounter and notify the Owner, who will immediately implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. These actions shall include reporting the encounter to the TWDB, the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, obtaining any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue, or implement other mitigative actions. The Contractor shall not resume construction in the area of the encounter until authorized to do so by the Owner. 11. LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. In the execution of the Contract, the Contractor must comply with all applicable Local, State and Federal laws, including but not limited to laws concerned with labor, safety, minimum wages, and the environment. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with and at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, the TWDB, and their representatives against any claim arising from violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by himself or by his subcontractor or his employees. 12. EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOR. This condition applies only to construction contracts which receive funding from the TWDB's Economically Distressed Areas Program. The contractor shall to the maximum feasible extent employ local labor for construction of the project. The Contractor and every subcontractor undertaking to do work on the project which is. or reasonably may be done as on-site work, shall employ, in carrying out such contract work. qualified persons who regularly reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and the economically distressed area where the project is located. except: (a) To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and economically distressed area are not available. G-42 .. ,•Mlftnt- . ''"'-, :?'' --'-•:Af•..7'. -,-,.:- ... • ,..- , --„,,._ . ,, • ' ' -',..-rt6,;.-.1111-i--..yoll-tli , . . .. .i ..._.. Iti 0-..,.-....,, . . . -.• ..1, --'-.) 40 M !3:_:::.?-.- :lif..u.,4,N:! f..Aia: .; Will!. ' -----' -;%.:44,1/4'.;',. k-.,10. .:i -1.•' , ''• •• • .:'', 4,1;1/> ,..-X0Yri0:',.,x07, , F,,. .4- 4tIrltft7),••',.,,:rii;,_.„-:.:"'-i- :• .1.11.1110 .i -q:, ;.:: ...,. ,. ..,...-...:0: ,:14,4iiii6.0.-i.,--7:- ltrr,.•4L fi-tel10741F l'll •q•.tt;:-",$4,.., I ,Z L.', _: : .“ ,I.:cilia. f-t •.IVI:4,}A '-• :;`,71i)'',),c,i3 :-.hr \11 :11 k;-, i.-.7 -tA, • , ,1:,... tOiiii. ..":,7(..".'D34? 75:1 •;.-Ii:1"-,. .1' „ . , ,.. •.-;. ;.., - ' . . . . . 44e ,-. '-,: :.i --:;.:- ,z.ni. 'ts.1),..;i1 •-..-: --4- • -.:,i- :' ,, -'. : ... „;:-.;,,,,.-.. ;: ., ,.0 . -.) ;•.; .1 I' '• '-':: .. fl fr.. .- 't. -; -.% 41.•• r-i.li4 Z. - t - •z.,#.-:'' . .'.(- •:- 2, •.-•,',--;*i . .', ,... ,' -" ,:i.„; ''.'' ::. y-_ '' :" ":::: 10 .?...`-s i,:v..."fl-':.- ,-,r.' •,-,;(*.,:-',:iffH -,' . - ' ' '-i"'' ri-f'• • li.) -h •---;1.-:;os-- rief.. ,'; )711 ft! ,OriV, J21.....,..t %4.!'" . l'. 11.':',,fr:'• _ 7::..?-t. 'l'-:.,,,, ..," 'Ili.; .'';:,'.:- '- '''• 31,1!". i',.- ''':41,..:: ill '-",:'';:fil--:).r: :--.9 :1,,P411:11 V-,::it,:!-:--fakil,f3.1 :;•' - ,"± ' •:'-'' .P... ', -...* --.:,i . -',.- •'.! Z-11,.:tr..';'.1V1.1 'DJ F••.__:I i.1 :.i11',;;-.12:,.--. . .'t-.4:C .?..t.:,1' -).?,7) i'.• - •V . !-‘.. ,,' :' ' 1 Z.!,,,,,:r •Y'.‘-.' '.;-,4,, ,`,,- :'•i:., r;:. fi";,:.?..4“-t' zr t-if,C.-.. f'..;;f:FI, ..- 71 Y'''•! -..i; i'•'- - ", . •._ ' "...-1 ..1i ri-7.., ..i % -x.rrqq.:4 ::),i :-..r.,:- --, :it?, ,:ti“,; .-., ,Ji:J:‘, '. ''f, . •,'`. ' 'r'Llif'1:171 ;:,, '11.1:137)1, ,.tilla.:i.:. .-:1.1,*. 9,,-:.-',-.. -4--:;f- i"- ...-;,...,. ., - ....---. .. ,,- .- ir _:.- .,-....:1-q,,...,, 1t1-13 t...q14K 4 .7:.)- :.:7`..; - ", ... "..-1' .“ 1.';!--..,.1..`,", „ ‘,-'f..:' .::a.:.ii -;,• , "1110 „ ' le i ' -i'lrli„': f!ii:r r,.11 -,it;,;77.; •Atl ',. 7.:4; (11 -", -;,'' i:: 1'\'•,' -:":.-- " . ..7 ...71)-:t 47) !.:4FKiii,,•• ,,-;')-- U,; 4.- .,.J. ,..‘171 .&Oat 1.51e-.,:)01. .4-',.:;-, t..-36)2 .'.[...)::‘..i. '::•' „;,-.;-,,i',-•i,,..y- - '. , -''.- .7 r.., ':,t.Illietf) '54: ,rt.4-,•is-d-% : 144 •:.i.,, ..-i7 . ,. ' - ';',N. !•-,...: 1.;'."."; • !,--- • . .. ., ::, -1i11‘,*7' 't.1(ii71,-.i"..v iv : .. itt,-;.::r.sLiit.r.:. ,--- , ,-.,:„ :;,„•-..* :iiS 4; ii...,1:-t:,, r;0'.1.: ','i 4: lti'4 n.i,. .; \•".-iit-Y..A d'-`.)i'.1.%it' Pal.j,..,iit'3`'-! i...: ...ill,ftit,-!0 ./.. : 1 ., ..-",‘ ,..sr‘-.f1f1..j ,1-:%1V,,I. -!.idi : !'..711 :),.I.V''tib.r..;:: !':,..!.4..- ''.• f: .:. •., t., ')2. 4 :C .'i , %;tCt Ili ri0f.1::i•e.‘' itii..11/ '-'ti. 'r:-r.• •,/li.i.; -,11,i ;;. -ki; - i ..., -±-,-i!,')I.C :.1 :,i ri i o ,A,;:-.7,Thri'/..ti:,-:.'. .:_., tliP-11, t• .i,. :. .'. .531.)8i.,1 :IA .:X.):: --4( .1.-r .;,! ' : ! I - - ' '''.i it'll : -' -.-: '''. ,:, i:-Y : .!i aoi',i4.1;.-,,,;; 1- C11 40'' '`.':-ilki--.)--: 7,. .4....,-_- ,.., , . . --:•::--::. c.,#.14 Ike.;;. _ l•-:./ ' ".141/10;7,1i, 11.1V-,iiY'off! , :-,‘-'? ,.k." 1.-;''...i , ,,, ... :-4/ri,„,,-y,.)„.4: .3;-,- .,,,:-;:ir.,.,,,, iji-J,; -ipr3 ,„tfic,.D -,,' f .,.-.-Ji:-,,,j- -','I 'i..;„. iio-..;.).-..,, 1-1-3- .. - ,iii.4,.. ,...:.-' - • It- .. ., z,A 4r.f"ib•::'.f VI:1M, :ti.ligrIP,i,i.:111-7,.0 .,..i ii`ilfi:,'4 -.. „ . ,.,.:,-j-i ,., ,,,e; ,cv,,-,..-4,10,--1 f,-- 4':"to•iar lO 'litf_r i; lip. .1114".)'-i?.‘liletir.-..,:,%,(ii, ,Z.,"4.e' a vr I • r.71-1 f?:7-44"igi•::-.;."1:I T•Ti.i.--:.fit.) -,•-t ., - -44,-;•-• :-- - •:.,,-. ...,-..-!.1,--,,_ -_,--,..A,-1,,,.,..(•":-.•_..,,,,,, • r.47..,, .---•:iI. ;o v;,. ,......,•'-....; ..,'...4r.;--...7i.....1:;:-...;...-fi!..,.•!: .*.4,.. . ..- ::: ::.'.., . - ' ' -..' '''',!:-.:,..1 ,fi,_..47:::L; ':',7 .• • :'- ;-":-.., ',,,.'• ';'4)''''?'.';','''."4-if. -5-,- ; •. -• , •••;'•'.''',11•:. 1. •.' .--„.,-'. - . "'l'7--:-' :,..-r-,, -7,.:::-).,. - i . :' • . ' •--'' ::.- -•2•4'.41....'*".;'''..' '--- .. ..."•:-...a. ._, TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 7 of 9 (b) For the reasonable needs of any such Contractor or subcontractor, to employ supervisory or specially experienced individuals necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract. (c) For the obligation of any such Contractor or subcontractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining contract, provided that in no event shall the number of non-resident persons employed under this subparagraph exceed twenty percent of the total number of employees employed by such Contractor and his/her subcontractors on such project. Every such Contractor and subcontractor shall furnish the Owner and the Local Texas Employment Commission Office with a list of all positions for which it may from time to time require laborers, mechanics, and other employees, the estimated numbers of employees required in each classification, and the estimated dates on which such employees will be required. The Contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred by the local employment service, but is not required to employ any job applicants referred whom the Contractor does not consider qualified to perform the classification of work required. The payrolls maintained by the Contractor shall contain the following information: The employee's full name, address, and social security number, and a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner or the economically distressed area. Copies of the payroll records shall be provided to the Owner. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this condition in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work. 13. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Materials utilized in the project shall be free of any hazardous materials, except as may be specifically provided for in the specifications. If the Contractor encounters existing material on sites owned or controlled by the Owner or in material sources that are suspected by visual observation or smell to contain hazardous materials, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner. The Owner will be responsible for the testing for and removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner. The Owner may suspend the work, wholly or in part during the testing, removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner. 1 r 14. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY. 1 During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: . - • „ ii14.41-h.trtfo, ; : Si • ; lo.:Z143.0a fr-41- ) 1 V.IZaV.11411!4 ;21-1i.),,) 94111) n • t."‘; - ?!-,s;viipitiat "),:firti4 1V O . Jr4,1 ; .1- 111,/,'," ••:. ett; 115.1"iv..1 7!IV-V,Ittt 7 h3( :D;31,16t*;) A31.54 f_45:-L041117e r uçr1'1 1;kre.. -W:1 tiZ.iiti!,14 di* If.),,t,'1344107) 4i t '.714 3r) .31i'1 r•Agli?ii,,' 11 ri.1.414.13`al.: Lp 1_41 31E. tittit .1 •f' do L.;.,;;Ii.ti-•L'd •'t).4, -t 1:- ;) , : .7) ?• i'..!•)'ILLI1...f.":rv' 4:- 7 • ; #11411 Ziff ic•-•,;', -;:•• • :41; - : • 141 ••••• (. b& ) „„. • et,,c4;.,tvizp-q , • • ,!...)1S.S3;31 •if_ta,(4 , et; e I. tti -774 4”:f ; 'i' Tttz1 (51 firb 1,.3° 4.4gt,:i;.;ftri . • •rotr.v_ni titit vti• 7.1 - •••••:•ri ' • _ e-Thttz'. 4 • • an. TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 8 of 9 0,,, (a) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants • are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, age. handicap, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (b) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed 1 by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. (c) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or Iunderstanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to Am employees and applicants for employment. (d) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967,29 U.S.C.A. 621 (1985), Executive Order 12250 of November 2, 1980, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C.A. 701 et seq. (1985), and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (e) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965. and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (f) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965. or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. G-44 . . ._ .•--....-.. - .•.-.'.' ..•.,-,; ., ''1'.k. ;Fr41-1.7110(4:4--S4) .„, ::: • . '"-.1'-'k`..:':.;- ',;t'7_'- f• •.):t • 'Aree.4.r•;:la0,,-4......,, ." -.f,-4" "', .... . . ,:,.',:..A1Nctii 'I.-,..; -rc-. .• ":41!'.-- ' _.•3. .10R:1A !'.1'.".(ii_.filr„r,IP.:it;101, if'il ibtle.•:! • -. - ,_ .17,14-..?:Ikl.fil ,1 ,;::-.: itxtit rf :.;;;.'. .....,i,1 5.11nr...-:::(440:-:, j ;I ,..11::. •- ,. .,...1:..., t,../i4rr .. E .7,..-.1U' *,:lq..,,. ;11110-D '7:-•f.r.. -, ,:..--,,..:-.-: b"."4..-../13 P,-, 41i. icv 11,,. 7,:, z„u;',e...-_,.,,,,-.. _...44z, •..„,.4, _ . . ..., rni.ri,,..0'.-',-.- .' : ii.!:.-7.i.•"3, ' .') 4 Isi-Z!..':',ti', 4.i-' __... ,, _.,.. ,,..,.-..-- .....427:157:-.T..... _,..., t.t.,:r--,:-,.., I 0 3t7, 1'••:,:.;r•L'-+ •• .- "'„,:rF.g-4.410 ...1444;1411-7-.‘ ' ,45 ''...'''..7 ..' 1.-1.1:•'!.1,--r -' - ..ti:,t Tif..-f, -;ci''...,4 c,:t4tEl •fi,-.1v.:-..nttyy .':' -r, il.c) i.-'.... . , .--r afrilikl '...-. di ':,5,4..'! ::: ,::'. ,,,....;:''},1-",14 ..,. ...:!;z . .. .f.. 1,', . . --:-5- 1-.. .r. , .. .- . :0 :••• .-. __, .. ,,.. ' ",-...e,,-. .,..- --,.:, '_J..1... i •.•.. t7.1-4:77',„41;•,,:t£4 1Q ;,1346r4r:41r4ir;-.; 1,1 414_,i7i .t" •-•:, 2M.0 .,1. • ;•,-....•„ ..=E..-, ''4';4. : !: •- :.)' ,i f 1.0-ip rs r Li'ri, --'.1i7le 101447.,:lx,“-.:: 4'4!.; 10 it?.1t-V .30 -!4") Tfi „,.-...,, f-,.„• .. ,,,.)i ,....i•.! 0; ;-..,-, ....., i..p.,..tti,-; :iT,.v)-,...,i.::s.. ;r- 161_.$-.•;,....,Elri?,,bi,i,lic„.,, ..,,,,..: .., ;!.,•: : ,. _.-. -,-- , . -.-) ) .,. . . --.• :trt - :-. ):,....,.:--h.: !,.....1 J..?R-J- k-3,:, !,..-.,.z.,..,.' lik-4-1%.7471..- , -..C1:' . • _i-,-.-..-. .: - • .-n -;,-.- -.;•' 1,...:.,-2 5..',qf ;.!....:1 -., •i,c;::-.:f2r,..f),7g ,.:..§-iti '.1-i'.. t1 .iliVe .!', ! ...::: .,,.. 7- ': 0: 10.1'' ,'.' . -.,;-:: '..cy!Divt•4r 73'- ;•t :-,4,:il,w.t ,11 ,rs.i11.13;,;,,: ,••' ,..-.;413. 44,;1." , , . - L ; • - . -13;rt.:':.-...„; *--.:11t,i)..,2! f 1 .. ,,'..:*; ..°Y,ti7t.j7•: tZgl:T. ; " ' :,7.' ' : ..: ..!Zi. 1 ii.,;:•! '.ii.,.. ;:i. , . . -,), . , ryi. bril ..,..':Y '.. - . t'..,:,:f. ; - ,-„,',11.;; ;;;,,7...1.1 •!t, ar-,10!••••. , . •' "444 '?..i.q;...i....(.., lii.,.: .-iti1.. 6::- -....-. .7 14.I;;, ' ,-.. ,'.!".;i'I: ,--li LE.z.-74.A.te, .?„.3,?7::.t. 1-.'c: •-:-. ......,--.-0,1..1 . -. - : i : .,,i' 7;4:-..'il..-4,4,3 ,f•-iJT-1 ', ! -.:',.2 ...A.,:,--:: ;-, , : i'it..14-4.i:':,:it :' • , :,:) ,,,I,1:)..:! .!-..J iC)- , : .::_,.i:-..f A;.1 ,i11,...',- ,. .,;,-2 .,-..,' '1.; '...7;.1....,.:,-:•4.t..;, , . . -ii, :?, 5, : 'i,,i!,-- ••.-.. N,: . . . „ ,-:(..: -..,% „ Tieltri:.i- . . '-' . i-.--.•-: . !. ' ', -,.:1 ,. .0.-.‘: -- ' . ...'. 1:..tt,.,.,, z =.: -7 1_, ''..: j.i VI .:c i.. , " 40.0.1-tiQ.7.0 • '' .!,.) y,_ . . ‘• • . .at .t.. _.:*.-. T 7: , - .. Ottte :i •:: ..' , ' . ,',; .', .---.. ,...E.:'-• , C.f: rtf;AISJ-.;":-'; ' '•('' .!::-,. •di".-:'f•-1.:* 'ft•;-iii)-1 . •,: _••-441.1'1 0 t'••.," „Z;:r!r::'f:i i!-I:.. ', . ....,.. _ , °!'."';3 i4";• ., ,.:4....41.4r• , , 4.forf, J.J.V.;OfiCi 1 7-fil '':..i'l!....,' '-::•,. ,; : .• t 0 . ;11.1.4, 'q.,1 I .,r: -''' .,.' ., ,s4 :fr..! 7.'..7::. ..i __: .;1_,,___r - 1,,...,i'•- . , . n.r.i, ,;_tift ,`Jitrnif,ti.f.:',4",S,•.,4 • %:•":• •:*;,'•,.. A4', ' .. ,. : ;:t -iii 1'.•.e ..4V!'t•.:4_,., i'..4 4.) ,,.r. !. • '-.'1'i''.'.' .",1 ' - •.--.21 4) ,,,,,e,-., -•• ' .;•!- %.:4,..I ifIrt a.v.*1.,, rl. ie ,.:-,..4":,..e.', ;Inv? .,1n441. Dalal? s)fI tr:.44..,::y. .' 4 ;.!.i' ':w.1.t:-.. ....* :....., ...„-, .,,,,-,,-.-4 !v., A_ , ;‘c: 1.2' 4_3-1..,.. ...,..7..:If.) . . . .,,.,„.7.)..,.., . . :,,... :, _,....-).,,,-,,,,1„.,-.1it,;-;.;,....:,rp -.)/111.1g1,41.1.kl_tiffii .1!..,!1 ‘ st-1 •-t E-._‘.•_''.:7''.4.4:,.'..k):=!7.,1,..,,e;:i.,;-::..',4- ' -.4.4..*- -- -:-. . .--,'-,-. : . ' -- _ .-:--. .',I. - . : c),..--•••': ,,,:.• ,•-,-,--)r.,..--,, F2' ?-,. "1, i. '..77.;'''S-..i.:k;i'.-. .,:<.i,:. ''' ,:.; • '• .':, ''.'-''.'i"';.,at..''.." • - '" : T'-' . )'.';.':. .„r::". 01444'' ti4::,.."71,:l• • ...-f , .f: io -tt,7....-! . ,.-ylek„.44..... . :•':„:,,5.4,a-.,.. ,. .,. TWDB Contract Conditions ED-a Page 9 of 9 (g) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph 1. and the provisions of paragraphs 1. through 7. in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations. or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: PROVIDED, HOWEVER, That in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. (h) The Contractor will comply with Executive Order 11246 based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4 and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the Contract is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort AN. to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the Contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. The goals are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form. and such notices may be obtained from any office of federal contract compliances programs office or from federal procurement contracting officers (512) 229-5835. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goal in each craft during the period specified. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals set for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. G-45 ".;••• • • . . ; 4g ut Jr . 4r4 'Ut •.; •-i itfo 1.: " . • V .i ' 13- , k • ; .17:0'13)a)14 1,.Y1 • '`•`'»A., ,,141,44.fe ertri:Itc. Vi42. . .• 71. ; 44 10 .C! •tr...d`$'11))1,1C:i,g!'-1; j 7'1,11 I . J :" • le. •• i• ' 7.1 .1';,-, 6=1 • - . JV < 5rti, r • ''' .• • : •; (-1! --.;12. 4 4'. T1> V • 4 ;. V . ._• - •• • - , ;• • V ,f • ttlf11'.:1". • • • V • • •• ) r' !.., ;A_ .41*1 4. • 1J•c%; 74.310' •:•1‘.)i'. t;1111;-'161 • ;•"•",'i4',4 • ".;* • 7, - • • • '• . • 'tii14.1(/ _ •, • • • ' • Y,:1•4 .JLVI ,••• • • _ •, V 44r1' :2:1!..`..fs,;: 1..'34A. : , *if • Iir441111.!.101(3, V . ". • VVV •1-• , . •i ,; '117'T s.,•• :•:: , • ; •e• ?.t1,1 • ';‘• ;".# ; • • • fr •I. -.7J• , _ ED-103 (2/22/93) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, a Notary Public duly commissioned and qualified in and for the County of in the State of Texas came and appeared , as represented by the corporation's , who declares he/she is authorized to represent pursuant to provisions of a resolution adopted by said corporation on the day of , 19 (a duly certified copy of such resolution is attached to and is hereby made a part of this Idocument). , as the representative of declares that assures the Texas Water Development Board that it will construct project at Texas, in accordance with sound construction practice, all laws of the State of Texas, and the rules of the Texas Water Development Board. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND and seal of office this day of 199 A.D. Printed Name My Commission expires i F-l5 Rl t (9/lED-l049/94) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE RESOLUTION Name I hereby certify that it was RESOLVED by a quorum of the directors of the name of corporation meeting on the day of , 19_, that , be, and hereby is, authorized to act on behalf of name of corporation Ias its representative, in all business transactions conducted in the State of Texas, and; That all above resolution was unanimously ratified by the Board of Directors at said meeting and that the resolution has not been rescinded or amended and is now in full forces and effect; and; In authentication of the adoption of this resolution, I subscribe my name and affix the seal of the corporation this day of 199_. Secretary (seal) i F-I6 AIN . ED-101 I � (5P26l98) SITE CERTIFICATE This is to certify that the (Legal Name of Applicant, i.e.,City, District, etc.) has now acquired, taken bona fide options on, or initiated formal condemnation proceedings against all property (sites, easements, rights-of-way, or specific use permits) necessary for construction, operation and maintenance of wastewater facilities described as (Proposed Contract No. and Description) in accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Texas Water Development Board. Any deeds or documents required to be recorded to protect the title(s) held by (Legal Name of Applicant) have been recorded or filed for record wherever necessa ry. In the event of conflicts with existing underground utilities or to preserve unknown cultural or historic resources, the (Name of Applicant) has the right of eminent domain and will take condemnation action, if necessary, to acquire any sites, easements or rights-of-way which may be required to change the location of any of the facilities described above; and upon acquisition of the rights-of-way and recording of documents, will submit another site certificate to that effect. EXECUTED this day of 19 (Signature) (Title) NOTE: This certificate MUST BE EXECUTED BY AN ATTORNEY OR AN ABSTRACTOR qualified to evaluate the Applicant's interest in the site and make such a determination. F-i-: , . - _ • f. I*2.1.1) 4 s- r:-.1r.41)01Eit4i.i.•`:.'' ;00 ttlieticif.) 4147i ": • • 14; 4..,P.7_,‘.13i zzrfl ) '19/r.i..,• y. U ' '•"'71YA''T • • ' .21111k:re: • •1..-)911- ;ill'1r • .14 "40 51A Sr/ - .• fflOoinqr1.1- 1'0%* iri;a1 •4s;.$'4,10:'• !,f -11 , tc,1 7jn, , - 71441Z..74gZ4fif • - - - ,7j310alitr"g% ' • ';'..1)SJI&AU "i•-•441-111! 9. •-' 1." - • ttiVIc` - ;;10)0',41t • ft, - ; . . . j EPA CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS Name of Entity: The prospective participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its principals: (a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency: (b) Have not within a three year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification.or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; (c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1) (b) of this certification; and (d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. I understand that a false statement on this certification may be grounds for rejection of this proposal or termination of the award. In addition, under 18 USC Section 1001, a false statement may result in a fine of up to $ 10,000 or imprisonment for up to five (5) years, or both. Name and Title of Authorized Representative (Typed) Signature of Authorized Representative Date ❑ I am unable to certify to the above statements. M explanation is attached. EPA Form 570049(11-88) F-17 :.••• .- . •. _Aot!.--1-t.7.-4- . . .." 1... -,....• 1 . • - . f."I.t.-;,•:;.),f. ::';-.! --.5..,0T ,.j1711, ritf ,t 1 C) d-f: .• __,. '..."' ...,:.-'-' .. '','?1',r''' ....,‘,1',!,,,C,T:.`;t:t:..• ''; :, J: f,.i ,..1;.‘, igi ' j'Y'..:;.'.,;-.:' ..!•11;.tittir, -i.r%-, f.". •.$1-;,11 tv:t.o. ...15 ; ','. '._'': i:,,, . ... .. 4 . „. . ....- . - .. . . . ".''..! :,V/.t...; 1V.!.''..: '..3Zi.•; ,1 -:'.(il, :.;1 '.ci:.;,--.1 ',..'0!' .a . ':Ii.i .'-'.!,4"." n r: •::t4i., J-:, . -•,:i.i-';,i ..,: •,...;? „..,:_is,-.,.: . !-:,“: "'I ; '. . • 3....-:'..,i-...' S 10 ..... ''...: .' 11,7.;.;"2:..t-t!.tC,.., .(,. _ ,.: 14-,..) .11? ,,,2^: ..v ,:i'; .'ll-`,.. ..!c- ..rtii;.: •'' ,..c,,,:k,ct,116 ,...iiil.,.:.!.,3•.;r ,,,-,.%F.-.:' .,..11,-,--i.. ., a if;i.'itg-, -ri•:.1..;1; ,:4-,! -...tir'!,.tri ' lilt..4:a ;• n3i1' -i,--' .,:-• : .-,...,:, •• •s-'-' ••,' A .f:11370+ f1-5•11, ,:, ..f.-..,;,;%:.--.F,167., is-,i2;?:•. ', 1-rv... z ' 0 ?'; ' •!.• -,Irit,:r.;--.: -,:, :-...,.•.--f.,,J.1.. 1, •!.3r.......1 ..- .4 ,, - ,,;;-:. ... ::•.,„' r; - •.' . .,... t:.-• ,•'.•!,,:b H.f•orTI:•"- t.4.;_:iv-• '' ,:i 1.•• it.:;....,241 ... !r1`.;-,',21.1.1r,. ' '*; i'.'-n- . ''. f.'"'-;•J 'I'- --- Il'.'" .: .;;..e-'-'' I. ..i'' '`-,- .-:.....(1..i '‘./.:,;.] 0..-,.,;,1-_ .7;.; <0. i''-:, i."Al „; '7.i.,...; '''Ci '• .. ...‘., : -...-1V-.; ` ... .:!.-1 '. . (i!.."-:•c,i --'. ,11:...' "--i.: . ,1' .. ',- F-','"`;:i .!'f) .--i . ' '" •f 7,, .;- ; ..!-,,tr, '„..„',1„'1,,-.1.',7,-131":„%rillj t,:.;_i *.,-!.';':i-::)r...-• .,'`'.'.. '1,!;'..-t.. ' .; ''7'':'.2...4: ?;. !:_.,•,,..! .1 ; , . ,, ,I, ,,.'7' ? '. • '-'., 7:,..„;;51..ti f Q Oil:'AI* C- F ,i,.. n . - . , !...1."'‘e.'"r!!:. :!.".,. . : . .V. 1.14,,.. ! ;i:' 1.!: .4:, ,,.. :. ,,,• . -r:*- _ it*l''; ,: :::r. ,:,:•.: er,,%?. b.I.F.;; .,ti , .' ' ' i'.:..;' ..!,..1,.! .: ::, ..-• ...'• :.str. ....s:-T,(01 .;,, . .. , • . -.4Stit ti -* :'' . . • ,, )•,,',.".1 "I. "'-',<N;'- ' ''' -: .:-.4''.'',..,;-:'''!'.-,.4;;'.';K:,:,:4-'4.• 1 h';!1.-.)r.;!!4 r-i ;i:,41.4.i:.,/.41',* ; ,c, . 7-,..-*.liiiiktr4;vinCIA,triltil ..;.0.1t;z4.1' ,.;:t.c..:L.:". ...:-...-:'•.,.:7.t.',1 -,/ - -:'''- ' ' ''''-1: -.3-;...' ''''',i'i'''''*,‘"?.4.-•*...,,,. ,,,,,-_ •..., :'-:i*.tNfes-- ...,, ,,,.k.: -:-i,...., .'-,:..,-.01°' .51V4 - -,,'",•i•,:;:if =::r..'4:,y:;.:;:.(,.;::i.'. ,,,;„..,,..... ,•::.--:-.•.y.., :;.,:-...,,,::.,i0.-st;, t ',•!:, :'.':-.: -,-.• ..;,- .. . WRD-215 AFFIRMATIVE IRMATIVE ACTION PLAN (5/21/99) ' for Utilization of Small, Minority & Women-Owned Businesses in Procurement To he submitted prior to TWDB's loan or grant commitment to Applicant and prior to award of contracts to each Prime Contractor] Applicant / Prime Contractor: TWDB Project No.: I Loan / Grant Amount: Address: City: I State: I Zip: Phone: I understand that it is my responsibility to comply with all state and federal regulations and guidance in Utilization of Small. Minority & Women-Owned Businesses in Procurement. I will a make "good faith effort" towards affording opportunity for SBE, MBE, WBE and SBRA participation and submit supporting documentation to the TWDB. Fair Share Goals Procurement Catego Construction 10.30 5.90 Supplies 5.00 7.60 Equipment 5.00 7.60 Services 11.50 14.50 itt Participation - Estimate P Procurement MBE Category . Total $ • $ % Construction I Supplies 2 ' I Equipment 3 Services 4 Note: (See SRF-052 for definitions ) Construction Contractor. Includes Subcontracts, procured by Prime Construction Contractor. 2 Direct purchase by Applicant of all tangible personal property, other than equipment, with an acquisition I $5,000 or more per unit. Does not include supplies procured by Prime Construction Contractor. 3 Direct purchase by Applicant of tangible, nonexpendable personal property having a useful life of more year and an acquisition cost of$5.000 or more per unit. Does not include supplies procured by Prime Construction Contractor. 4 Services such as Financial Advisor, Bond Counsel, Engineer, etc. Signature of Authorized Representative i Print Name & Title film Date 440 • WILD-216 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION SOLICITATION ASSURANCES (snvv�) for Utilization of Small, Minority & Women-Owned Businesses in Procurement I To.be submitted prior to award of contracts to each Prime Contractor and as each Prime Contractor procures Subcontractor Applicant / Prime Contractor: TWDB Project No.: ( Loan / Grant Amount: Address: 1 i I I City: State: Zip: ; Phone: 1 I SOLICITATION LIST I Procurement Category: I Description: (Construction,Supplies, Equipment,Services) (Engineer, Financial Advisor, Bond Counsel, Contractor,etc.) ,s A S c Nane&AddesofBustes so€tctaton Vethods(Incdolyquafd SB's MBEs, WBFndSB12Aj _ B es .. f I H ► i I I I I I II I I L A. Name &Address, B. SBE, MBE, WBE, SBRA, C. Methods may include: 1. Advertise in Newspaper, 2. Direct I i i Contact by phone, fax, letters, etc., 3. Meetings & Conferences. 4. Minority Media, 5. Internet & Web Notices, 6. 1 Trade Association Publications, 7. Other Governmental Publications. Signature of Authorized Representative Print Name & Title Date 1 i F-9 . r, WRD-2l7 (5/21/99) AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION for Utilization of Small. Minority & Women-Owned Businesses in Procurement [To be submitted prior to TWDB's loan or grant commitment to Applicant and prior to award of contracts to each Prime Contractor Applicant / Prime Contractor: TWDB Project No.: Loan / Grant Amount: Address: City: State: Zip: 1 Phone: I certify that I will: 0 make efforts to divide total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of SBEs, MBEs, WBEs and SBRAs; 0 make efforts to establish delivery schedules, where the requirements of the work permit, which will encourage participation by SBEs, MBEs, WBEs and SBRAs; 0 make efforts to use the services and assistance of the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency, U.S. Department of Commerce, as appropriate; and 0 inform all Prime Contractors who award subcontracts that the Prime Contractors are required to take the Affirmative Action Steps (1) through (5) and are required to submit documentation to the Applicant demonstrating "good faith efforts". and submit documentation, the Texas Water Development Board may require, that will support these efforts. Signature of Authorized Representative Print Name & Title Date a . F-10 41110 St 3 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PARTICIPATION SUMMARY tsrc„Y9> for Utilization of Small, Minority & Women-Owned Businesses in Procurement L To he submitted prior to execution of contracts with each Prime Contractor i Applicant / Prime Contractor: — TWDB Project No.: l Loan / Grant Amount: -- Address: -- City: State: Zip: Phone: -- Participation - Actual # Name & Address of Business Categoiy Type ,xt .kT Contract Proenremcn Solicitation f include only qualified .SBE's, MB!?s, WREs and SBRAs I Btts'tnes s :•>::;; . <•:�:��;,k ..1kt1"ft#j1#lt:::;::::<>? '��:��?61 <4� Aot-trtn�ntation A. Name St. Address, B. Construction, Supplies, Equipment, Services, C. SBE, MBE, WBE, SBRA, D. % Loan that is SBE, MBE, WBE, SBRA, E. Contract Amount $, F. Date of Agreement, G. Type of document attached to this report that supports a "Good Faith Effort". Signature of Authorized Representative Print Name & Title Date 410 • , • .- SECTION H TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD CWSRF TIER III (WASTEWATER) LOAN PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 This project is partly funded by the TWBD. Therefore, the following items are requirements of this project: A. ED-4, TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS (Nine Pages) B. ED-103, CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE (One Page) to be completed by Contractor prior to award of Construction Contract C. ED-104, CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE RESOLUTION (One Page) to be completed by Contractor prior to award of Construction Contract D. ED 101, SITE CERTIFICATE (One Page) to be completed by the Owner prior to award of Construction Contract E. EPA FORM 5700-49, CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS (One Page) ) to be completed by Contractor prior to award of Construction Contract F. REQUIREMENTS FOR UTILIZATION OF SMALL, MINORITY & WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES IN PROCUREMENT 1. WRD-215, AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN (One Page) to be completed by the Owner prior to award of Construction Contract 2. WRD-216, AFFIRMATIVE ACTION SOLICIATION ASSURANCES (One Page) to be completed by the Owner prior to award of Construction Contract 3. WRD-217, AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION (One Page) to be completed by the Owner prior to award of Construction Contract 4. SRF-373, AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PARTICIPATION SUMMARY (One Page) to be submitted by the Contractor prior to the execution of Construction Contract l � 41110 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. SECTION I MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1. - GENERAL 1.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. It is the intent of the Contract that the aggregate amount of unit prices times units of work actually installed and measured in the field shall cover all work required by the Contract Documents, in place, complete, and ready for use. B. Prices in the Contract Documents include all compensation for full completion of all work items in place, and include providing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, services, supplies, incidentals, and all necessary operations. C. Work to protect items to remain by installation of temporary construction; including posting of warning signs, placement of protective fencing, barriers, barricades and covers, and restoration of damaged items to remain; will be considered incidental to the various pay items and no separate payment for this work will be made. D. Work necessary to haul materials from original positions to points of disposition, including excavation of earth materials and utilization in construction or other disposition, will be considered incidental to the various pay items and no separate payment for this work will be made. E. Work necessary to provide proper drainage during construction; including maintaining sections, existing ditches, channels, culverts, and sewers and including temporary construction and maintenance of ditches and drainage ways, will be considered incidental to the various pay items and no separate payment for this work will be made. F. No costs in connection with work required by the Contract Documents for proper and successful completion of the Contract will be paid outside of or in addition to prices named in the Contract Documents. G. Work not specifically set forth in the Contract Documents as pay items shall be considered subsidiary obligations of Contractor and costs shall be included in prices named in the Contract Documents. H. Method of measurement and basis of payment for unit price work items shall be \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SECTION I.DocMEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item I-1 FSI JOB No. 97019 _ i•W4V30 •A. -T,4(AP.tIZ's '3 -i...LI Y {.i.'? •at. r ", AO$( :)).00 w-t'.101:: -, ;-,..._ ,;;':, :''.. ' . . 011) T g f E�yR.�yy �yy j T�} 'i 7E S A.�1 \i. i A ` .'.k i.,tA,i.S.t I' et 'r_ i at Mii :.1- i-'f'. iixi 10 ;ili)Or 3r ..1;,F40' gt ".► :$0,1 '`'f i'10 i n Nil: e1. _d,, ',474).-. l 3Y ,.e 4,. ? .44fl tie; id i.t i?i 1 :. 14,14•4' 4,444. IP W'±u x..r1i:.t :zi 1'4 \-ti `; P� , 14f ti:.. JbiR Ili r d VM*-40013 0 1`7fi-"R., rsr1 al. t ^.,;5� j� ` 1:�.`3' +f)r4.11,i1 ffi 8.33*.1',t; a�•! :4j1*5 i.a.' Y:.� e-/a,$-.»tL�C1rT��� ..�il..�L•F.tti. r � ., r , 't{t!1; ,-i�,. . .`T `,et `.ir. hii'i.t`1�t jrs ' FA.41.Ll' ,.*;,r li`'{ �)1"-`.r .tE.ifi :i' 3 ; .,R 4,ts1C:i i_.t'd/ ;'G.9d _.d... _ .t��'>.1�. ?;i., ' i !,,:.;-W.. . :13., . le ' +:.1',..X ,?„ci. ..ti;`;,4fiffl .ti.• 10 -:tii•`T. 141-.1c4. .:' Y.; `.13.d _..r i... , s. + .,--4,7:`eb 1. . a,oiirrn 2: :bt,Ei et'.:. .. �%. �.b`' L..rt +,i.iv i 4`. .1 t_:4-1 _ ,f.x,0 �,:-.;a- L,:ii ;;tali .. .:.! Gt•,3ig..At 'i{... •Y Rf: :x;at 1 ( ri'is J.=s, c' . 4 { `•,..; i.;•.. •'3' • ! :, 7.0''.,,II.II:..i,.:....s:.,,,,,., :1.'4(1'; 4i*f.:,-11.;s,•?i .,.i.ifi .7.•!1 f1,4?,. ..1.1'...-,,4-. 1!,,',I ,, Alo r:: a, -•' :A IN -.u: -4, 51?1 il}"1'6 ICI ii""1' i:',, . *W;:fIfU...,fitL►o:..'?i ...• "'.1 .. -. !JT.ffr u, RC�am lby sii .S<..) t,,, oi Ii .f 1. (,Vft-..t.rili ,i.'.. ;r .''ai ;fit*ln'r tC 4c!,'7Rf' '.ij3;<t's:9 on Ni4 _'f ': Y..t' ,bi7fti Gi.. tl , . .. v :1•: 14,.tt4lt`3 �t%tb; h: "L1,1"1.:3G-;24,'� s`f:.iif. :t 'u sl_lC% ! .--.)ctfftl,y)iii 1 i. ,i ;,:ittiiiiKt-' .- _ C fii.` .is.( i ,: 01 ..` .; VI.3 ..:7 ;z n=,) e;;: iV....,.,::tfL i V :71,17:).-00',91 P 3 . r_ ? - ifi ., . i4x-,k .J1.re,:,, t 'f i!r13 tt r; =-JClc i.4ii' 'ia1 :.. ':: iT.J'; + i J ,. '•(+ . fillti 'JI`-. !`r J.l fi' 'f.iPf,11- i .ry rf. S`y -�i.r�} a}i'C;iS 3 �?iF' xt.-.,.i-�ft'tTL1 ' try # 'J �'ix�,�'. � � f� b -,; *" v j ' 41�it r 14r iV,r.F-i i ? , > "" r �, r pil ;y ., t:ttiir3 d i Y A :tit?., ' Zri x. i n. tfs ''; .?eit ¢ ,r t ,. ':, ee •.fTl`1!i �=7,�r.q t.i �iT.).� i L ash. April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. as stipulated in following paragraphs. 1.2 SITE PREPARATION A. Site preparation to include mobilization and demobilization shall be considered incidental to the various items of work and no separate payment will be made. B. Site preparation includes providing labor, materials, tools, equipment and operations necessary to complete work specified below: 1. Application and payment to secure of all permits required for construction 2. Clearing and grubbing. 3. Removal and disposal of grasses, vegetation, trees, logs, roots, stumps, brush, rocks, rubbish, debris, above and below ground obstructions to construction, and other objectionable materials, and improvements indicated to be removed. 4. Capping, plugging, filling or removal of abandoned or live utilities, wells, 1 and cisterns to be removed or filled. 5. Leveling. 6. Sedimentation Control 7. Hydroseeding and mulching all areas disturbed by construction activities 8. Earthwork not included under another item. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 1 A. Trench Safety Systems: i 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each linear foot of trench 1 excavation safety system installed an paid for the unit price. 2. Includes system construction in accordance with Item 5 - Trenching and j Shoring Safety Requirements. 3. Includes tools, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals to install trench excavation safety systems. B. Traffic Control and Regulation: 1. This item will be measured by the one lump sum. 2. Includes providing traffic control plan and execution of traffic control in accordance with Manual for Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 3. This item will be paid for by the lump sum. 3. This shall be full compensation for traffic control and regulation. 4. Includes installation and maintenance of traffic control devices, including barrel barriers, cones, striping, etc. and provide flagging operations if needed. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SECTION I.DocMEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item I-2 FSI JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1.4 WATER MAIN A. Water Line Piping: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each linear foot measured horizontally in place for all depths for each size for all types, unless type shall be designated in work Item Description; installed in place and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full compensation for trenching, pipe, fittings and tapping sleeves not paid for as part of another item, installation, pipe embedment, trench backfill, compaction, concrete thrust blocking, and other operations necessary. 3. This item includes sand backfill and special bedding as may be required. B. Water Line Piping in Uncased Bore Hole: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each linear foot measured horizontally in place for all depths for each size for all types, unless type shall be designated in work Item Description; installed in place and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full compensation for boring and jacking the pipe, bore pits, backfilling of bore pits, pipe, filling void around pipe and bore hole, and grout end caps on each end of bore hole. 3. Includes all labor, materials and equipment required for complete installation. C. Water Line Piping in Cased Bore Hole: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each linear foot measured horizontally in place for all depths for each size for all types, unless type shall be designated in work Item Description; installed in place and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full compensation for casing, boring and jacking the pipe, bore pits, backfilling of bore pits, pipe, filling void around pipe and casing, and grout end caps on each end of casing and bore hole. 3. Includes all labor, materials and equipment required for complete installation. D. Fire Hydrant with Tee, Gate Value and Box: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each Fire Hydrant with Tee, Gate Value and Box constructed in accordance plans and applicable specifications. 2. Measurement will be made after installation is complete in place and tested with no leaks. 3. This item will be paid for by the unit price. r. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SECTION I.DOCMEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item I-3 FSI JOB No. 97019 1 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 4. Includes tools, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals to install each Fire Hydrant with Tee, Gate Value and Box, complete in place. 5. This shall be full compensation for excavation, demolition, installation of each Fire Hydrant with Tee, Gate Value and Box, testing, backfill and compaction constructed in accordance with plans and applicable specifications. E. Flushing Valve Assembly Installed on Existing Line: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each assembly installed for all depths and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing flush valve at all depths, fittings, gravel, fill, concrete blocking, excavation, backfill, and incidentals necessary. 3. Included in this item are tee in water main, tapping sleeve and valve, 6-in. lead pipe tapping sleeve and valve from main to flushing valve, clamp, and buried 6-in. gate valve and box. F. Underground Valves: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each valve of each size and U 2. type installed and paid for by the unit price. This shall be full payment for furnishing and installing required valve, with valve box and cover installed to fit finished grade, fittings, adaptors, and fir operations required for operational installation. G. Connection to Existing Water Line: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each connection made for all depths and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full compensation for excavation, backfilling, sand, labor, and equipment necessary to make connection, including tapping sleeve and valve with box where required. H. 2-In. Blowoff Valve Assembly with Plug: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each blowoff valve assembly and plug installed and paid for by the unit price. 2. Includes excavation, trenching, pipe and fittings, plug, valve, valve box, backfill, compaction, and finishing. I. Tapping Sleeve and Valve: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each tapping sleeve and valve of each size and type installed and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full payment for furnishing and installing required valve, tapping the existing line, valve box and cover installed to fit finished grade, fitting, adapters, and operations required for operational installation. r \\o2DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SECTION I.DOCMEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item I-4 FSI JOB No. 97019 -' • •!,i,...4%1.1., (1,41r;...,, - -•:- . . , --rt" -i-."., - ./,-...1:.i', •-.-.-- r-i,,. )- •1• t,::::.:1,- iRP.';:•:-.M,"1" " .-., " ,;%i1:1 :;.; i.:!.'-`,44-.1:itr....), i bifi""J r:., ,. ..- • ,.-..' ,:- ;;;:".,1-?.1.1.,rii: . :-. -..'..-4,, .poi ,t,.......,44.ti-4:i .:i • •' r- -*'".", kitt: •ii.ii.,1 .,f.. : 10"4.146 • •-t 011 . . . . ,.1-1,-„4:!,,,,..b,,o,u,i''„,‘7-:..,-,q,,:-_, .., , . 1.' !' .,,''t ;:t.f)•.;.. qt-,-,'t ..,t,, ..ri p-T-•Id titaft, elf.;i.. e' ._ „-t, . ..‘ • ; ',tr...C.) ,1.1...1i, 1 i..i it' laiMWt1-41;4 7&.. :,5111,1;4,1,0741 t:T'f!..rikKI: :10 - • -'I ri.:'I ..i,--• -. ..':•'.--;, :: ..2;Ili li: 7. ti6 LKAir-:,,--,./."., v.ir.-44-itik--. '. `iki I..'., qrt'..=t r...Li i .:" .,,.. .:;•1..;_,; 1.4'..,:: qt:!21-• e.itiT . 1 . "..ri•`4 rt;,14.1:1 5'i.r( t'r7,,, , :. '' 'V ' Tai'.--.1,0 ''.7‘T tlr.;,:. .,::.1.-e, , . . ,7 . :, !J:21 -1,31.+4--,:' • :t ,.!11443 il.'± ! '' ..` 4147:1 iJr•i" t .. '7 :'-! './.. .;.... . :' . ,1.-', :t...s-.' ;.`i.". 14 .;-'.ii.T.':. t_ -: t31.-; r-vli , 41.1T,i., :;..- .,._ .{,",,„-, ,-"' -,,,,:.,,-,i .• ,7.-41 ,..... t.t,'..:i t.i.,. ...-,-; -,:r4.41,te,, :-.:::li,,.--,1 ;:i- .-- 1'.118 v.,“:-.1'. JT,;:./ .11 , . • --r., .,..4!' f) - ,',: - ''' ''..;.; :;;;t1.!: -0..14..) ', -.. ‘',:.1 7.Z*..1gaii.,tr•-1. .' .,j,2 ::1':.,t .'.. ..: •Il '''t '301 ;_tiliti 1.;:.t.. ..1-'` •:-`.4;,.....1fi '-‘'--:, . C;i,,,. ,;:'! .-.: 1 . .. • . sf,..'J '. i ;-, • : .. ., IL)ti,. ,i'..1 l'! !"- , ;; l'..,- t;c:.'1:*;.44-1:.' %A 1‘,*.a*,yi ..,':.r; -:•••1:11,...i...2* ;', 10 7..mi.,:z 15.4,13Vf,.,,:tfi1 ol. nr,Sloml *:,.: .,_, ., 1,-, '4-7, " ‘ 'MY--, 'XI'l :.-Y4'• .(i.c it'04.:.y1c1,4 ;4 P i'y.:11;101i ?itiT : Iti.i :.”!.! ,. 1‘,1 bS,i1:14 Jair.-136 lir ':• ,' ,fif:V.:?, r. " ..,, ,.,DYILV;..-);4!, --, ;.......f.‘,?1,0441.1Z,.i : ;k,,i..4 ...(.4 1 4,1? :-.?fi- '''"`.L; :-• L.4-...,i'-' '.4r! f.'.,A. ' • , '6 ri!iii:/iii'...,;'. 'i.;:.''4' -.'..; .Y:f -, .;, tref ;;1-.,-5 F -!EM"-e* Irrrl'2,!'"'-', t..J.,',' ::!t•..A.1 .. .1 44' -.4itwiat\ .irit',/ '1.1.. !,,„;,z ..fri-- .:, .., /,, nis :„i?,„ _. .- ; :-.1-1k . y.... .1.:,,.:,-. ...•i.,..,i,i- 1.'..-.1 itil I . , -;•,:i' •„: „ JuSt-t,,, l'...5'1$1.n.i V)20, ,..> -4 ..,. .' ., . : .• . ' 1 :,. .. -..i.iiqiIt,-i- .1 , . .- ,,,-;*..,,i,7-,•:'i ,: • : - ;'c 1 511' 11'11 ,..: ', ',UP*0 -xi :iiVi . , . - • , - '4..... i. ri 1.1 f.?W.-A '.)) 'l'.. '• --.`1 flin...11* 4e...a I.:, ,!C 1 ,..i&qt:ifq.ji rt.S.V ....);:'!..4 1:..e I.:.1 ),t-•jetiLf.,,,ye.);;;.:7(r , - - : 4. .) ,..,- :....',' , ,V4t12;-'""iri,4; ;.,..--1 ,. : '6'41441-.Toqtr4''.4'1101 ''t.1 .t'-';k:' ti ?iti.T. 'f;'''..:''.'-':!':1•:;1!-',7- '4'.i'f4.1.4,-°,1::7*Iii.. , . .,., -.13):4.. A.r....,- si- '- -,7_ t...„t.:'A4' *;-'.'• _ •f--;','.'.1.'f7; t 41;p.;,t..,-:f*Itc,%s:r:i" '.!:: 4 f:/..il 114.311Ptri•; r:>.i.: ,.?Agnittif,rn 7.1tiairi -.--0611-A: -r!4,4,..--z,-,••,.,:,:,„ -7', . ',.. . . -.../.-k..: . - ..,,.-3. •'-71'::i:.1".'-•Pr:' , ',.• vh:,-i,,! .:, 1,,,,,,,4:„.4,,Amtik.::,.v.,....,. ..,!,...,,..;:5 ,..:-..,,,,,'.:,...., . , April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1.5 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM A. Sanitary Sewer Pipe: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for linear foot of sanitary sewer pipe (by size and type for all depths) installed in accordance with the plans and applicable specifications. 2. Measurement will be made after sewer is in place and required backfill and compaction have been completed. 3. The item will be paid for by the unit price. 4. Includes tools, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals to place sanitary sewer pipe, complete in place. 5. This shall be full compensation for the excavation, trenching and shoring, bedding, installation of sewer pipe, testing, backfill and compaction in accordance with plans and applicable specifications. B. Connection to Existing Sanitary Sewer Manhole: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each connection of sanitary sewer pipe made to an existing manhole installed in accordance with the plans and applicable specifications. 2. Measurement will be after connection has been installed. 3. The item will be paid for by the unit price. 4. Includes tools, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals to make connection, complete in place. 5. This shall be full compensation for excavation, demolition, connecting sanitary sewer to existing manhole, backfill and compaction in accordance with plans and Section 02378. C. Sanitary Force Main: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each linear foot measured horizontally in place for all depths for each size for all types, unless type shall be designated in work Item Description: installed in place and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full compensation for trenching, pipe, fittings and tapping sleeves not paid for as part of another item, installation, pipe embedment, trench backfill, compaction, concrete blocking, and other operations necessary. 3. This item includes sand backfill and special bedding as may be required. D. Sanitary Sewer Manhole: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each manhole installed for each type for all depths and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full compensation for providing labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and necessary operations. \\132DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SECTION I.DOCMEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item I-5 FSI JOB No.97019 , • , "!, 117 ($1t10.It -W7 • • cif-J 'V.: • • :,=-,P1 .1 .„. 1J t i ;; t, • 1 e;„,,if! , . 1-.J. r. altVi • {1.5Sd tV.111-11:1,40..1*.rt!,4!c7.:t Liffi ) •41•ker • n VillUCP2 • • %.:.;.! •" , I ••••r",'-;`11:'71. (44 44114=4N • _ :)7 ri• Ifitt:11...71V.2.r.ttif :j . (i111)i.i)L6T1 biff ' • . :4410.,A3 •Li5-(.3•11-77Xhi rii ; Vt14) - :i4.417,1M•*"31'1-'1 - ztu • ,;•., ./1/4111 : t'1! 711,441q • " • • • .t:arfq-.in:; ....Ai v., Jr1-411-3F,, : !cc. . -1ottifertY) I; • b4113 •31j tage ci1ii r .. , 411 --,! I, j 'r ç1 !Nt=.1q46ti -.5e q a k. fl-P • fit 7 ri 1-• •7 if.ft.• e4jiip-',,r .4, :aY "•,f. ; - - r•• i., • , • '-'z' : -;` •11 - _ 1 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3. Work includes: IA,. a. Excavation. b. Preparation of subgrade. c. Installation of precast or cast-in-place concrete foundation. d. Manhole construction. e. Grouting or gasketing joints, adjusting rings, cast iron frame and cover. f. Concrete invert construction, stubbing, compacted backfill, and work to adjust top of manhole to final grade and fit into adjacent construction. g. Adjusting manhole to final grade with concrete donuts or brick. 1.6 LIFT STATION jA. Complete Lift Station, including wet well, vault pit, pumps, valves, piping, electrical controls, remote monitoring system, lighting, electrical service hook- 1 up, generator receptacle and transfer switch, fence with gate, mobilization, selective demolition, per plans, complete in place. 1. This item will be measured by the one lump sum for the lift station, operational and complete in place. 2. Payment will be made after successful demonstration and operation of the lift station as designed for both commercial power and generator supplied power. 3. This item will be paid for by the lump sum. 4. This shall be full compensation for providing labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and all necessary operations for installation of the lift station to include incidental earthwork, incidental site clearance and site preparation, excavation, fill, trenching, pipe, piping, installation, backfill, compaction, fencing with gate, wet well, vault pit, valves, three pumps, controls, electrical conduit, electrical conductor, generator receptacle and I transfer switch, electrical service and controls, mobilization, selective demolition and incidentals necessary for the operation of the lift station. Includes running underground electrical service line from HL&P pole to control panel and area lighting, per plans, complete in place. B. 2" Asphalt with 8" Compacted Cement Stabilized Base and 8" Lime Stabilized ' Subbase, Complete in Place: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each square foot of asphaltic concrete pavement, compacted cement stabilized limestone base and lime stabilized subbase, complete in place and in accordance plans and applicable specifications. 2. Measurement will be made after pavement, base and subbase are complete in place. e- \\o2DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SECTION I.DOcMEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item I-6 FSI JOB No.97019 1 . ',. • •.. :71"11•:i'..••••' • ., •.. -I•.. : "; ...,-;.:!. Nl) --.Lf..', 1•,• ,---;,.i..,..t ..q*.m.4.2,,Iuc).. • , -.630vi-..:r4 ..,11,-.'‘.-','• .E , . - -.:: 7;=-.-s•1-arlik3':i*f 0,1 .7) "1.':! Ti,k :..5.r. . . 3.41tiffiV:O. .3 ,...,,., ',7• - ••.t.:3 i,$2, :.,, ,,;:.ae. ,il'' .,,. '-j .. .. . ;. rfj !)"...-, :./.....-+:-,',"'. - ,;,.i.i..t.,j.,-._.---, ", 'f.'lir. /J-?i,...1)-.1,..31,Vfti .:.;-";:.*.ii`,:... ".. .:-. „;,.i;..i ,.. ,./p,,, . .: . 4.]:,- :,,, .;..„":7 ;WI': lf:_ 44.05 :;;;'...7:,f' -',1 :4if'if .;' .;: •'.'...... ,-)1.. r;-,,qt-fix:. 1 i.f.; .1,rfil.i.. ;. ..'. , .73,7,'',;q* ')..: '-- " •.,..:,r, ,;;L"- ...,."'..:1 .,1,.i.", ./ --,. :::,'!i ....,:::.*:11-1.;;; -.!`L ..... :••••.- .--•. .i) ! . - c'c=.-1 .t. •;. 1.1.:::; 11 .f.2',.'•-::••. ,:fi.ti::41,..,:,.i , I5 --_-,•;_ . • ' ,,,:kt;c71. /1•!..).tz„.."; 'ei.i.-,1:13..--,:-; •,:-.. -111'.....•;'..3 ,.:i ::,,i!s ii ,,.! ;...,• ••„.„. :2, ,i,,*,€-: ,. .1..c,-,!: . .:.".' ... Iiii z;4.! --'1' ':;;.....:, •-f&:71i.:' :-.41t.1 47'1, .:' r'',.:.1..,:A2.:: 41 'X4 Atick I i. ..-1i. .ni ..;,.._ .,-;e:- ,..iii ial.., .:.!1;14.7, - • !itii.-iii•-,. ...,f . —.•.:. ,ral.,. ! ;!..:-..;!:..);•..••,,tri.--7...-.,41 ' ,.:-.::.....• „,1 1.' •., ;ft..42‘€.0. _. . ,.:fri•lt.,-.. . • • ;••.••' 5.;Si...)larrif. .) i 2.:,. : 161 1)1 ', -..,!. .:. rl '1111// ;au( "A.':'. 4:74 ..ti.ter. t.i:--' - 1 1,1,4 l'ili-i ..,i7.1.1 . .4 '-i•,,q-r-._ ..,4 -,i•,,, 'III ..1. i..it: 4,L'... I' . -. ''''.'- 'i:L-'i:..i.'1,.; - •, ' "'',..i*--5'.i` . 1._ . ,,.::.:.h :•!'.',..::17,1..1.1b. ".'-',Ii ,11110.1114i4...,4- I • 1 iiii. -.4:4.5.frii! 73 '.'. .;• :...•:• .i. tr.r*'°';"Ir.rtie".1 ii...iff;:::i 1 .i: t'.,Iii-X:i , , -,.:.,.. ..•.,,,:il ,,. ,(1'..,•,,i .• i,, f.,VT;..11)0 rit4 ',-;5144t''f- - '''' ,jr.' .. . -:;'''..; (II! ,, :.ijiL 4: 1 sti(:r,!,Ii;fiqte., . . ..i. .,. .fi I f.... -: t",; 1i k R.L lc:et:11•-•.,,... ,•i z .,„a4. ttli,„,..,..v : • ' '.•-•L.-i .iv.)ilz:,:i .. . ':••••7''' -.•- ,...$3...:'.'. - ....i: 1,...•-'. Y4 Ji ;1 , fi'•-;,','.-: 4' it . , - '! 1.=: 1,1,',V?"-..•: . ..,..,44,4-AVii,i tT. .:r;;2 .1j. ,sT-! -•-, . • - .,...,lr.:;•;:. 7J7. ... . .. 44.1)10). .' 14. .,11147'il- ' '..il.if.'• '" . • 1 :, . .1.:'"-:J , c 1-71 ,.. ,414'. , .' l'..•:'; r.' ''' ...• ,... . . . j!_,rifji 4,:,,i- - 1 1:4=,,!*A.4!. ..,' .-.: .ili W , ',*3'1,!.n.: ni .'' ,.1;-rf,-....-) . jci '''''-ii'll :';'''''' '':. ...::::Ii:::111:: !1-,' ?;' ; 1C:0:1..i's11:1:;-1 : ..t.'' gl• . ' :11:n 4-.. "I''.',-".tS01211..--riir'')-I..' i 1::: .'* bfir,s'.-,....A..-.7i'.-i..:;,.`.:4......,,,, .• ., - ,'..f'' '.1.'i. ', 1-1 5 ' I .(14-1f:, itif.;..ot_,qt1,,ii;.•,,.:,.4,.7.,-47.4.*,044;;,:„ .*-.:.f-4-4•,141.,,,,,-.... 4 i.a.l.'''4,- . 71 - —r• 1k6m: •=',..' :'-'-'•'. ,',,-- - '?.'-.4 1444:41';?;iii•''''.'%1::;`",';,,-,, .. " •, ' " .-'''i:e. 7i.',., '7. . ''''',?"?.‘ci '- *W..'.'"4". '.- ' •• - ''...1:}-4' . - ......2,...--.',. .. ..,,-,-,. . .. .., -ce...... August 7, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 3. This item will be paid for by the unit price. 4. Includes tools, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals to place asphaltic concrete pavement, base and subbase, complete in place. 5. This shall be full compensation for the placement of asphaltic concrete pavement, base and subbase constructed in accordance with plans and applicable specifications. C. 6" Reinforced Concrete Pvement and 8" Lime Stabilized Subgrade, Complete in Place: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each square foot of reinforced concrete pavement and compacted lime stabilized subgrade, complete in place and in accordance plans and applicable specifications. 2. Measurement will be made after pavement and subgrade are complete in place. 3. This item will be paid for by the unit price. 4. Includes tools, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals to place reinforced concrete pavement and subgrade, complete in place. 5. This shall be full compensation for the placement of reinforced concrete pavement and subgrade constructed in accordance with plans and applicable specifications. D. 24" RCP with 6:1 Safety End Treatment Headwalls: 1. This item will be measured by the one lump sum for installation of the reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), end treatments and removal and placement of concrete ditch pavement in accordance plans and applicable specifications. 2. Measurement will be made after 24" RCP, end treatments and ditch pavement are complete in place. 3. This item will be paid for by the unit price. 4. Includes tools, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals to install 24" RCP, cement stabilized sand bedding, backfill, end treatments, removal and placement of reinforced concrete ditch pavement. 5. This shall be full compensation for the demolition, excavation, grading, forming, cement stabilized sand, compaction, and installation of pipe, backfill, end treatments and concrete ditch pavement constructed in accordance with plans and applicable specifications. E. Modification to Existing TxDOT Railing and Anchorage. 1. This item will be measured by the one lump sum for the work associated with modifying the existing TxDOT guard rail and anchor system along FM 518, operational and complete in place. 2. Payment will be made after work is completed to the satisfaction of the Owner and TxDOT. \\o2DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SECTION I.DOCMEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item I-7 FSI JOB No.97019 1 fi . ., fr • :- I• t -(,81;••rit2) 7:7 • • J i$ .r Attmt).;..gil ; .44 °,11,111_1) -3•••,14, •; , •. •. .>ettf:t 4 tT ‘f4,1),,ffer., .941 961u3hur.-)3.-.. ii hn N ,11 :(3.3 •- !if -:::4P,f1,1 Aut IA; 161-‘1,49•-t.';,,i '; C.! ; Ikcifi 6 !; , !, `'',0:1",,), - • : - -it;, ).1i7;4"; fx•;••• ) -• ito'.)Lie •qi.t! , E; ; ? ,;•/i"?•i I) ' ;111,. • 41i.,frit= Yji,1•11 1,nkiti:44 ?.i ,t7 , • ;. -!• t-31 : • orrfo loixiCfdio 14:;:f • • ,„,;I Vjr093 741i; ; F:l • .; ; _ ,2kirty • InT10`,. • , , • • jkt r12_11. !i -' ' : ; I lit, 7 _ , ,A t:14 'II 7i , ,IttWat Mr , - 14, • - ,ictiTz*pf, , -x•-t.„0- .t•-" ,erf:.'-4 '47 • • ' , , • . . August 7, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3. This item will be paid for by the lump sum. 4. This shall be full compensation for providing labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and all necessary operations for removing metal guard rail and anchor system and installing rail and timber posts as required in the plans. 1.7 ADDITIONAL BID ITEMS A. Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier: 1. This item will be measured by the unit price for each linear foot complete in place and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full compensation for labor, materials, tools and operations necessary to provide reinforced filter fabric barrier. 3. Payment includes inspection and cleaning siltation and debris from barriers following rain events. _) B. Well Point Systems: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each linear foot of trench dewatered by well pointing systems authorized for installation by the Owner for all depths and paid for by unit price. 2. This shall be full compensation for labor, materials, tools and operations necessary. 3. Includes lowering and maintaining ground water level not less than 12-in. below bottom of excavation. B. Underground Valves: 1. This item will be measured by the one unit for each valve of each size and type installed and paid for by the unit price. 2. This shall be full payment for furnishing and installing required valve, with valve box and cover installed to fit finished grade, fittings, adaptors, and operations required for operational installation. END OF SECTION \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SECTION I.DOCMEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item I-8 FSI JOB No.97019 411111 4111 - . AIN April 13,2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. SECTION J SUBMITTALS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 PROCEDURE A. Within 10 days after award of Contract, submit to Owner a list which schedules all required submittals as identified in the Construction Documents. Submittal Schedule shall be in a format, which indicates identification number, description, and all pertinent dates for submittal, review, and product delivery to Project site. Submittal Schedule shall be updated and distributed at the regular Progress Meeting. B. Identification numbers shall be assigned to each submittal. Identification number shall begin with the Specification Section number, followed by a submittal number representing the sequence of the particular submittal to the remainder of A► submittals in that Specification Section, followed by a letter indicating the frequency of that particular submittal. C. Transmit items to Owner at address listed on cover of Project Manual. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor, and major supplier; identify pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number, and Submittal Identification number on transmittal. D. Coordinate submittal of related items. Denote any deviations from Contract ti Documents, Provide space for review stamp. E. After receipt of reviewed submittal, revise and resubmit as required, identifying changes made since previous submittal. F. Submittal shall be complete and certified by the Contractor and Subcontractor(s) prior to submission to Owner for review. If it becomes necessary for Owner or Engineer to perform more than two reviews on any one submittal, Owner, after written notice to the Contractor, may deduct the cost of their or the Engineers' services made necessary by the repeated reviews from any payments due to the Contractor. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\970I9\SECTION J SUBMITTALS.DOCSUBMITTALS Item J-1 FSI JOB No.97019 '411 April 13,2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. G. Upon receipt of approved submittals, make copies of originals and distribute to interested parties. Instruct Subcontractors and Suppliers to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. H. Comply with Progress Schedule for submittals related to Work progress. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit in the four complete copies. Two copies will be for Owner's and Engineers' records. After review, reproduce and distribute in accordance with requirements noted in paragraph 1.02 G. above. B. A minimum of two (2) weeks will be required for processing of submittals by Owner and their consultants, exclusive of transmittal time. Depending on the complexity or volume of the submittal, the minimum time may be expanded to four (4) weeks. This time shall be considered when scheduling submittals and reflected in the Submittal Schedule. ,- 1.04 PRODUCT DATA A. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options and other data; supplement manufacturer's standard data to provide information unique to the Work. B. Submit the number of copies, which Contractor requires plus two copies, which will be, retained for Owner's and Engineers' records. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When required in individual Specification Section, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, adjusting, and finishing in quantities specified for Product Data. 1.06 SAMPLES A. As required in Construction Documents, submit samples in a timely manner so that the progress of the work will not be delayed. J \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\970I9\SECTION J SUBMITTALS.DOCSUBMITTALS Item J-2 FSI JOB No.97019 1 A, April 13,2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the specified product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing Work. C. Include identification on each sample, giving full information. D. Submit two samples, one will be retained by Owner. Reviewed samples, which may be used in the Work, are indicated in the respective Specification Sections. E. Provide field samples of finishes at Project as required by individual Specification Section. Install sample complete and finished. Acceptable samples in place may be retained in completed Work. END OF SECTION I \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\970I9\SECTION 1 SUBMITTALS.DOCSUBMITTALS Item J-3 FSI JOB No. 97019 kipv 1111, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS j y June 13,2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 1 40- INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS 1.11 NATURE OF WORK 1. Scope: The Contractor shall furnish all superintendence, labor, materials, supplies, machinery, tools, equipment, and all other facilities necessary for removing obstructions, excavating the trench; protecting adjoining property of public utility corporations, constructing and maintaining required traffic control; sheeting, bracing and supporting the adjoining ground or structures where necessary; handling all drainage or ground water; unloading, hauling, distributing, laying, testing and disinfecting the pipe, fittings, valves, flushing valves, fire hydrants and other appurtenances; replacing all damaged drains, sewers or other structures, backfilling the trenches; replacing grass, shrubs, and other surface vegetation, restoring roadway surfaces to condition equal to that prior to beginning the work; testing the completed piping system for pressure and leakage requirements; disinfecting the completed piping system; maintaining the street or other surface over the trench, hauling all surplus or removed materials belonging to the Owner to his storage yard; disposal of all excess and waste material at no cost to the Owner. Any other services and facilities necessary for completing the work in the time limit specified in the contract unless specifically stated to the contrary in these specifications. 1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1. These Technical Specifications form a part of the contract documents enumerated in the general conditions of the Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor. 2. Contract drawings: The information appearing on the various drawings has been obtained from field surveys and from records of the public utility corporations. The drawings have been prepared using available information, but the Contractor must satisfy himself as to the actual conditions to be encountered as neither the Owner nor the Engineer is to be held responsible for the accuracy or completeness of plans showing physical features or lines of utilities. No attempt has been made to show all service lines from sewer, water or gas mains. l 1:\97019\INSTALWM.I-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-1 1 FS1 JOB No.97019 '...P. �dir t'tf s? r.iSfiS.. i . . y' ii _ ...yi` '. ' . ryl ► . r'I iit ' ,:e" .tr!')tra:`i"Y it . 1 '1i?i J s�t3`t�` fti; '" is a� ' �;r►. i itr'dE1 iili.). • "",�` t.• [a.J?!'.�� r:":,. .1'�,#.r +-i, :.ttia:?. :i�.J t.lst-{si _ • 1;;,i_ .-1 k .i: s,, i'7 ;,�i rt!1y-„.r- j•.r• i:4;:•.io 10 . . -Ld ..,. - -t1. f> ,.. . .ft",.'.: 72 },:I1 a'f`. y; It _.Kr .. ti` r a'.'. 431 ,; ice. i:.,+`..,i. 'C i . .: -... - Y.. „J S A • - . . •S: t ti:_ Ff.` i• 3;qf1`.2Ir I) '4:4 r:;1;igi • - b_. -.i.�i". 3i ;`uu“' :i- • 3t 1 ,. t I • • ��t: June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1.3 MATERIALS r' 1. All materials and equipment incorporated into the work shall be as shown on the drawings and as required in Appendix A - Specifications for Materials for Water Main and Appurtenances. 2. Materials Furnished by Owner: None except those specified in "Information to Bidders" attached hereto. 3. Contractor's Responsibility for Materials: 1. Responsibility for Materials Furnished by Contractor: The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials furnished by him. All such material which is defective in manufacture or has been damaged in transit or has been damaged after delivery shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. I2. The Contractor's responsibility for material furnished by the Owner shall begin upon Contractor's acceptance at the point of delivery to him. All such material — shall be examined, and material defective in manufacture and/or otherwise damaged shall be rejected by the Contractor at the time and place of delivery to him and replaced by the Owner. Material furnished by the Owner which is accepted by the Contractor, but which is discovered, prior to final acceptance of the work, (1) to be defective in manufacture, shall be replaced by the Owner, (2) to have been damaged before or after acceptance by the Contractor, shall be replaced by the Contractor. Once accepted by the Contractor at the point of delivery to him all defective and/or damaged material discovered prior to final acceptance of the work shall be removed by the Contractor and he shall install, at his own expense, the material replaced, in its stead, by the Owner or Contractor, in such case the Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and material incidental to replacement and necessary for the completion of the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3. Responsibility for Safe Storage: The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of all material furnished to or by him and accepted by him until it has been incorporated in the completed project. s► I:\97019\INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-2 FSI 10B No.97019 411140 '41 • . . . 411 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Sa ylors,lors, Inc. y 1.4 INSPECTION 1. Inspection of Material at Factory: If requested in writing by the Owner, all material shall be inspected and approved by a representative of the Owner at the Manufacturer's plant before shipment. 2. Inspection of Material at Delivery Point: When received from the carrier and at the time of unloading, the Contractor shall inspect all pipe and accessories for loss or damage in transit. No shipment of materials should be accepted by the Contractor unless proper exceptions are made on the receipt obtained by the carrier, at the time of delivery, as to loss and/or damage. 'l 3. Field Inspection of Material and Workmanship: All laying, jointing, testing for defects and for leakage under pressure, and disinfection, shall be performed in presence of the Engineer or his authorized representative and shall be subject to his approval before acceptance. II 4. Disposition of Defective Material: All material found during the progress of the work - to have cracks, flaws, or other defects will be rejected by the Engineer or his authorized representative and the Contractor shall promptly remove such defective material from the site of the work. 1.5 HANDLING OF PIPE AND ACCESSORIES j 1. Handling: Pipe and accessories shall, unless contrary instructions are received, be J unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to, and distributed at, the site of the project or to an approved storage yard, by the Contractor. The contractor shall be responsible for acquiring all storage and laydown space the project requires. Material shall at all times be handled with care to avoid damage. Pipe delivered to storage yards must be stacked at designated locations until it is removed to the site of the project by the Contractor. Whether moved by hand, skidways or hoists, materials shall not be dropped, or bumped against pipe or accessories already on the ground or against any other object on the ground. I:\97019\INSTALwm.1-I INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-3 FSI JOB No.97019 I June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Distribution at Site of Work: In distributing material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. The pipe shall be placed at locations that will not interfere with the public use of streets. 3. Care of Pipe: 1. Material Kept Clean: The interior of all pipe and accessories shall be kept free from dirt and other foreign matter at all times. The pipe shall be placed in such a manner that no dirt, storm or other water or other foreign matter will enter the pipe. If such matter should enter the pipe, it must be removed from the pipe by the Contractor prior to placing the pipe in the trench. 2. Damaged Pipe: Pipe shall be handled in such a manner as to avoid damage to the pipe. If damaged sections cannot be cut out or repaired to the Engineer's satisfaction, they shall be replaced. The replacement or repair of damaged pipe, all salvage operations and hauling replacements from the storage yard will be at the Contractor's expense. Ass. 3. Frost Protection: Valves and hydrants shall be kept drained and stored before installation in a manner protecting them from damage due to freezing of trapped water. 1.6 LINES AND GRADES J 1. Layout and Staking: Contractor's Responsibility: The Contractor will do and be responsible for all field layout, offsets, elevations, and staking required to establish lines and grades for his construction operations. He will provide such field engineering employees at his expense as may be required to insure the accurate performance of this work, and the Contractor shall be completely liable for the cost of correcting any and all errors or deficiencies resulting from said field layout and staking by his employees. 1. Information Furnished by the Owner: 1. Base Line 2. Bench Mark 1:\97019\INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-4 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Maintenance of Line and Grade: All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades. Fittings, valves, and hydrants shall be at the required locations and with joints centered, spigots home and all valve and hydrant stems plumb. 1. Deviation with Engineer's Consent: No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade except with the written consent of the Engineer. 2. Depth of Pipe Cover: Unless provided otherwise in the drawings, all pipe shall be laid to a depth of 48 inches of cover and shall be measured from the established street grade or the surface of the permanent improvement p rovemen t including ditch flowlines to the top of the pipe barrel. 3. Subsurface Exploration: Whenever necessary to determine the location of existing underground utility structures, to include telephone conduit and fiber optic cables, the Contractor, only after contacting field locators, examination of available records and contacting the respective utility owners, shall make all explorations and excavations for such purpose. Water mains into which the mains under 'm. construction are to be connected must be definitely located well in advance of such connection to allow for possible adjustment of alignment and/or grade. The expense of any necessary change in grade or alignment must be borne by the Contractor if these precautions are not taken. 1. Obstructions Caused by Other Utility Structures: Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures such as conduits, ducts, pipes, branch connections to main sewers, or main drains, the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed or reconstructed by the Contractor in cooperation with Owners of such utility structures. 4. Should it become necessary to lower the grade to permit the pipe to pass under an obstruction or to connect to an existing main, after the trench has been excavated to the grade shown on the profile or designated by the Engineer, then the compensation for this additional work will be on the basis of the unit price bid for extra excavation. The same means of computing extra compensation shall apply to changes in alignment, after the trench is excavated to the previously indicated J 1:\97019\INSTALWM.I-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-5 FSI JOB No.97019 414 AIN June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. grade and alignment, and for excavating earth or rocks which are unsatisfactory for supporting the pipe. Should it be necessary to lay pipe at a depth greater than the greatest depth listed on the bid sheet, then the compensation for this work will be the unit price bid for laying the pipe at the greatest depth listed, plus extra compensation on the basis of extra excavation. 1.7 EXCAVATION 1. All excavation shall be by the open trench method unless borings or tunnels are shown on the plans. Note: No excavation or trenching shall commence until all equipment, labor, materials, and supplies needed to lay the lines and accessories are in place ready for installation. 2. Guards and Safety Provisions: To protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage, adequate barricades, construction signs, torches, red lanterns and guards as required shall be placed and maintained during the progress of the construction work and until it is safe for traffic to use the trenched roadway. Whenever required, watchmen shall be provided to prevent accidents. Rules and regulations of the local authorities regarding safety provisions shall be observed. 3. Traffic and Utility Controls: 1. Excavation for pipe laying operations shall be conducted to cause the least interruption to traffic. The Contractor shall provide suitable bridges with side rails for both pedestrian and motor traffic, when requested by the Engineer, at street and driveway crossings where traffic must cross trenches. 2. Extra compensation shall be on the basis of unit bid prices and all materials shall be salvaged at full values whenever the Engineer considers same satisfactory for use as trench sheeting or bracing. Hydrants under pressure, valve-pit covers, valve boxes, curb-stop boxes, fire or police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be unobstructed and accessible during the construction period. 3. Maintenance of Flow of Drains and Sewers: Adequate provision shall be made for the flow of sewers, drains and water courses encountered during construction. Temporary support, adequate protection and maintenance of all underground and 1:\97019\INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-6 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. surface utility structures, drains, sewers, and other obstructions encountered in the P. progress of the work shall be furnished by the Contractor at his own expense under the direction of the Engineer. The structures which may have been disturbed shall be satisfactorily restored by the Contractor. 4. Whenever sanitary sewers or storm sewers, which are not shown on the original plans, are found to exist in the line of and parallel to the trench for the water mains, then they shall be removed and replaced by the water main Contractor as extra work. The compensation for this work shall be on the basis of the unit bid prices for extra labor and materials or an agreed lump sum price if specific bid prices for such work are not included in the contract. 1 4. Property Protection: Trees, fences, poles, and all other property shall be protected , unless their removal is authorized. All grass along improved property, shrubs, or small trees which are removed must be stored and later replanted. All trees adjacent to the 1 trench must be protected and trees on subdivision or private property must not be cut unless permission, in writing, is granted. 11. The Contractor shall be responsible for all structures above or below the ground that are in any way affected by the work. 2. Where ordered by the Engineer, any pipe or conduit of a public utility corporation crossing a trench must be supported by a beam built by the Contractor. Materials and labor required for the construction of such beams will be paid for as extra work at the unit prices bid for such work. All concrete for beams must be made with High Early Strength cement. Under usual conditions, this beam will extend from a point on either side of the trench which will permit the satisfactory bearing of the ends and will extend across the trench. The beam shall be of rein-forced concrete construction, of such dimensions as the Engineer may specify so as to properly support the service line and the concrete shall be fc = 2000 in 28 days. All timber forms shall be left in place. 5. Interruption of Utility Services: No valve, switch or other control on existing utility system shall be operated for any purpose by the Contractor without approval of the Engineer and the utility. All consumers affected by such operations shall be notified by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer and utility before the operation and advised fof the probable time when service will be restored. I:\97019\INSTALWM.I-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-7 FSI JOB No.97019 (fit;:I;;C, •( .›; UT): • anOirAjt:•.J‘, . 4:Lk ,7,!`".:/t.A.,Nree -r. ,k,5147:is ;zigow dia:51401g :""" r 3, :)f;- 74 te:,:':01:1.n : rip ci 1:- .; b l:6ee. 7; '1; 1;') -4) 7': AT • . t it)14ra I)ps lot.O.:1-Lifp 4 !fit • :):; , • . . • • 14-If , ".„-P Lk. , • '2-41 1.1- rN. "; . fi",1 I!...•" :;• u. " • t•j-1.4 ,"1';',1t•:(118 :. Jg ;.;•iIiifc s ; tck4Lemi,;:o v(. 40:341:1r--: • . :100,341- .!,=7 ; Ytti: .. • = SA 1.1t-in.f: "•,;; • • ';"t".; - .• .". d:.)Pf.-;;; •>Cr: - -;•• rfic: • • !.),!* . • -=Y)t-fnq • .- , • , • • .74tui ;• ry14,1i ••1 t 1) 35:". . ' -I; , . 3 ;•Ike";:;,-2:7,7,:,•74x" -•- • "- .44,R ligiç . d 't ' U , • • ' t• ; t -; j*"t“ ,• . • - . June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Should the Contractor consider it necessary for a utility to change the location of some of its properties, the Contractor must notify the Engineer in advance. The Engineer will make all arrangements with the utility corporations, should he consider it imperative that the changes be made, but the Owner will not be liable for damages on account of delays due to changes made by utility corporations which hinder the progress of work of the water main Contractor. 6. Manner of Piling Excavated Material: All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the work and will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Gutters and ditches shall be kept clear or other satisfactory provisions made for areas and street drainage. 7. Open Trench Excavation: 1 1. The trench shall be dug to the required alignment and depth shown on the Contract Drawings for a distance of at least two full lengths of pipe in advance of the last made-up joint at all times. The trench shall be braced and drained '"' when necessary so that the workmen may work therein safely and efficiently. 2. When excavating machinery is being used, same shall cut the trench to a depth slightly less than that indicated by Contract Drawings and the trench shall then be excavated to grade by hand tools, the grade being established by a Laser instrument. Regardless of the method employed for excavating the trench, a Laser instrument must be used for obtaining the final grade. The width of the trench at the surface is not to be less than that at the bottom. 3. Where the use of trench-digging machinery will cause damage to trees, buildings or existing structures above or below the ground, hand excavation shall be employed to avoid such damage. 4. All gravel, shell, or rock roadway surfaces shall be scarified and the material placed at such locations as not to become mixed with the spoil. Should the Contractor neglect to properly scarify the surface or to protect the material after it has been removed from the roadway, then the Engineer will order the material T replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 1:\97019\INSTALWM.I-I INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-8 FS1 JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 5. Trench Width: 1. The minimum clear width of unsheeted or sheeted trench measured at the horizontal diameter of the pipe shall be the pipe diameter plus 24-inches. Greater width of trench at the top of the pipe shall be permitted only on written approval by the Engineer. 2. The trench width at the ground surface may vary with, and depend upon, its depth and the nature of the ground encountered, but shall not be less than that at the bottom of the trench. Should the Contractor cut a ditch of greater width along or across improved streets than the maximum widths listed below, he will not receive extra compensation for furnishing and placing shell or gravel in the additional width of the trench. 6. Braced and Sheeted Trenches: Wherever necessary to prevent caving, trench excavations in sand, gravel, sandy soil, or other unstable material shall be adequately sheeted and braced. As backfill is placed, the sheeting shall be '— withdrawn in increments not exceeding 1 foot and the void left by the withdrawn sheeting shall be filled and compacted. 7. Pipe Foundation of Stable Soil: The pipe shall be laid, as directed by the Engineer, on firm soil cut true and even to afford bearing for the full length of the barrel of the pipe, as specified in typical detail. 1. Correction of Faulty Grade: Any part of the trench excavated below grade shall be corrected with thoroughly compacted material approved by the Engineer. 8. Pipe Foundation on Unstable Soil: When the bottom uncovered at grade is soft and, in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot support the pipe, a further depth shall be excavated and refilled to pipe foundation grade with thoroughly compacted material, or shall be laid on permanent wood blocking or by other means employed as required by the Engineer. I l:\97019\INSTALWM.I-I INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-9 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 8. There shall not be more than 300 feet of continuous trench open at any time and at all times the trench must be cleaned up and all streets opened 300 feet back of the most advanced line of excavation. Materials used shall be placed at locations so as not to interfere unnecessarily with the use of the streets by the public and not more than two street inter-sections will be closed at any time. The street surface along the line of the trench must be kept free of surplus soil. 9. Boring: Borings will be made of sizes and at locations shown on the plans, or where directed by the Engineer, and to the lines and grades established by the Engineer. All details and methods of construction shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Openings for installation of equipment, removal of excavated material and placing of pipe shall be made at locations designated by the Engineer. See Item 4. 1. Casing for cased borings shall be 3/8" (unless otherwise noted in plans) smooth- wall metal pipe conforming to A.R.E.A. Specification No. 1-416, and of sizes and gages as called for on the plans and shown on the bid proposal. Uncased borings shall be of the sizes specified on the bid proposal. 2. Where considered necessary by the Engineer, or elected by the Contractor, to bore �► under trees, sidewalks, driveways and other surfaces or sub-surface obstructions the work shall be done as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 3. Completed cased borings shall be measured for payment by the length of casing installed. Uncased borings shall be measured between the limits of bore as ordered by the Engineer. Cased boring shall be paid for at the contract unit prices for 3/8" smooth-wall casing pipe of the sizes and gages shown on the Proposal. Uncased borings will be paid for at the contract unit prices for "Bored Holes (Uncased)" of the sizes shown on the proposal. The said unit prices shall be full compensation for all equipment, labor and material, and shall include any additional cost, as compared to laying in open trench, for placing the water lines in borings. 1.8 MAINS CROSSING UNDER HIGHWAY PAVEMENT 1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in advance of the approximate time that he e- intends to start excavation for each section of the mains that is to be laid under highway I:\97019\INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-10 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Joints: 1. All jointing of pipe, fittings and valves shall be done in a precise, workmanlike manner, in strict accordance with printed instructions issued by manufacturers of the involved materials, and in conformity with acceptable standard practice as approved by the Engineer. 2. Joints and joint materials shall be as specified for the several types of pipe, fittings, and valves covered elsewhere in these specifications and as shown in the proposal. 3. Cleaning Before Jointing: The ends of the pipe to be jointed, the inside of the bell or coupling and the gasket material shall be wiped clean immediately before jointing the pipes. 4. Disinfection by Addition of Chlorine Crystals: All pipe shall be charged with Chlorine Crystals during jointing such that filling of pipe with water will result in 50 mg/1 available chlorine in solution. 3. Deflection of Pipe at Joints: Pipe shall not be deflected either verticallyhorizontally or z ontally in excess of that recommended by the manufacturer of the coupling. 4. Unsuitable Conditions for Jointing Pipe: No pipe shall be laid in water or on frozen trench bottom, or when in the opinion of the Engineer the trench conditions or the weather are unsuitable for such work. 5. Preventing Trench Water from Entering Pipe: When pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by approved means to prevent entrance of trench water into the line. 1. Floating Pipe: Whenever water is excluded from the interior of the pipe adequate backfill shall be deposited on the pipe to prevent floating. Any pipe which has floated shall be removed from the trench and be relaid as directed by the Engineer. 6. Should a damaged piece of pipe be placed in the water main, the Contractor shall furnish at his expense, all labor and materials required for removing and replacing the defective pipe and restoring the street to its condition just prior to failure of the pipe. I:\970I9\INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-12 1 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1.12 SETTING FITTINGS AND VALVES A. General: Fittings and valves shall be lowered into the trench, inspected and cleaned, jointed to pipe and then reaction or thrust backing provided. 1. Each gate valve, flushing valve, or fire hydrant must be completely closed when placed in the pipeline. 2. No additional compensation will be paid the Contractor for setting valves. The unit price bid will be paid for each hydrant set by the Contractor. Timber bracing shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. B. Should the Contractor place defective valve or hydrant in the line or if one proves defective during the period of the Maintenance Bond he will furnish a replacement fitting to replace such defective fitting in the water main and all labor and materials required for removing the defective fitting, setting the replacement fittings, and for restoring the street to its condition just prior to making the repairs at the Contractor's expense. C. Valve Boxes and Valve Pits: Cast-iron valve boxes shall be firmly supported, and maintained centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the gate valve, with box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or at such other level as may be directed by the Engineer. The pipe section of each valve box must be cut to the proper length, the box assembled, and braced in a vertical position. All geared valves and such other valves as may be designated by the Engineer shall be set in masonry valve pits with the wrench nuts readily accessible for operation through the manhole opening. Pits shall be constructed in a manner that will permit minor valve repairs and afford protection to the pipe from impact or settlement where it passes through the pit walls. 1. Pipe Entering Valve Pits: No pipe entering or passing through valve pits shall extend more than 3 feet, 3 inches beyond the outside face of the pit when the pipe size is 6 inches or less, not 6 feet, 6 inches for larger sizes. D. General Location: Fire hydrants shall be located to provide complete accessibility and to minimize possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. I:\97019\INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-13 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Location in Relation to Curb Line: When placed behind the curb the hydrant bowl shall be set so that no portion of the hydrant or hose nozzle caps on street side shall be less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches from the vertical face of the curb. Should the barrel of a hydrant pass through a concrete slab, then a piece of standard sidewalk expansion joint material, 1" thick, shall be fitted closely around the section of the barrel passing through the concrete. 2. Location in Relation to Street Corners: Hydrants shall not be placed within 20 feet from the intersection of the curb lines at street corners. 3. Position of Nozzles: All flushing valves and hydrants shall stand plumb. Nozzles shall be at right angles to the curb or as directed by the Engineer. } 4. Drainage at Hydrant: Whenever hydrants are set in soil classified as impervious by the Engineer, a drainage pit two feet in diameter and two feet deep shall be excavated below each hydrant. The pit shall be filled compactly with coarse gravel or broken stone mixed with coarse sand, under and around the bowl of the hydrant to a level 6 inches above the waste opening. No hydrant drainage pit shall be connected to a sewer. 40. E. Back-Siphonage at Blow-offs to be Prevented: Drainage branches or blow-offs shall not be connected to any sewer, submerged in any stream, or installed in any other manner that will permit back-siphonage into the distribution system. F. Plugging Dead Ends: 1. General: Insert standard plugs into the bells of all dead end fittings, cap spigot ends of fittings and plain ends of pipe. Capped or plugged outlets to fittings in sizes indicated by the Engineer shall be tied to the fittings with clamps and tie rods. The number and size of rods shall be specified by the Engineer. The materials used shall be that specified in Appendix "A". Reaction and thrust backing at the fitting shall be as specified in plans and/or these specifications. G. Reaction or Thrust Backing: Reaction or thrust backing shall be applied at bends and tees at plugs or caps where changes in pipe diameter occur at reducers or in fittings, and at valves, hydrants and blow-off assemblies. The size and shape of concrete thrust backing shall be provided and installed by the Contractor, as required in the Plans. 1. Material for Reaction or Thrust Backing: a. Concrete: Reaction or thrust backing as required in the Plans, shall be of cast-in-place concrete of a mix not leaner than I cement, 2-1/2 sand, 5 1:\97019\INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-14 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. stone, having compressive strength of not less than 2,000 psi in 24 hours 'r- when using high early strength cement and 7 days when using standard cement. Backing shall be placed between solid ground and the fitting to be anchored. The area of bearing on pipe and on ground is shown in the Plans. b. The fittings on small mains shall be braced with short pieces of two (2) inch galvanized pipe or as directed by the Engineer. c. Metal harness of tie rods and pipe clamps shall be used to prevent movement when specifically directed by the drawings or the Engineer. Steel rods and clamps shall, as directed by the Engineer, be galvanized or otherwise rust proofed. 2. The reaction or thrust blocking at the bowl of each hydrant shall be so placed so as not to obstruct the drainage outlet of the hydrant, or the bowl of the hydrant shall be tied to the pipe main with rods as directed by the Engineer. The size and shape of concrete thrust backing or the number and size of tie rods shall be provided by the Engineer. The material to be used for thrust backing and tie rods shall be as specified in plans and/or these specifications. 3. No separate payment will be made for reaction or thrust backing. Include 'OW payment in unit price items in bid proposal. 1.13 LOWERING OF EXISTING MAINS A. When a main is to be lowered in order to conform with new construction, the initial excavation shall be done in such a manner as to permit the mains to rest on a number of dirt benches, or wooden blocks if soil conditions are unsatisfactory for the benches. The pipe shall then be supported by ropes, cables, or chain to overhead supports; the dirt benches or wooden block removed and the pipe slowly and evenly lowered into position. After the mains have been lowered, each damaged joint must be recaulked or repoured as directed by the Engineer. B. Should the Contractor find it necessary to completely or in part remove mains which are specified to be lowered, and relay them at a lower grade, he will receive compensation only for lowering the mains. 1.14 TAKING UP PIPE } A. Salvageable joint materials from each joint of the pipe must be removed and reclaimed for the Owner. All corporation cocks shall be disconnected and the holes plugged with plugs furnished by the Owner before the pipe is raised from its original position. After 1:\97019\INSTALWM.I-I INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-15 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. raising the pipe from the trench, it shall be pulled apart at the joints and all foreign r.. material removed from the bells and spigots. B. Should the Contractor damage, or fail to properly reclaim any pipe, materials, or appurtenances while removing the joints or in handling, he shall reimburse the Owner at the prevailing market prices. All removed materials are to remain the property of the Owner and shall be hauled to the Owner's storage yards. C. The unit bid price for removing mains shall include the removal, the cleaning of exterior and connection surface and hauling to designated storage yards, of all fittings, valves, fire hydrants, and other appurtenances. 1.15 WORK ORDERS FOR EXTRA WORK A. A standard form work order will be issued by the Engineer immediately upon completion of EACH item of authorized extra work. Should such orders not be issued, the Contractor shall file an estimate of the cost of the work with the Engineer within ten (10) days after the completion of same or his claim for extra compensation will be invalid. I 1.16 WET CONNECTIONS AND TAPS r A. Wet connections are to be made under the direction of the Engineer in such a manner and at such hours as to least inconvenience the public. When the existing mains have been cut or a plug removed for a connection, then the work of making the connection shall progress without interruption until complete. The compensation for making wet connections will be based on the unit prices for laying mains and no additional compensation will be granted for making connections at night or for having to complete a connection under unfavorable working conditions. B. Whenever the Contractor accepts an incomplete shut-off of water, for a wet connection, there will not be any extra compensation for damages or extra work resulting from the incomplete shut-off. C. Operation of all gate valves in the existing system or sections of the completed mains which are being used by the Owner shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer or his designated representatives. 1.17 TESTS A. Time for Making Tests: Tests shall be made only after completion of partial backfill as specified in the backfilling section and not until at least 36 hours after the last concrete I:\97019\INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-16 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. thrust or reaction backing has been cast with high early strength cement, or at least 7 e—. days after the last concrete thrust or reaction backing has been cast with standard cement. Pipe lines shall be tested before backfilling at joints, except when local conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are such that the trenches must be backfilled immediately after laying the pipe, in which case the pressure tests may be made after backfilling has been completed but before replacement of permanent paving. 1. Leakage tests of pipe shall be made only after the pipe has been filled with water for a minimum of 24 hours. 2. Where practicable, pipe lines shall be tested in lengths between line-valves or plugs of no more than 1,500 feet. B. Procedure for Testing: Each section of pipe line shall be chlorinated just prior to testing. Each section of pipe line shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the point of lowest elevation, shall be applied by means of a test pump connected to the pipe, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The test pump, pipe connections and all necessary apparatus, gages and meters shall be furnished, installed, and operated by the Contractor, at his expense. 1. Expelling Air Before Tests: Du ring the filling of the pipe and before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. To accomplish this, taps shall be made, if necessary, at point of highest elevation, and after completion of the test the taps shall be tightly plugged unless otherwise specified. Taps and plugs will be installed by the Contractor under unit prices bid for extra work. 2. Pressure Tests: The line shall pass simultaneous pressure and leakage tests before house service connections are installed onto the main line. a. The test pressure should be 150% of the working pressure at the point of the test. The duration of the test shall be two hours. The allowable leakage can not be greater than that determined by the following formula: ND'IP L = 7400 Where: L = GPH (gallon per hour) N = Number of joins in test section D = Nominal diameter of pipe in inches P = Test pressure in psig 1:\97019\INSTALWM.1-I INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-17 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. b. Sufficient backfill should be placed prior to fillingwith water and testing to prevent shifting of the pipe due to pressure. The trenches field should be backfilled immediately after the pipe has been laid since exposed pipe is subject to damage from falling heavy objects as well as subject to floatation from water inadvertently entering the trench. Testing should be carried out after backfilling has been completed, but before placement of permanent surface. Be sure the test ends are braced and capped properly to withstand the thrust created by the pressure tests. c. The pipe line should be filled as slowly as possible to avoid any unnecessary surges. Open all hydrants to allow air inside the pipe to escape. The line should then be filled with water to static pressure, and all hydrants opened to allow air to escape. Allow line to sit under static pressure for at least 15 minutes. Open all hydrants again to allow any remaining air to be blown from the line, after which the line may be brought up to full test pressure. 2. Examination of Individual Joints for Leakage: All exposed pipes, fittings, valves, hydrants, and joints shall be examined for leakage during the test. Any joint found where the accumulated leakage of that joint exceeds the rate of leakage computed, shall be rejected by the Engineer. All visible leaks at exposed joints, and all leaks evident on the surface where joints are covered, shall be stopped and leakage minimized, regardless of total leakage as shown by tests. 1.18 BACKFILLING A. The method of backfilling pipe trenches is shown on the Plans. B. Restoration of Surfaces and/or Structures: 1. The Contractor shall restore and/or replace paving, curbing, sidewalks, gutters, shrubbery, fences, sod or other disturbed surfaces or structures to a condition equal to that before the work began and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and shall furnish all labor and material incidental thereto. 2. The Contractor will replace all macadam surfaced streets, base, and surface of all streets having a concrete base, and monolithic concrete curbs, which have been removed. Concrete shall have 28-day strength of minimum 3,000 psi. In restoring improved surfaces, new pavement is required. No permanent surface shall be placed within 30 days after the backfilling shall have been completed, except by order of the Engineer. The expense of refilling the trenches, 1:1970191INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-18 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. replacing roadways, and other surfaces and maintaining them during the period of the Maintenance Bond must be included in the unit price bid for laying the water mains. 3. Surplus Earth a. All surplus excavated materials are to be disposed of by the Contractor, unless the Owner directs him to haul same to nearby property. b. Should the Contractor neglect to keep the excavated material from his trenches from mixing with that of other Contractors, the Engineer will be the judge as to who is responsible. The Engineer may order same removed at the expense of the Contractor. 4. Deficiency of Backfill, by Whom Supplied: Any deficiency in the quantity of material for backfilling the trenches or for filling depressions caused by settlement, shall be supplied by the Contractor. 1.19 DISINFECTION OF COMPLETED LINES A. Before being placed in service, and before certification of completion by the Engineer, all new water systems, or extensions to existing systems or valved section of such extension, or any replacement in the existing water system, or any exposed section of the existing system, shall be dis-infected according to the AWWA Standard C-651 (latest edition). B. Sterilization of Mains: Liquid chlorine or H.T.H solution will be used as a sterilizing agent, and the Contractor will pay for all such materials and labor required for the application of this chemical and shall make and maintain the necessary excavations for tapping the mains and install the necessary taps. Water for such purposes shall be furnished without charge to the Contractor. 1.20 USE OF COMPLETED SECTIONS OF MAINS A. The Owner shall be permitted to use and operate any sections of the mains which are in a satisfactory operating condition. The gate valves in such completed sections of mains shall not be operated by the Contractor unless under instructions from the Engineer. B. The use of the mains shall not be construed as an acceptance of same and the Contractor will not be relieved of any of his responsibilities for fulfilling the conditions of this contract unless the mains are damaged on account of negligence on the part of the Owner. I:\97019\INSTALWM.1-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-19 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. C. The Engineer may order the Contractor to set additional fittings, valves, and appurtenances other than those shown on the plans, at the time the mains are being laid. Payment for this extra work to be in accordance with unit prices included in the contract. 1.21 MEASUREMENTS OF COMPLETED MAINS A. The mains will be measured along the axis of the pipe and shall include all fittings and thrust blocks, and appurtenances other than those shown on the plans, at the time the mains are being laid. Payment for this extra work to be in accordance with unit prices included in the contract. 1.22 CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE A. Clean-up: 1. Contractor's equipment, surplus materials, and surplus earth shall be removed from the job, following the final test of mains and all street surfaces replaced to ,r., the satisfaction of the Engineer before the final estimate will be approved. 2. Surplus pipe-line material, tools, and temporary structures shall be removed by the Contractor. All dirt, rubbish, and excess earth from excavations shall be hauled to a dump provided by the Contractor, and the construction site shall be left clean, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. Maintenance: 1. The Contractor shall maintain all parts of the work done under this contract, or in any way affected through the execution of this contract in a satisfactory operating condition during the period of the Maintenance Bond unless it is the opinion of the Engineer that the Contractor was in no way responsible for said unsatisfactory condition. Should the Contractor be required to make repairs after the roadway surfaces have been replaced, either before acceptance of work or during maintenance period, he shall furnish and place all earth, shell or other roadway materials needed for restoring the streets to their conditions prior to making the repairs. Repairs of all types will be made by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor when it is apparent that the delay in serving notice to the Contractor will cause serious loss or damage. Should it be questionable that the Contractor will maintain a local office with an organization capable of T' making repairs during the period of the Maintenance Bond, the Engineer will I:\97019\INSTALWM.I-1 INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-20 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. require that the Contractor shall secure the services of a Resident Contractor with such an organization. The Contractor who is to handle the maintenance work shall notify the Engineer, in writing and prior to the payment of the final estimate, that he has accepted their responsibility of such maintenance. END OF SECTION I 1:\97019\INSTALWM.I-I INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS Item 1-21 FSI JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. ITEM 2 SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING 1.1 )SCOPE 1. This item governs supplying all labor, supervision, materials and equipment for installation and testing of sanitary sewer pipe, gravity lines and force mains. 1.2 EXCAVATION 1. Unless otherwise specified, all sewers will be constructed in open cut trenches with vertical sides excavated with a ladder type trenching machine or backhoe. Trenches for pipe sewers shall have a width below the top of the bell not less than the width of the pipe plus 24 inches. (Above the tops of the pipe bells, the width of the trenches may be greater than the limits specified above by an amount sufficient only to permit placing sheathing and bracing timbers and to permit installation of well point headers or oft- manifolds and pumps in the trench where the depth of trench is such as to make it uneconomical to pump from surface installation.) Sufficient space must be provided between cross braces to permit handling of forms, pipe and other materials. Note: No excavation shall commence or be performed unless all materials, equipment, supplies, and labor are immediately at hand to perform pipe laying. 2. Where sewers are to be installed through open tracts of land, the Contractor will be it permitted to excavate trenches with sloping sides beginning at a point no less than 3 feet above top of pipe and shall not exceed a slope of one foot horizontal to one-half foot vertical. The Contractor shall obtain written permission from individual property owners for any of his operations that may extend outside of the right-of-way. 3. The bottom of sewer trench shall be accurately shaped by hand, to conform to the slope of the lowest 90 degrees, 45 degrees on each side of the centerline of the circumference of the pipe taking special care to provide uniform bearing for the entire length of the pipe and to provide depressions for bell ends of each pipe. When the grade of bottom of sewer trench is excavated below the established grade plus allowance for thickness of T \\o2DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SSCON.[-2SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING Item 2-1 FSl JOB No. 97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. pipe, the Contractor shall backfill with select materials and thoroughly tamp, adding r moisture where necessary to obtain proper compaction of backfill. 4. Where soil conditions are encountered in trench bottom that will not support the sewer line satisfactorily, special details will be issued by the Engineer covering such construction in unfavorable soil. 5. No sewer pipe shall be laid in a trench in the presence of water. All water will be removed from trench sufficiently ahead of sewer placing operation to insure a dry, firm bed on which to place the sewer, and trench will continue to be dewatered until after all pipe is firmly bedded and backfilled. Removal of water may be accomplished by bailing, pumping, or pumping in connection with well point installation as the particular situation may warrant. 6. All trenching shall be as per "Trenching and Shoring Safety Requirements". 111 7. If the Engineer notified the Contractor that the Owner does not have use for surplus excavated material, the same shall become the property of the Contractor to dispose of /01 as he wishes, without injury to the Owner or any individual. 8. If excavated material is left on the street, and this material becomes mixed with material excavated by any other firm, corporation, or individual excavating on any of the streets in the same area, and if the Contractor does not protect himself be removing his material before anyone else can mix other material with his, or if he does not put up proper partitions or barriers to keep his material separated from the other man's material, then the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to who is responsible for this excavated material, and his decision shall be binding on all parties. If the Contractor does not remove this material when directed by the Engineer, the Engineer has the right, under this contract and these specifications, to hire trucks and men to remove this material and to deduct the cost of same from any estimate due the said Contractor. 1.3 HANDLING OF PIPE , MATERIALS AND A E ORI S 1. Materials shall be as required in Appendix B - Specifications for Materials for Sewer Line and Appurtenances. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SSCON.I-2SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING Item 2-2 FSI JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 2. Pipe shall be handled in such manner as to avoid damage to bells, couplings or spigot ends. When such damaged pipe cannot be repaired to the Engineer's satisfaction, they shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 3. The interior of all pipe and accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter at all times. 4. All pipe, fittings and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench using suitable equipment so as to prevent damage to the pipe and fittings. 5. Under no circumstances shall pipe, fittings or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. 1.4 LAYING AND BEDDING OF PIPE 1. Previous to laying the pipes and fittings which have been delivered along the trench, they shall be subjected to a rigid trench inspection and those which do not meet the requirements, as set forth in the specifications, will not be used. 2. No pipe shall be installed in the trench until the excavation has been completed and the bottom of the trench shaped and is to the correct line and grade. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and place in position as directed by the Engineer, all the necessary stakes and grade for locating the work. 3. The laser equipment for alignment and grade will be used under the following conditions: 4. The laser must have been calibrated and checked by a reputable inspection firm, or the laser manufacturer, within six months of the time it is to be used. 5. The target pole, if laser is not mounted in end of pipe, must be straight and equipped with a bubble level to assure the pole is plumb when grade is read. 6. The target is to be sufficiently secured to the pole to prevent movement during pipe laying operations. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SSCON.1-2SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING Item 2-3 FSI JOB No.9'I019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 7. Contractor to keep a standard surveyors level and rod on the job site at all times. 8. All sewers must be laid in a perfectly straight line, so that light may be seen from one manhole to another, even for the smaller size of sewers, and the Contractor will not be authorized to put in siphons, brick boxes, or other structures which will allow the sewer to deviate from the given line without consent of the Engineer. 9. The pipe and specials shall be so laid in the trench that, after the sewer is completed, the interior surface thereof shall conform accurately to the grades and alignments fixed and given by the Engineer. 10. The pipe shall be laid accurately to line and grade, with the spigot end downstream entering the bell or other joint to full depth in such a manner as not to drag earth into the joints. Pipe shall be fitted together and matched so that when laid they will form a sewer with a smooth and uniform invert. The bottom of the trench shall be excavated to a line as called for in pipe bedding detail below flow line, then bedding material as specified in plans shall be placed and compacted in bottom of the sewer trench. Pipe shall be laid on this surface to the line and grade as specified in the plans. 11. Special plans for construction of sewers in unstable soil will be provided to the Contractor as found necessary during the progress of the work. The Contractor will be paid at the unit prices bid for items upon which prices have been secured and deemed advisable to use. 1.5 BACKFILLING 1. Backfilling shall be done in accordance with the pipe bedding and backfill details shown in plans. 1.6 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1. Use one and one-half(1-1/2) sacks cement per ton sand where cement stabilized sand is called for in the plans. 1.7 TIMBER \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SSCON.1-2SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING Item 2-4 FSI JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 1. This item shall consist of furnishing and installing timber in sewer trenches or in other excavations, including tunnels, in conjunction with sewer construction where such timber is necessary. All timber furnished under this item shall be free from weakening defects such as knots and splits, and shall be solid, sound and sufficient in strength and suitable for the use intended. 1.8 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ROAD SURFACES'. DRIVEWAYS WALKS, CURBS AND GUTTERS AND CULVERTS 1. Excavation across roads, driveways, walks, curbs and gutters may be open cut unless boring and jacking is specifically indicated. All existing walks, drives and road surfaces removed will be replaced by the Contractor and shall be equal to their condition prior to excavation. No separate payment will be made for the removal of road surfaces, walks and curbs and gutters. 2. Existing culverts under streets and drives may be removed by the Contractor where removal is necessary to install new facilities. The existing culverts removed will be placed by the Contractor in a condition equal to that before removal. Pipe that has been broken or damaged during removal will be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. No additional payment will be made for replacement of walks, driveways, curbs, gutters and culverts, their cost to be included in the unit price bid per foot of sewer. 1.9 TESTING OF LINE. 1. Contractor shall test all lines. Contractor shall make all repairs necessary to bring line in compliance at no expense to Owner. 1.10 TESTING PROCEDURE 1. Tests for the gravity sewer system shall be as required in Item 3.1 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers \\132DATAFs\PROJECTS\97019\sSCON.I-2SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING Item 2-5 FSI JOB No. 97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. e- 2. After a gravity sewer section including wyes, tees, and all appurtenances has been laid and backfilled, but prior to replacement of pavement, the Contractor shall test the sewer for leakage. The Engineer shall be present at the time of testing. If the test results indicate an unacceptable installation, the Contractor shall locate the source of leakage, correct the defect, and retest until the installation is proven satisfactory. 3. Manholes will be tested separately. Where the trench bottom is below ground water level, the Contractor shall provide suitable means, at each manhole for readily determining the ground water level at any time until testing is completed or waived by the Engineer. 4. The Contractor shall leave the tops of stacks exposed and plugged until after air tests have been made. 1.11 TESTING PROCEDURE FOR FORCE MAIN 1. Pressure pipes shall be tested by hydrostatic and by leakage tests are described below: t 1. Hydrostatic Test: 1. All pipe lines must fulfill the Hydrostatic Test requirement prior to acceptance by the owner as completed. 2. After the pipe has been installed and backfilled between joints all newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof shall be subjected to a minimum Hydrostatic Gauge pressure of 40 psi for a minimum duration of time of two (2) consecutive hours for each pressure test. 3. Prior to commencing the test all pipe shall be backfilled and all reaction blocking provided. If restrain joints have been installed, no reaction blocking will be necessary. The Engineer may direct the installer to leave certain joints and/or connections uncovered until testing has been completed. 4. Before the specified test pressure is applied, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. Should blowoffs not be available at high points along the test section, \\o2DATAFs\PROJECTS\97019\ssCON.1-2SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING Item 2-6 FS1 JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. taps shall be made on the p pipe line at points of highest elevation prior to the test. All taps made for air discharge shall be plugged after the test is completed. 5. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and all entrapped air expelled and raised to the specified test pressure, based on the elevation of the lowest point of the section under test, and corrected to the elevation of the test gauge. The pressure shall be applied by means of a Gasoline Driven Test Pump connected to the pipe in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. The installer shall make arrangements for metering the amount of water used during testing. 6. During the test, all pipe and fittings exposed at the Engineer's request shall be examined for defects or leaks and any defective material shall be removed and replaced with sound material, in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and the test repeated until acceptable results are obtained. 2. Leakage Test: 1. The leakage test shall be performed at the same time as the Hydrostatic test. New piping shall be tested for leakage at 40 psig for a minimum duration of time of two (2) hours, for each test. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than determined by the formula: L = SD P 133,200 Where L = Leakage in gallons per hour S = Length of pipe in feet P = Average test pressure in psig D = Inside diameter of pipe in inches \\O2DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SSCON.1-2SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING Item 2-7 FS1 JOB No.97019 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY April (FM 518)-UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 1.12 DEFECTIVE SEWERS 1. Sections of gravity and/or pressure sewers that show leakage in excess of that which is allowable by these specifications shall be taken up and relaid or otherwise made good by repairs of a permanent nature with methods and materials approved by the Engineer. 1.13 COSTS OF TESTS 1. The Contractor shall supply all plugs, risers, measuring devices, labor and necessary equipment and other incidental work in conducting the tests. Cost of all tests shall be included in the price for constructing the sewer. l END OF SECTION .I I j \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SSCON.1-2SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING Item 2-8 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 3 APPURTENANCES FOR SANITARY SEWER LINES 1.1 SCOPE A. This item governs the supplying of all labor, equipment, and materials for the construction of appurtenances for the sanitary sewer line as shown on the plans, complete in place. 1.2 MANHOLES A. Manholes are to -be cast-in-place concrete (no brick) standard 48-inch diameter precast concrete sections. Insure that the depth of cut is sufficient to allow at least one concrete ring, steel ring, and mortar for adjustment of ring and cover at top to final grade. Manholes damaged before or during installation shall be repaired with materials and kits as recommended by the manufacturer. The joints in precast concrete manholes shall be sealed with a watertight sealer and then each joint shall be plastered with one-half inch mortar cover inside and outside, so the joint will be completely watertight. Manhole joints shall be with gasketed seals. Also all manholes shall be gasket sealed around each pipe. B. Cast iron for manhole frames, cover, and steps shall conform to Plans and shall be clean and perfect, free from sand, blowholes or other defects. Holes in the cover must be free from plugs and shall be clean. Bearing surfaces of manhole frames and covers are to be machined so that even bearing may be had in any position in which manhole cover is seated on frame. Cast iron shall conform to A.S.T.M. Specifications A48 for Class No. 20 Gray Cast Iron. Twenty-two (22) inch manhole covers will be used on sewers 48" diameter or less. Manhole top to read "SEWER" only. For paved areas, waterproof inserts are required for manhole top rims. 1.3 BACKFILL A. Backfilling of sewer appurtenances shall be as called for on plans and details. 1 ITEM 3 - 1/2 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT r I A. All manholes regardless of depth shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each sanitary sewer manhole installed per construction documents. END OF SECTION I I r I \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\APPURTSS.1-3APPURTENANCES FOR SANITARY Item 3-2 FS1 JOB No.97019 SEWER LINES .I April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 3.1 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Acceptance testing of sanitary sewers including: 1. Visual inspection of sewer pipes 2. Mandrel testing for flexible sewer pipes. } 3. Leakage testing of sewer pipes. li 4. Leakage testing of manholes. 5. Smoke testing of point repairs. B. All tests listed in this Section are not necessarily required on this Project. Required tests are named in other Sections which refer to this Section for testing criteria and procedures. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. No payment will be made for acceptance testing under this Section. Include payment in unit price for work requiring acceptance testing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 828 - Standard Test Method for Low Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines. B. ASTM C 924 - Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low-Pressure Air Test Method. C. ASTM D 3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Polyethylene (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. D. ASTM F 794 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large-Diameter Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TESTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-1 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. E. ASTM F 1417 - Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low Pressure Air. F. 30 TAC 317.2 - Design Criteria for Sewage Systems. G. Uni-Bell UNI-B-3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe (Complying with AWWA C 900). 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Gravity flow sanitary sewers are required to have a straight alignment and uniform grade between manholes. B. Flexible pipe, including "semi-rigid" pipe, is required to show no more than 5 percent deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of a line segment but prior to final acceptance using a standard mandrel to verify that installed pipe is within specified deflection tolerances. C. Maximum allowable leakage for Infiltration or Exfiltration 1. The total exfiltration, as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole or 2 feet above the groundwater elevation, whichever is greater. 2. When pipes are installed more than 2 feet below the groundwater level, an infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. Groundwater elevation must be at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole. 3. Refer to Table 02533-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of the Section, for measuring leakage in sewers. Perform leakage testing to verify that leakage criteria are met. D. Perform air testing in accordance with requirements of this Section and the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission requirements. Refer to Table 02533-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, Table 02533-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test, and Table 02533-4, Vacuum Test Time Table, at the end of this Section. \102DATAFS\PROJECCS\97019\TFSTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-2 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. B. Test Plan: Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval through the submittal process, prepare and submit a test plan for approval by City Engineer. Include testing procedures, methods, equipment, and tentative schedule. Obtain advance written approval for deviations from the Drawings and Specifications. C. Test Reports: Submit test reports for each test on each segment of sanitary sewer. 1.06 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. • B. Provide testing reports and video tape of television inspection as directed by City Engineer. C. Upon completion of tape reviews by City Engineer, Contractor will be notified regarding final acceptance of the sewer segment. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A'` A. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of installed sewer remains untested at any one time. B. Coordinate testing schedules with City Engineer. Perform testing under observation of City Engineer. j PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DEFLECTION MANDREL A. Mandrel Sizing. The rigid mandrel shall have an outside diameter (O.D.) equal to 95 percent of the inside diameter (I.Q.) of the pipe. The inside diameter of the pipe, for the purpose of determining the outside diameter of the mandrel, shall be the average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for O.D. controlled pipe and the average inside diameter for I.D. controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other "tolerance packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing. B. Mandrel Design. The rigid mandrel shall be constructed of a metal or a rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed. The mandrel shall have nine or more "runners" or "legs" as long as the total number of legs is an odd number. The \\02DATAFS\PROJECrS\97019\TESTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-3 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. barrel section of the mandrel shall have a length of at least 75 percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. The rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow a reduction in mandrel diameter during testing. A proving ring shall be provided and used for modifying each size mandrel. C. Proving Ring. Furnish a "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate the ring of 1/2-inch-thick, 3-inch-wide bar steel to a diameter 0.02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter. D. Mandrel Dimensions (5 percent allowance). Average inside diameter and minimum mandrel diameter are specified in Table 02533-5, Pipe vs. Mandrel Diameter, at the end of this Section. Mandrels for higher strength, thicker wall pipe or other pipe not listed in the table may be used when approved by the City Engineer. 2.02 EXFILTRATION TEST A. Water Meter: Obtain a transient water meter from the City for use when water for testing will be taken from the City system. Conform to City requirements for water meter use. B. Test Equipment: 1. Pipe plugs. 2. Pipe risers where the manhole cone is less than 2 feet above highest point in pipe or service lead. 2.03 INFILTRATION TEST A. Test Equipment: 1. Calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir. 2. Pipe plugs. 2.04 LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST A. Minimum Requirement for Equipment: 1. Control panel. 2. Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TESTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-4 FSI JOB No.97019 i April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. je- 3. Pneumatic plugs: Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested; capable of withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or requiring external bracing. 4. Air hoses from control panel to: a. Air supply. b. Pneumatic plugs. c. Sealed line for pressuring. d. Sealed line for monitoring internal pressure. B. Testing Pneumatic Plugs: Place a pneumatic plug in each end of a length of pipe on the ground. Pressurize plugs to 25 psig; then pressurize sealed pipe to 5 psig. Plugs are acceptable if they remain in place against the test pressure without external aids. 2.05 GROUND WATER DETERMINATION IIA. Equipment: Pipe probe or small diameter casing for ground water elevation determination. 2.06 SMOKE TESTING A. Equipment: 1. Pneumatic plugs. 2. Smoke generator as supplied by Superior Signal Company, or an approved equal. 3. Blowers producing 2500 scfm minimum. 1 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide labor, equipment, tools, test plugs, risers, air compressor, air hose, pressure meters, pipe probe, calibrated weirs, or any other device necessary for proper testing and inspection. B. The selection of test methods and pressures for gravity sanitary sewers shall be determined based on ground water elevation. Determine ground water elevation using equipment and procedures conforming to Section 01578 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. ,4011"- \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TESTSANSEWER.DocACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-5 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3.02 VISUAL INSPECTION OF GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Check pipe alignment visually by flashing a light between structures. Verify if alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced. In case of misalignment or damaged pipe, remove and re- lay or replace pipe segment. 3.03 MANDREL TESTING FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Perform deflection testing on flexible and semi-rigid pipe to confirm pipe has no more than 5 percent deflection. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D 3034. Perform testing no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of line segment, but prior to final acceptance testing of the line segment. B. Pull the approved mandrel by hand through sewer sections. Replace any section of sewer not passing the mandrel. Mandrel testing is not required for stubs. C. Retest repaired or replaced sewer sections. 3.04 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Test Options: 1. Test gravity sanitary sewer pipes for leakage by either exfiltration or infiltration methods, as appropriate, or with low pressure air testing. 2. Test new or rehabilitated sanitary sewer manholes with water or low pressure air. Manholes tested with low pressure air shall undergo a physical inspection prior to testing. 3. Leakage testing shall be performed after backfilling of a line segment, and prior to tie-in of service connections. 4. If no installed piezometer is within 500 feet of the sewer segment, Contractor shall provide a temporary piezometer for this purpose. B. Compensating for Ground Water Pressure: 1. Where ground water exists, install a pipe nipple at the same tim e sewer line is placed. Use a 1/2-inch capped pipe nipple approximately 10 inches long. Make the installation through manhole wall on top of the sewer line where line enters manhole. 2. Immediately before performing line acceptance test, remove cap, clear pipe nipple with air pressure, and connect a clear plastic tube to nipple. Support tube vertically 1102DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TESTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-6 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. and allow water to rise in the tube. After water stops rising, measure height in feet of water over invert of the pipe. Divide this height by 2.3 feet/psi to determine the ground water pressure to be used in line testing. C. Exfiltration test: 1. Determine ground water elevation. 2. Plug sewer in downstream manhole. 3. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. 4. Install riser pipe in outgoing pipe of upstream manhole if highest point in service lead (house service) is less than 2 feet below bottom of manhole cone. 5. Fill sewer pipe and manhole or pipe riser, if used, with water to a point 2-1/2 feet above highest point in sewer pipe, house lead, or ground water table, whichever is highest. 6. Allow water to stabilize for one to two hours. Take water level reading to determine drop of water surface, in inches, over a one-hour period, and calculate water loss (1 inch of water in 4 feet diameter manhole equals 8.22 gallons) or .• measure the quantity of water required to keep water at same level. Loss shall not exceed that calculated from allowable leakage according to Table 02533-1 at the end of this Section. D. Infiltration test: Ground water elevation must be not less than 2.0 feet above highest point of sewer pipe or service lead (house service). 1. Determine ground water elevation. 2. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. 3. Insert calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir in pipe on downstream manhole. 4. Allow water to rise and flow over weir until it stabilizes. 5. Take five readings of accumulated volume over a period of 2 hours and use average for infiltration. The average must not exceed that calculated for 2 hours from allowable leakage according to the Table 02533-1 at the end of this Section. E. Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 828, ASTM C 924, or ASTM F 1417, as applicable, with holding time not less than that listed in Table 02533-2. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TESTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-7 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11,2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Air testing for sections of pipe shall be limited to lines less than 36-inch average inside diameter. 2. Lines 36-inch average inside diameter and larger shall be tested at each joint. The minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds persquare uare inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch during a joint test shall be 10 seconds, regardless of pipe size. 3. For pipe sections less than 36-inch average inside diameter: a. Determine ground water level. b. Plug both ends of pipe. For concrete pipe, flood pipe and allow 2 hours to saturate concrete. Then drain and plug concrete pipe. c. After a manhole-to-manhole section of sanitary sewer main has been sliplined and prior to any service lines being connected to new liner, plug liner at each manhole with pneumatic plugs. d. Pressurize pipe to 4.0 psig. Increase pressure 1.0 psi for each 2.3 feet of ground water over highest point in system. Allow pressure to stabilize for 2 to 4 minutes. Adjust pressure to start at 3.5 psig (plus adjustment for ground 'm. water table). See Table 02533-2 at the end of this Section. e. To determine air loss, measure the time interval for pressure to drop to 2.5 psig. The time must exceed that listed in the Table 02533-2 at the end of this Section for pipe diameter and length. For sliplining, use diameter of carrier pipe. F. Retest: Any section of pipe which fails to meet requirements shall be repaired and retested. 3.05 TEST CRITERIA TABLES A. Exfiltration and Infiltration Water Tests: Refer to Table 02533-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of this Section. B. Low Pressure Air Test: 1. Times in Table 02533-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, at the end of this Section, are based on the equation from Texas Natural Resources and Conservation Commission (TNRCC) Design Criteria 317.2(a)(4)(B). T = 0.0850(D)(K)/(Q) \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TESTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-8 FS1 JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. where: T = time for pressure to drop 1.0 pounds per square inch gauge in seconds K = 0.000419 DL, but not less than 1.0 D = average inside diameter in inches L = length of line of same pipe size in feet Q = rate of loss, 0.0015 ft3/min./sq. ft. internal surface 2. Since a K value of less than 1.0 shall not be used, there are minimum testing times for each pipe diameter as given in Table 02533-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test. Notes: 1. When two sizes of pipe are involved, the time shall be computed by the ratio of lengths involved. 2. Lines with a 27-inch average inside diameter and larger may be air tested at each joint. 3. Lines with an average inside diameter greater than 36 inches must be air tested for leakage at each joint. 4. If the joint test is used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately after testing. 5. For joint test, the pipe is to be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure has stabilized, the minimum times allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch '^ gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds. 3.06 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR MANHOLES A. After completion of manhole construction, wall sealing, or rehabilitation, but prior to backfilling, test manholes for water tightness using hydrostatic or vacuum testing procedures. J B. Plug influent and effluent lines, including service lines, with suitably-sized pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure plugs are properly rated for pressures required for test; follow manufacturer's safety and installation recommendations. Place plugs a minimum of 6 inches outside of manhole walls. Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged if lines entering manhole have not been backfilled. C. Vacuum testing: 1. Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of manhole and adjust for proper seal on straight top section of manhole structure. Following manufacturer's instructions and safety precautions, inflate sealing element to the recommended maximum inflation pressure; do not over-inflate. \\02DATAFS\PROJECrs\97019\TFSTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-9 FSI JOB No.97019 ii April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Evacuate manhole with vacuum pump to 10 inches mercury (Hg), disconnect pump, and monitor vacuum for the time period specified in Table 02533-4, Vacuum Test Time Table. 3. If the drop in vacuum exceeds 1 inch Hg over the specified time period tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. D. Hydrostatic exfiltration testing shall be performed as follows: 1. Seal wastewater lines coming into the manhole with an internal pipe plug. Then fill the manhole with water and maintain it full for at least one hour. 2. The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing shall be 0.025 gallons per foot ldiameter per foot of manhole depth per hour. 3. If water loss exceeds amount tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 3.07 SMOKE TEST PROCEDURE FOR POINT REPAIRS A. Application: Perform smoke test to: 1. Locate points of line failure for point repair. 2. Determine if point repairs are properly made. 1 3. Determine if service connections have been reconnected to the rehabilitated sewer. 4. Check integrity of connections to newly replaced service taps to liners and to existing private service connections. B. Limitations: Do not backfill service taps until completion of this test. Test only those taps in a single manhole section at any one time. Keep the number of open excavations to a minimum. C. Preparation: Prior to smoke testing, give written notices to area residents no fewer than 2 days, nor more than 7 days, prior to proposed testing. Also give notice to City of Houston Police and Fire Departments 24 hours prior to actual smoke testing. D. Isolate Section: Isolate the manhole section to be tested from adjacent manhole sections to keep smoke localized. Temporarily seal the annular space at manhole for sliplined sections. r \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TESTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-10 FSI JOB No. 97019 . April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. E. Smoke Introduction: 1. Operate equipment according to manufacturer's recommendation and as approved by City Engineer. 2. Conduct test by forcing smoke from smoke generators through sanitary sewer main and service connections. Operate smoke generators for a minimum of 5 minutes. 3. Introduce smoke into upstream and downstream manhole as appropriate. Monitor the tap/connection for smoke leaks. Note sources of leaks. F. Repair and Retest: Repair and replace any taps or connections noted as leaking and then retest. Taps and connections may be left exposed in only one manhole section at a time. If repair or replacement, testing or retesting, and backfilling of the excavation is not completed within one work day, properly barricade and cover each excavation as approved by City Engineer. _r G. Service Connections: On houses where smoke does not issue from plumbing vent stacks to confirm reconnection of sewer service to the newly installed liner pipe, perform a dye test to confirm reconnection. Introduce dye into the service line through a plumbing fixture Iinside the structure or a sewer cleanout immediately outside the structure and flush with water. Observe flow at service reconnection or downstream manhole. Detection of dye confirms a reconnection. lr Table 02533-1 WATER TEST ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE VOLUME PER INCH OF DEPTH ALLOWANCE LEAKAGE* DIAMETER OF RISER OR GALLONS/MINUTE PER J STACK IN INCHES INCH GALLONS PIPE SIZE IN INCHES 100 , 1 0.7854 .0034 6 0.0039 2 3.1416 .0136 8 0.0053 2.5 4.9087 .0212 13 0.0066 3 7.0686 .0306 12 0.0079 4 12.5664 .0306 15 0.0099 5 19.6350 .0544 18 0.0118 6 28.2743 .1224 21 0.0138 8 50.2655 .2176 24 0.0158 27 0.0177 30 0.0197 36 0.0237 42 0.0276 For other diameters, multiply square of diameters by value for 1" Equivalent to 50 gallons per inch of inside diameter diameter. per rile per 24 hours. 9 \\02DATAFS\PROJEcrS\970I9\TESTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-11 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. * Allowable lealcage rate shall be reduced to 10 gallons per inch of inside diameter per mile per 24 hours, when sewer is identified as located within the 25-year flood plain. I r I J A,. \\02DATAFSVPROJECrS\97019\TFSTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-12 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. i („,.„ Table 02533-2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS TIME ALLOWED FOR PRESSURE LOSS FROM 3.5 PSIG TO 2.5 PSIG i Pipe Min. Lcngt Time Dia Time h for for Specification Time for Length(L)Shown(min:sec) m. (min:se Min. Longer (in) c) Time Length (ft) (sec) 100 150 200 250 ft 300 ft 350 ft 400 ft 450 ft 500 ft 550 ft 600 ft ft ft ft j 6 5:40 398 0.8548 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:42 6:25 7:07 7:50 8:33 8 7:33 298 1.5196 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:36 8:52 10:08 11:24 12:40 13:56 15:12 10 9:27 239 2.3743 9:27 9:27 9:27 9:54 11:52 13:51 15:50 17:48 19:47 21:46 23:45 1 12 11:20 199 3.4190 11:20 11:20 11:20 14:15 17:06 19:57 22:48 25:39 28:30 31:20 34:11 15 14:10 159 5.3423 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:16 26:43 31:10 35:37 40:04 44:31 48:58 53:25 18 17:00 133 7.6928 17:00 19:14 25:39 32:03 38:28 44:52 51:17 57:42 64:06 70:31 76:56 21 19:50 114 10.470 19:50 26:11 34:54 43:38 52:21 61:05 69:48 78:32 87:15 95:59 104:42 1 24 27 22:40 99 8 22:48 34:11 45:35 56:59 68:23 79:47 91;10 102:34 113:58 125:22 136:46 25:30 88 13.676 28:51 43:16 57:42 72:07 86:33 100:58 115:24 129:49 144:14 158:40 173:05 30 28:20 80 2 35:37 53:25 71:14 89:02 106:51 124:39 142:28 160:16 178:05 195:53 213:41 33 31:10 72 17.308 43:06 64:38 86:11 107:44 129:17 150:50 172:23 193:55 215:28 237:01 258:34 111 9 21.369 0 25.856 f5 Table 02533-3 MINIMUM TESTING TIMES FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST MINIMUM LENGTH FOR MINIMUM TIME FOR LONGER PIPE DIAMETER TIME TIME LENGTH (INCHES) (SECONDS) (FEET) (SECONDS) 0.855 (L) 6 340 398 1.520(L) 8 454 298 2.374 (L) 10 567 239 3.419 (L) 12 680 199 5.342 (L) 15 850 159 7.693 (L) 18 1020 133 10.471 (L) 21 1190 114 13.67600 24 1360 100 17.309(L) 27 1530 88 21.369 (L) 30 1700 80 25.856 (L) 33 1870 72 rik \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TESTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-13 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Table 02533-4 VACUUM TEST TIME TABLE DEPTH IN FEET TIME IN SECONDS BY PIPE DIAMETER 48" 60" 72" 4 10 13 16 8 20 26 32 12 30 39 48 16 40 52 64 20 50 65 80 24 60 78 96 * 5.0 6.5 8.0 1 *Add T times for each additional 2-foot depth. (The values listed above have been extrapolated from ASTM C 924-85) I r I ] ] C \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TFSTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-14 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. Table 02533-5 PIPE VS. MANDREL DIAMETER Nominal Average Minimum Mandrel Material and Size I.D. Diameter Wall Construction (Inches) (Inches) (Inches) PVC-Solid (SDR 26)6 5.764 5.476 8 7.715 7.329 10 9.646 9.162 PVC-Solid(SDR 35) 12 11.737 11.150 15 14.374 13.655 18 17.629 16.748 21 20.783 19.744 24 23.381 22.120 27 26.351 25.033 PVC-Truss 8 7.750 7.363 10 9.750 9.263 12 11.790 11.201 1 15 14.770 14.032 PVC-Profile(ASTM F 794) 12 11.740 11.153 15 14.370 13.652 18 17.650 16.768 21 20.750 19.713 24 23.500 22.325 27 26.500 25.175 30 29.500 28.025 36 35.500 33.725 42 41.500 39.425 48 47.500 45.125 HDPE-Profile 18 18.000 17.100 21 21.000 19.950 24 24.000 22.800 27 27.000 25.650 30 30.000 28.500 36 36.000 34.200 42 42.000 39.900 48 48.000 45.600 54 54.000 51.300 60 60.000 57.000 Fiberglass-Centrifugally Cast 12 12.85 11.822 (Class SN 46) 18 18.66 17.727 20 20.68 19.646 24 24.72 23.484 30 30.68 29.146 36 36.74 34.903 42 42.70 40.565 48 48.76 46.322 54 54.82 52.079 60 60.38 57.361 r END OF SECTION \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\TFSTSANSEWER.DOCACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS Item 3.1-15 FSI JOB No.97019 J April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 3.2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Precast concrete sanitary sewer manholes. B. Precast concrete sanitary sewer manholes with PVC liner where corrosion resistant manholes are specifically indicated in the Drawings. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. Payment for manholes, all depths, is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings B. ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile. C. ASTM C 443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. D. ASTM C 478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. E. ASTM C 923 - Standard Specifications for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes. F. ASTM C 1107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink). G. ASTM D 698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft3) H. ASTM D 2665 - Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings. I. ASTM D 2996 - Specification for Filament-Wound Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PRECASTMANH.DOCPRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Item 3.2-1 1 FSI JOB No.97019 i April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. J. ASTM D 2997 - Specification for Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe I K. AWWA C 213 -Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines L. ASTM C 270 - Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. B. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: I 1. Shop drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement,jointing methods, materials, and dimensions. i 2. Summary of criteria used in the manhole design including, as a minimum, material properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. Include certification 111 from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in Paragraph 2.01E of this Specification. slolL 3. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 4. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections. 5. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. J 6. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required. 7. Materials and procedures for corrosion-resistant liner and coatings, if required. 8. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 9. Manufacturer's data for pre-mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Provide manhole sections, base sections, and related components conforming to ASTM C 478. Provide base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections. Mark date f of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. 1 \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PRECASTMANH.DOCPRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Item 3.2-2 FSI 1OB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. i- B. Provide barrels constructed from 48-inch-diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Combine various lengths of manhole sections to total the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth and loading conditions as required in Paragraph 2.01E, but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C. Provide cone tops to receive cast iron frames and covers designed to support an H-20 loading, unless indicated otherwise. D. Where the Drawings indicate that manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are required, precast base sections of the required diameter shall be provided with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser sections. Transition can be concentric or eccentric. The transition shall be located to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. E. Design Loading Criteria: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base -1 slab shall be designed, by the manufacturer, to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Drawings and to resist the following loads. I 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. f' 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. 3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at-rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf. iii 4. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf. 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. F. Design: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be i designed according to the requirements of ASTM C 478 and the following: 1. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 1 2. Wall loading conditions: a. Saturated soil pressure acting on an empty manhole. b. Manhole filled with liquid to mid-height from invert to cover, with no balancing 1 external soil pressure. f3. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or 1 \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PRECASTMANH.DOCPRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Item 3.2-3 FS1 JOB No.97019 I April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. half the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater. G. Provide joints between sections with o-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM C 443. 2.02 CONCRETE A. Conform to requirements of Section 03315 - Concrete for Utility Construction. B. Channel Inverts: Concrete for inverts not integrally formed with manhole base shall be either 5 sack premix (bag) concrete or Class A concrete, with a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. C. Cement Stabilized Sand Foundation: Provide cement stabilized sand foundation under base section in lieu of foundation slab, where allowed, conforming to requirements of Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand. D. Concrete Foundation: Provide Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi for concrete foundation slab under manhole base section where indicated on Drawings. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03315 - Concrete for Utility ow. Construction. 2.04 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland Cement. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. 2.06 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS A. Provide drop connections and stubs conforming to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Provide resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: 1. External clamps: Type 304 stainless steel \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PRECASTMANH.DOCPRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Item 3.2-4 FSI JOB No.97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes: Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion-resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, or b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion-bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C 213. B. Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast-in-place manhole base are specified or shown on the Drawings, provide polyethylene-isoprene waterstop meeting the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, such as Press-Seal WS Series, or approved equal. 2.08 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Provide sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame, such as Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Where corrosion-resistant manholes or PVC-lined manholes are indicated on the Drawings, provide one of the following: 1. PVC liner for precast cylindrical manhole section, base sections, and cone sections. 2. Precast base sections, as specified above, lined with PVC or equal and fiberglass manholes in accordance with Section 02083 - Fiberglass Manholes. 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.11 NON-SHRINK GROUT A. Provide prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non-gas-liberating, non-metallic, cement-based grout requiring only the addition of water. B. Grout shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 2.12 VENT PIPES A. Provide external vent pipes for manholes where indicated on the Drawings. B. Buried Vent Pipes: Provide 3-inch or 4-inch PVC DWV pipe conforming to ASTM D 2665. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PRECASTMANH.DocPRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Item 3.2-5 1 FSI JOB No. 97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Alternatively, provide FRP pipe as specified for the vent outlet assembly. C. Vent Outlet Assembly: Provide a vent outlet assembly as shown on the Drawings, constructed of the following specified materials: 1. FRP Pipe: Provide filament wound FRP conforming to ASTM D 2996 or centrifugally cast FRP conforming to ASTM D 2997. Seal cut ends in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Joints and Fittings: Provide epoxy bodied fittings and join pipe to fittings with epoxy adhesive. 3. Flanges: Provide socket-flange fittings for epoxy adhesive bonding to pipe ends where shown on the Drawings. Flanges shall meet bolt pattern and dimensions for ANSI B 16.1, 125-pound flanges. Flange bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel or hot-dip zinc coated, conforming to ASTM A 307, Class A or B. 4. Coating: Provide a 2-component, aliphatic polyurethane coating using a primer or tie coat recommended by the manufacturer. Provide two or more coats to yield a dry film thickness of a least 3 mils. Provide Amershield, Tnemec 74, or approved equal. Color shall be selected by the City Engineer from the manufacturer's standard colors. 2.13 PROHIBITED MATERIALS A. Do not use brick masonry for construction of sanitary sewer manholes, including adjustment of manholes to grade. Use only specified materials listed above. PART 3 EX ECUTION j 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C. Do not build sanitary sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless directed by City Engineer. 3.02 PLACEMENT r- A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Drawings. \102DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PRECASTMANH.DOCPRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Item 3.2-6 1 FSI JOB No. 97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. B. Place manholes at points of change in alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and at end of sewer. 3.03 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum) foundation of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric, cement stabilized sand, or a concrete foundation slab. Compact cement-sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: Notify City Engineer when unstable subgrade is encountered, for examination to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over-excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving, a pile-supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Drawings, shall be provided under the manhole base when indicated by the City Engineer. 3.04 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections,joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Install precast adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat-top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support the manhole frame. C. Seal any lifting holes with non-shrink grout. D. Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Do not incorporate manhole p steps in manhole sections. 3.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLES A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other rigid material is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the interior or exterior of the manhole. If necessary, fill the space with a C. compressible material to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector. Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer, a rigid joint pipe may be used. Install a waterstop gasket around the existing pipe at the center of the cast-in-place wall. Join ends of split waterstop material at the pipe springline using an adhesive recommended and supplied by the waterstop manufacturer. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PRECASTMANH.DocPRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Item 3.2-7 FSI JOB No. 97019 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. D. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.06 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe-manhole connections. Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum; 1-1/2 inches per foot maximum 2. Depth of bench to invert: a. Pipes smaller than 15-inches: one-half of the largest pipe diameter b. Pipes 15 to 24-inches: three-fourths of the largest pipe diameter c. Pipes larger than 24-inches: equal to the largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base section. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 3.07 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Backfill drop assembly with crushed stone wrapped in filte r ter fabric, cement stabilized sand, or Class A concrete to form a solid mass. Extend cement stabilized sand or concrete encasement a minimum of 4 inches outside of bells. B. Install a drop connection when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 24 inches above the invert of a manhole. 3.08 STUBS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS A. In manholes, where future connections are indicated on the Drawings, install resilient connectors and pipe stubs with approved watertight plugs. 3.09 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover matches the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment ring and the precast top section with non-shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a latex-based bonding agent to precast concrete surfaces to be joined with non-shrink grout. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. The \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019TRECASTMANH.DocPRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Item 3.2-8 FSI JOB No.97019 1 April 11,2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch wide. B. For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 unpaved areas,inches s above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. un p the manhole frame in mortar or non-shrink grout placed flush with the face of the 1 manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. 3.10 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation sand urroundinBackfill formanh Utilities. oles in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation Provide embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. 1 B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the springline of the pipe with Class B concrete or II flowable fill. C. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. ..6' Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02911 - Topsoil. Seed in accordance with Section 02921 -Hydromulch Seeding. If shown on Drawings, sod disturbed areas in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from damage until work has been finally accepted. Repair damage to manholes at no additional cost to the City. END OF SECTION 1 April 11, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Say lots,Inc. iiip,„ sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch wide. 1 B. For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. In unpaved areas, encase 1 the manhole frame in mortar or non-shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. 1 3.10 BACKFILL J A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Provide embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the ] manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the springline of the pipe with Class B concrete or 1 flowable fill. C. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. rn Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02911 - Topsoil. Seed in accordance with Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. If shown on Drawings, sod disturbed areas in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ill A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from damage until work has been finally accepted. Repair damage to manholes at no additional cost to the City. IEND OF SECTION .0 \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PRECASTMANH.DOCPRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES - [tern 3.2-9 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 4 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1. Work to be accomplished for augering pipe with and without casings. 2. Contractor shall select a method of construction by augering, which can be demonstrated to successfully complete the Project. 1.2 UNIT PRICES 1. Payment of augered casing with pipe will be by the linear foot along axis of the casing (and will be full compensation for all labor, equipment, casing, pipe, materials and supervision for construction complete in place, including dewatering, augering pits, [if required], augering, joints, excavation, spoil removal, pipe installation, grouting, utility adjustments, testing, and cleanup, and other work necessary for construction as shown on the Drawings and as specified). 2. Augered sewer pipe will be measured by the linear foot along the axis of the pipe. 3. No separate payment will be made for pavement removal and replacement (i.e., lime stabilization, crushed limestone, hot mix asphalt surface course, cement sand base, and concrete pavement, etc.) associated with augering. 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1. Slurry augering shall be defined as installation of casing or sewer pipe by first drilling a small diameter pilot hole from shaft to shaft, followed by reaming the bore to full diameter by augering with slurry, and installing the casing or pipe by a pull-back or jacking method. r \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\AUGERING.I-4PIPE AND CASING AUGERING Item 4-1 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Augering pipe or casing work plans shall be defined as written description, together with sketches, drawings, schedules, and other documents defining Contractor's plans and procedures for installation of casing or sewer pipe by augering method. Such methods of construction shall be of the Contractor' choosing, in accordance with this specification. The submission of work plans including drawings shall be required for the sole purpose of providing the Owner sufficient details to verify that the Contractor's planned work and work in progress is in accordance with the intent of the project design and specifications. 3. Augered pipe shall be defined as the Contractor's installed sewer pipe. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 1.5 SUBMITTAL 1. The Owner will review submitted plans, details and data for compliance with p t specifications. The Contractor shall not commence work on any items requiring pipe and Am- casing augering work plan, or other submittal until the submittal has been reviewed and accepted by the Owner. Such review by the Owner shall not be construed in any way of relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract, shall not be construed by the Contractor as an endorsement by the Owner that such methods are constructable or will work for the specific subsurface soils encountered. Structural designs and other engineered components shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered 4 in the State of Texas. 2. Pipe and Casing Augering Operation: 1. Submit for review a Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan with complete drawings and written description identifying details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations to be performed during construction, as required. The drawings and descriptions shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the Owner whether the proposed materials and procedures will meet the requirements of this Section. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\AUGERING.I-4PIPE AND CASING AUGERING Item 4-2 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Depending on the Contractor's method of construction, the Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plans shall be submitted on the following items: 1. Arrangement drawings and technical specifications of the augering equipment and experience record of the Contractor. 2. Method of controlling line and grade of augering operation. 3. Method of spoil and slurry removal, including surface storage and disposal. 4. Details of the pipe or casing installation. 5. Grouting techniques to be used for filling annular void between casing and sewer pipe, where required, and for filling over excavation, if any, including equipment, pumping and injection procedures, pressure grout types, and mixtures. 6. Location and construction of auger pits (if required), including details for required ground support installation not included in Trench Safety Plan. 7. Groundwater control system per requirements in this Section and in accordance with Item 8 - Excavation, Trenching, and Backfilling for Pipe, as required by construction method. 3. Casing and pipe fabrication drawings, including joint details. 3. Trench Safety: 1. To the extent that excavation for pipe and casing augering involves work not covered by Contractor's Trench Safety Plans, the safety provisions shall be addressed in the Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan. a 4. Quality Control Methods: At least 30 days prior to the start of augering, the Contractor shall submit a description of the quality control method proposed for use in this operation to the Owner. The submittal shall include: 1. Supervision: Supervisory control to ensure that work is performed in accordance Ii with the Drawings and Specifications, and Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan. 2. Line Grade: Procedures for surveying, controlling and checking line and grade, including field forms. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\AUGERING.I-4PIPE AND CASING AUGERING Item 4-3 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3. Augering Observation and Monitoring: Procedures for preparing and submitting daily logs of augering operations, including field forms. 4. Products and Materials: A plan for testing and submittal of test results to demonstrate compliance with the specification and Contractor's design criteria for permanent products, materials and installations. The plan shall identify applicable standards and procedures for testing and acceptance. 5. Monitoring Settlement: Submit a Settlement Monitoring Plan. 1.1 CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING INSTALLATION LOADS 5. Sewer pipe and casings shall be selected by the Contractor to carry overburden pressure and applicable surcharge and installation loads. 6. The criteria to be used for truck loading shall be HS-20 vehicle loading distributions in accordance with AASHTO. 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for the selection of the casing, pipe and pipe joints to carry the thrust of the jacks or loads due to the pulling mechanism. 8. The Contractor shall select the diameter of the casing to meet the minimum dimensions defined in the Drawings, and to permit practical installation (including skids if applicable) and grouting, where required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1. Casing pipe shall be provided where shown on Drawings or indicated in Specifications and be uncoated welded steel pipe, manufactured in accordance with ASSW C200. The design stress in the pipe wall shall be 50 percent of the minimum yield point of the steel or 18,000 psi, whichever is less, when subjected to the loading conditions. The design deflection to be used in determining wall thickness shall not exceed 3 percent of nominal casing pipe size. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\AUGERING.I-4PIPE AND CASING AUGERING Item 4-4 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Sewer pipe shall be provided in accordance with plans and specifications. The sewer pipe shall be selected by the Contractor and verified by the Contractor's engineer to safely withstand all service loads, including overburden pressures and surcharge loads together with all forces and pressures induced in pipe and joints during installation. 3. Sewer pipe to be installed into the augered hole by a pull-back method which will place tension on the pipe joints shall be fusion-welded or restrained joint sewer pipe. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION AND SAFETY 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for means and methods for augering pipe and casing and shall ensure the safety of the work, the Contractor's employees, the public, and adjacent property, whether public or private. 2. Perform construction operations in such a manner that will not interfere with the operation ow- of the street, affect the underground installations, or weaken or damage any structure. 3.2 SLURRY AUGERING 1. Provide horizontal boring equipment for drilling of pilot hole, slurry augering equipment 4i for excavating the full-sized hole for casing or pipe installation. 2. Drill a small diameter pilot hole for the entire length of the augered pipe. Check the pilot hole for line and grade at the receiving end to determine if the larger diameter hole will comply with this Specification. The pilot hole shall be redrilled if the installed pipe would not meet the specified tolerances. 3. Auger the large-diameter hole by mechanical means for reaming the pilot hole. The diameter of the augered hole shall not be more than 1 inch greater than the outside diameter of the installed pipe. Place excavated material outside the working pit and dispose of legally offsite. Jetting is not permitted. Augered holes which do not meet the specified tolerances shall be backfilled or grouted and reaugered at no additional cost the Owner. ow- UO2DATAFs\PROJECTS\97019\AUGERING.I-4PIPE AND CASING AUGERING Item 4-5 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 4. In unconsolidated soil formations, use a bentonite slurry to maintain a stable hole and furnish lubrication for the installation of the pipe. Install the pipe or casing in one operation with the displacement of cuttings and slurry from the hole in potentially unstable soils to prevent casing and settlement of the ground surface. 5. Depending on the character of the soil encountered during the augering operation, conduct operations without interruption, insofar as practical, to prevent the pipe from seizing up in the hole before the installation is complete. 6. Acceptance criteria for the installed sewer pipe shall be as specified in Section 02720 - j Storm Sewer Drainage System, as applicable. If a deviation exceeds these tolerances, the Contractor may be required to re-auger the pipe at no additional cost to the Owner, including any backfill or grouting of the abandoned hole. Any redesign of the sewer and manholes made necessary by out-of-tolerance sewer pipe shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The installed pipe must be capable of meeting the design flow and velocities for a full pipe condition. 7. Remove any pipe, existing or proposed, damaged during augering or construction operations and replace it. 8. Completely fill with the annular space between the sewer pipe and the surrounding soil. 3.3 AUGER PITS (If Required) 1. Contractor's Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan shall identify the location, size, depth and layout, and ground support design of all augering and observation pits, as well as a schedule of dates that each pit is expected to be open. 2. Install sheeting, lining, shoring, and bracing required for the protection of the workmen and the public. 3.4 SETTLEMENT SURVEYING \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\AUGERING.I-4PIPE AND CASING AUGERING Item 4-6 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall record the ground surface elevation ahead of the augering operation. The elevation of each survey point shall be recorded with an accuracy of 0.01 feet. As a minimum, survey points shall be located at centerline and each shoulder of the existing pavement. 2. Settlement observations shall be obtained while augering work is performed until the ground supporting pipe or casing is in place. Observations shall continue until any noticeable settlement has stopped. Readings shall be reported daily to Owner. In the case of observed settlement, the monitoring points and observation frequency shall be increase as requested by the Owner. 3.5 SEWER PIPE IN CASING 1. Sewer pipe shall be installed in augered casings and shall be blocked and braced to prevent movement of the pipe during grout placement. 2. The annular void between sewer pipe and casing shall be grouted as one monolithic placement from end to end of the casing to completely displace voids, following AN- procedures defined on Contractor's Work Plan. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL 1. All spoil shall become property of the Contractor and shall be removed and legally disposed of away from the job site. END OF SECTION \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\AUGER1NG.1-4PPPE AND CASING AUGERING Item 4-7 FSI JOB No.97019 1 October 9, 1998 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY(FM 518) - UTILITIES &LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. ITEM 5 t TRENCHING AND SHORING SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 1.1 SCOPE: This section is intended to provide specifications for the minimum requirements for trench safety. Trench protection for all trenches over five (5') feet in depth shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of PART 1926, SUBPART P - EXCAVATIONS, TRENCHING, AND SHORING, of the OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS (OSHA), or any updated and subsequent version thereof. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY: It is the sole duty, responsibility, and prerogative of the Contractor, not the Owner or Engineer, to determine the specific applicability of a trench safety system to each field condition encountered on the project. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to identify the soil type and to accurately adjust his trench safety methods according to the OSHA requirements. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgements or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this contract. 1.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Trench excavation safety protection shall be measured by the linear foot of trench deeper than five (5) feet and paid at the unit price in the bid proposal. Trench safety for bore pits shall be incidental to unit bid price for the trench safety. A. Bid price is for the trench safety system, including but not limited to all benching, sloping, hauling, shoring, sheeting, sheet piling, and all other incidentals necessary to provide the trench safety system as required. B. Structures: Trench Safety for structures such as lift stations, manhole, and others shall be incidental to the unit price of that item. END OF SECTION C:\WORDDOCS\97019\TRENCH.1-5 TRENCHING AND SHORING Item 5-1 FSI JOB No.97019 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 1 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 6 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A.Soil Compaction to Percentage of Maximum Density: 1. Compaction to density not less than stated percentage of oven-dry maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by standard method of test ASTM D 698 (Method A) shall be abbreviated "percent maximum density ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor)". 1.2 DESCRIPTION A.Major Operations: 1. Complete preparation of rights-of-way and lots, including: a. Removal and disposal of vegetation, trash, debris, and deleterious and objectionable materials. b. Protection of items to remain. c. Removal and disposal of minor structures, clearing and grubbing, and backfilling of depressions. d. Stripping and stockpiling of topsoil. 2. Excavate materials in areas of cut to established lines, grades, cross sections, and slopes and utilize excavated materials and borrow materials of specified characteristics to place fills and to spread on adjacent lots stripped and prepared to receive fill. 3. Process and compact subgrades including lime subgrade stabilization as required. 4. Finish subgrades and entire rights-of-way ready for subsequent construction including construction of roadway paving. 1.3 SUBMITTALS \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EARTHWRK.1-6 EARTHWORK Item 6-1 FSI JOB No.97019 1 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. A.Submit to Engineer certified copies of laboratory test results made to determine optimum moisture content, plasticity index (P.I.), liquid limit, gradation, and other characteristics of soils necessary for field quality control of subgrade compaction. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS A.Excavated materials will be unclassified. B. Excavate materials encountered without exception. C.No separate or extra compensation will be made or any special consideration given based on types of materials encountered. 2.2 BLASTING A.Use of explosives will not be permitted. 2.3 SITE PREPARATION A.Earthwork includes clearing and grubbing, removing and disposing of vegetation, debris, rubbish, objectionable materials and minor obstacles to construction within construction areas as work incidental to earthwork. 2.4 STRIPPING A.Before excavation or placement of embankments or fills, strip surface of topsoil to depths encountered. B. Stockpile topsoil free of grasses and vegetation at locations as directed. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EARTH WRK.1-6 EARTHWORK Item 6-2 FSI JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2.5 EXCAVATION r A.Perform excavation of materials encountered within grading limits of project to lines and grades indicated. B.No extra payment will be made because of subsurface soil conditions requiring removal of rock, boulders, hard-pan or other classes of excavation; materials encountered shall be excavated as required by construction without claim for extra compensation because of subsurface soil conditions. C.Transport suitable excavated material to and place in fill areas as required within limits of roadway and freehaul and spread excess excavated materials on adjacent lots at locations selected by the Engineer. D.Excavated materials shall not be treated as excess or waste materials unless specifically designated. E. Stripped materials containing organic and objectionable materials shall be treated as waste material. F. Maintain existing sections and ditches to ensure proper drainage. G.Construct and maintain ditches and channels to avoid damage to sections. 2.6 FILLS A.Ground Surface Preparation: 1. Remove and dispose, in a manner to not injure Owner, all waste material, top layer of soil containing roots, grasses, and other vegetable and organic materials. 2. Backfill stump holes or other small excavations with fill material and compact to density of adjacent in situ soils. 3. Scarify roadbed areas to 6 in. depth minimum. 4. Scarify or plow areas outside roadbed areas to depth of 4 in. minimum. 5. Recompact loosened natural ground material with new material. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EARTHWRK.I-6 EARTHWORK Item 6-3 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. B.Formation of Embankments and Fills: 1. Construct at locations and to lines and grades, typical sections, detailed sections, and slopes indicated within limits of work. 2. Use earth free from roots or other organic material, trash, frozen material, and rock, stones, or clods of hard earth having maximum dimension greater than 2 in. 3. Utilize materials excavated from within project limits for fill and to construct embankments and fills. 4. Construct in layers approximately parallel to finished grade surface and compact. 5. Construct in successive layers for full width of individual cross section and in lengths as best suited to sprinkling and compaction methods utilized. 6. Form layers by utilizing equipment which will spread material as it is dumped or spread by blading or other acceptable methods from piles or windrows dumped from excavating or hauling equipment in amounts such that material is evenly distributed. 7. Where layers of unlike materials abut each other, mix each material to prevent abrupt changes in soil. AN- 8. No material placed by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated in a layer in that position, but such piles or windrows shall be moved by blading or similar methods. 9. Break clods or lumps of material and mix material by blading, harrowing, disking or similar methods to obtain material of uniform consistency in each layer. 10. In order to facilitate uniform wetting of material, water may be applied at material source. 11. At cut and fill sections, scarify earth cuts in hill side to subgrade 6 in. depth, mix material, reshape by blading, adjust moisture content of soil, and compact to same density as that required for adjacent embankment. 12. Depth for compaction for each lift shall not exceed loose measurement depth specified in "Compaction". 13. Prior to and in conjunction with compaction operation, bring each layer to moisture content as specified in "Compaction", and keep leveled with suitable equipment to insure uniform compaction over entire layer. 14. In conjunction with formation of embankments and fills, compact fill material as specified in "Compaction". 15. Seal exposed fill surface with smooth roller when rainfall occurs to prevent infiltration of runoff. 16. Grade fill to prevent ponding of runoff. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EARTHWRK.1-6 EARTHWORK Item 6-4 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. s- 2.7 SUBGRADE PREPARATION FOR PAVEMENT A.Subgrade Stabilization Requirements: 1. Lime stabilize subgrade to depth shown in Plans: Refer to Item 10 B. Construction Requirements: 1. Construct subgrade to lines, grades, and typical sections indicated allowing for full thickness of pavement section. 2. Beneath subgrade lime stabilized depth, compact to 95 percent maximum density, ASTM D698, Standard Proctor. i C.Subgrade Protection: _l 1. Keep subgrade shaped and drained during construction. 2. Maintain ditches and drains along subgrade to drain effectively. I 3. Bring subgrade to grade when ruts of 2 in. or more in depth occur in subgrade, reshape if required, and recompact prior to placing of paving or base. a.• 4. Storage or stockpiling of materials on subgrade will not be permitted. 5. Do not place subsequent construction until subgrade has been properly prepared and in no case shall subsequent construction be placed on muddy or soft subgrade. 6. Should subgrade lose required stability, density, or finish before subbase or base course is placed, recompact and refinish subgrade. i 7. Prevent excessive loss of moisture in subgrade by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with subsequent layer or granular material. 8. Excessive loss of moisture shall be construed to exist when subgrade soil moisture content is more than two percent below optimum. 2.8 COMPACTION A.Compact in uniform layers, not exceeding required loose thickness, dry or moisten as necessary to obtain moisture content not more than one percent below or more than two percent above optimum moisture content and compact to density as follows: 1. Roadways subgrade: not less than 95 percent of Standard Proctor (ASTM D698). 2. Lot fill: 86 to 92 percent of Standard Proctor (ASTM D698). \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EARTHWRK.I-6 EARTHWORK Item 6-5 FSI JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. B. Each layer shall be uniform as to material, density, and moisture content before compaction. C.Conduct density tests after each layer has been compacted. D.If material fails to meet density specified or moisture content is outside required range, rework layer to obtain specified results and alter compaction methods on subsequent work. E.Maximum thickness of uniform layers, loose measurement, shall be as follows: 1. Mechanical hand tamper and hand compaction equipment and procedures: 4 in. 2. Pneumatic tired roller: 6 in. 3. Tamping rollers: 12 in. F. Compacting equipment and method of compaction shall ensure uniform density will be obtained -1 over entire area and depth of material being compacted. G.Break upand spread fill material deposited inplace bymeans of dumping inpile before grading P P P g g g 111 into uniform layers. H.Start rolling longitudinally at sides and proceed toward center of crowned sections, or start longitudinally at low side and proceed toward high side of sloped areas, overlapping on successive trips by at least half width of roller unit. I. Mechanical Hand Tampers: Use in areas inaccessible to roller equipment. 2.9 FINISHING A.Description: Finishing shall consist of shaping and finishing entire site and right-of-way. B. Construction Methods: 1. Smoothly shape roadway shoulders, slopes and ditches after other work has been completed, except for exactness of finish as required. 2. Clear ditches and channels within right-of-way of debris and obstructions. 3. Level excess earth or other waste material adjacent to structures, poles, trees, or other objects or dispose of, as required. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EARTHWRK.I-6 EARTHWORK Item 6-6 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 4. Remove loose stones, rocks and boulders within construction areas that would fail to pass 2 in. ring; dispose of as required. 5. Remove roots, trash and other debris from Owner's controlled land; place entire construction area in neat and presentable condition. 6. Dragging, pushing or scraping of material along or across surface of completed pavement will not be permitted. 7. Continuously maintain sections until acceptance of work. 8. Finish surface not more than 0.10 ft. above or below established grade or cross section. 9. Finish ditches and gutters to drain readily. 10. Regrade disturbed area to original grade where existing grade is disturbed in areas not marked to be graded. 2.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL - A.Frequency and Types of Tests: 1. Laboratory shall test compacted general fill, embankment, and backfill as follows: a. Take one field density test minimum for every 1000 cu. yds. of material placed, ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922. 2. Laboratory shall test subgrade: a. Take one field density test for every 1000 sq. yds. of compacted layer in compliance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922. 2.11 EXCESS MATERIAL A.Excavated and topsoil materials in excess of that used to construct required fills, embankments, stockpiles and topsoiled areas shall remain property of Owner and shall be freehauled, stockpiled or spread on Owner's property at locations selected by Owner. 2.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS sII A.Waste materials such as trash, debris, cleared and grubbed materials, grasses and vegetation and topsoil contaminated with vegetation, and unsuitable, unusable, and undesirable materials necessary to be removed from construction area or designated by Owner to be removed as waste materials shall be classified as follows: 1. Combustible waste materials: Materials feasible, practical and non-toxic to dispose of by burning, including cleared and grubbed materials. 2. Incombustible waste materials: Materials not burnable, not feasible, and not practical to dispose of by burning. B. Burning of combustible waste materials and cleared and grubbed materials will be permitted on Owner's controlled property. Contractor to obtain all burning permits and comply with all air quality regulations. 1 C.Combustible waste materials and incombustible waste materials shall become property of ' ' Contractor and legally disposed of outside limits of Owner's controlled property. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EARTHWRK.I-6 EARTHWORK Item 6-7 FSI JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2.13 TOPSOIL A.Distribute suitable topsoil on areas indicated to minimum depth of 4 inches after areas are scarified. B.Suitable topsoil from stripping operations may be used. 2.14 EXISTING FENCING A.Mend any damage to existing fencing and provide temporary fencing to maintain function of fencing that is damaged until damage to existing fencing is restored or replaced. END OF SECTION I e I j \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EARTHWRK.1-6 EARTHWORK Item 6-8 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10,2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 0- ITEM 7 DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Demolishing and removing existing pavement, curbs, and structures. B. Disposing of demolished materials. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Work under this specification shall be incidental to the other project work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for demolition. Describe coordination for shutting off, capping, and removing temporary utilities. Plan operations to minimize temporary disruption of utilities to existing facilities or adjacent property. B. Submit proposed demolition and removal schedule fora approval. NotifyOwner PP and the local municipality having jurisdiction in writing at least 48 hours before starting demolition. C. Obtain a permit for demolition, as required. D. Submit a traffic control management plan for review by the Owner and the local municipality having jurisdiction. Plan shall be in accordance with the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 1.4 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\970I9\DEMOLITN.I-7 DEMOLITION Item 7-1 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. A. Demolished materials become the property of the Contractor. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Minimize spread of dust and flying particles. If required by governing regulations, use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to prevent the spread of dust, dirt and debris. B. Use appropriate controls to limit noise from demolition to levels designated in City ordinances. C. Do not use water where it can create dangerous or objectionable conditions, such as localized flooding, erosion, or sedimentation of nearby ditches or streams. D. Dispose of removed equipment, materials, waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations. I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION A. Fires are not permitted. B. Do not use a "drop hammer" where the potential exi sts for damage to underground utilities, structures, or adjacent improvements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to demolition, make an inspection with Owner to determine the condition of existing structures and features adjacent to items designated for demolition. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\DEMOLITN.I-7 DEMOLITION Item 7-2 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. B. Do not proceed with demolition or removal prior to receiving authorization by Owner. 3.2 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Provide safe working conditions for employees throughout demolition and removal operations. Observe safety requirements for work below grade. B. Maintain safe access to adjacent property and buildings. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks or passageways adjacent to the work. C. Perform demolition in a manner to prevent damage to adjacent property. Repair damage to Owner's property or adjacent property and facilities. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for safety and integrity of adjacent structures and shall be liable for any damage due to movement or settlement. Provide proper framing and shoring necessary for support. Cease operations if an adjacent structure appears to be endangered. Resume demolition only after proper protective measures have been taken. E. Erect and maintain enclosures, barriers, warning lights, and other required protective devices. 3.3 UTILITY SERVICES A. Follow rules and regulations of authorities or companies having jurisdiction over communications, pipelines, and electrical distribution services. B. Notify and coordinate with utility company and adjacent building occupants when temporary interruption of utility service is necessary. 3.4 PAVEMENT DEMOLITION A. Demolish pavement to depth necessary to meet requirements of plans and specifications. Where no limits are shown, the limits shall be 4 inches outside new \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\DEMOLITN.1-7 DEMOLITION Item 7-3 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. items to be installed. Removals beyond these limits shall be at the Contractor's expense; satisfactorily reconstruct excess removals. B. Where existing concrete and/or asphalt must be removed, but will be replaced subsequently: 1. Make initial cut with a concrete saw; do not cut reinforcement. 2. After removing concrete, cut exposed rebar such that a minimum of 15-inches of rebar (measured from face of existing concrete) remains. Protect rebar for subsequent tie-in to proposed concrete work. 3.5 DISPOSAL A. Remove from the site all items contained in or upon the structure not designated for reuse or salvage. Follow method of disposal as required by regulatory agencies. 3.6 BACKFILL A. Backfill holes in accordance with specification sections governing materials indicated on Drawings. Where no material is indicated, backfill with approved borrow and compact to a density of 90 percent standard Proctor. B. Do not backfill with material from demolition unless approved by Owner. END OF SECTION \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\DEMO LITN.1-7 DEMOLITION Item 7-4 FSI JOB No.97019 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. ITEM 8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING FOR PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C 117, Materials Finer than 75-um (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing C 136, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates C 150, Portland Cement D 1556, Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method D 2167, Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place by the Rubber-Balloon Method D 2922, Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) D 422, Particle-Size Analysis of Soils �. D 4253, Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table D 4254, Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density D 4318, Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils D 698, Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5 lb. (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-inch (305-mm) Drop B. Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation (SDHPT): Item 476, Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges: Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling Pipe 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide design of jacking pits and plan of operations to Owner in advance of jacking, boring, and tunneling operations. See Item 4. B. Samples: Submit minimum 10 lb. samples of borrow bedding and backfill material to be used to materials testing laboratory. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Laboratory Quality Control by Contractor: \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.I-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-1 FSI JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE June 13,2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Establish optimum moisture-maximum density curve for bedding and backfill material, ASTM D 698; for those soils which will not exhibit a well defined moisture-density relationship, determine optimum relative density, ASTM D 4253 and D 4254. 2. Establish optimum moisture-maximum density curve, ASTM D 698; Atterberg Limits, ASTM D 4318; and sieve analysis, ASTM D 422 for following: a. Borrow bedding and backfill material to be used. b. Excavated material of questionable suitability for use as bedding and backfill material. 3. One optimum moisture-maximum density curve, ASTM D 698, shall be established for each significant change in materials. 4. Bedding and backfill materials which do not meet specified requirements shall be replaced with suitable materials. B. Minimum Field Quality Control by Owner: 1. Laboratory density testing of trench backfill: a. One field in-place density test per 5001in. ft. of trench. b. One field in-place density test per 150 lin. ft. of trench for each fill layer under existing or proposed paved areas and at least one test per fill layer at each road crossing. 2. Laboratory density testing of general fill: One field in-place density test per 100 cu. yds. of fill placed. 3. Field in-place density tests shall be in compliance with ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2922, or ASTM D 2167. C. If, during progress of work, tests indicate that compacted materials do not pass specified requirements, work shall be removed, replaced, and retested at no cost to Owner. j PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Suitable Bedding and Backfill Materials: 1. Sand for pipe bedding: a. Plasticity index: 7 maximum, ASTM D 4318. b. 100 percent passing 1/2-in. standard sieve and 15 percent maximum passing No. 200 sieve, ASTM C 136 and C 117. c. Free of clay lumps, organic material, salt, or other deleterious substances. 2. Material for trench backfill: a. Select sandy soil or other granular material. b. Plasticity index: 11 maximum, ASTM D 4318. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.1-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-2 FSI JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. C. 100 percent passing 1-in. standard sieve and 30 percent maximum passing No. 200 sieve, ASTM C 136 and C 117. d. Free of clay lumps, organic material, salt, or other deleterious substances. B. Cement Stabilized Sand: 1. Mixture of sand and portland cement: 1-1/2 sacks min. of portland cement(min. 150 psi) per cu. yd. sand for subgrade for sewer pipe and culverts. 2. Use two sacks min. of portland cement (min. 200 psi) per cu. yd. sand for sanitary sewer pipe embedment 9 ft. each side of crossing under water line when sanitary sewer pipe material is ABS truss pipe, clay or concrete pipe with gasketed joints. 3. Sand: a. Clean durable sand, free of lumps of clay, organic material, salt or other deleterious substances. b. Plasticity index: 6 maximum (of materials passing No. 200 sieve), ASTM D 4318. c. 100 percent passing 3/8-in. sieve, ASTM C 136. d. 5 percent to 25 percent passing No. 50 sieve, ASTM C 136. e. 5 percent maximum passing No. 200 sieve, ASTM C 117. 4. Portland cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. 5. Do not use mixture which has dried out or lost moisture content. 6. Mixture shall be placed in final position within 4 hours of mixing cement with the sand. C. Paved Area Patching and Restoration: 1. Match existing pavement. 2. Restore pavement with materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction over paved areas disturbed by construction. E. Trench Bottom Special Reinforcement Backfill: Washed gravel or crushed stone. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Complete, as preparation incidental to construction: 1. Minor site preparation work including clearing and grubbing; removal and disposal of trash, rubbish, debris, and minor obstacles to construction and relocation of salvable items. 2. Remove grasses and strip topsoil to depth of 4-inches in areas to be excavated; form temporary stockpiles of topsoil. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.1-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-3 ( FSI JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE 1 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3.2 GENERAL A. Work includes excavating, trenching, and backfilling for pipe. B. Work includes as incidental to construction, clearing of trenching areas, salvaging of topsoil and stockpiling, and construction required in crossing continued utilities, such as support of lines while trenching through, and capping and sealing, and removal of discontinued utilities within excavated areas and restoration. C. Make open cut excavations to required lines and grades. D. No extra compensation will be made because of subsurface soil conditions requiring removal of rock, boulders, hard-pan or other classes of excavation; materials shall be excavated as required by construction without claim for extra compensation because of subsurface soil conditions. - E. Trees and shrubs designated to remain that sustain cutting or injury to roots, trunk, or limbs shall be pruned by a tree surgeon and cut or injury painted with asphaltic horticultural coating. F. Install pipe in locations shown on Drawings by tunneling, boring, augering, jacking,g, g g, J g, or excavation. G. Excavate adequate but not excessive working space and clearances for installation of work and form removal. H. Allow not less than 6-inch clearance in horizontal dimensions of excavations for outside plastering of manholes and similar structures constructed of masonry units. I. Do not undercut excavation faces for extended footings of structures. J. Clear subgrade surfaces of loose material before placing concrete or bedding materials. K. Backfill with specified suitable materials unless otherwise shown on Drawings, specified, or authorized. L. Remove from site and legally dispose of excavated materials not suitable for backfill. M. Do not damage pipe or disturb jointing or alignment during backfilling operations. ( N. Excavate by hand within 2-ft. of existing utilities to remain. O. Cuts Through Concrete, Including Asphaltic Concrete, Streets, Walks, and Drives: \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.1-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-4 FS1 JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE 1 June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Make cuts at right angle or parallel to center lines. T 2. Make cuts with power-driven concrete saw. 3. Cut groove to 1-1/2-in minimum depth. 4. Provide clean break with straight neat edge. 5. When area of removal is within 3-ft. of expansion or control joint, remove concrete to joint. 3.3 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Excavated materials will be unclassified. B. Excavate materials encountered without exception. 3.4 BLASTING A. Use of explosives will not be permitted. 3.5 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Refill excavation below subgrade elevations with sand or gravel tamped to maximum density, or with cement stabilized sand or concrete. 3.6 REMOVAL OF WATER A. Provide and maintain adequate pumping system in trenches and excavations to collect, remove, and dispose of surface and ground water entering excavations and trenches. B. Keep excavations dry continually during preparation of subgrade or trench floor and until structure or piping is completed to extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, floatation, or other water related causes will result. C. Divert surface water away from excavated areas and prevent water from entering excavations. D. Where excavations for trenches or concrete structures extend down below static ground water elevations, prevent ground water boiling up through trench bottom, loosening up, and flooding trench subgrade; lower and maintain ground water surface to depth not less than 12-in. below bottom of excavation by installing series of well points, pumping and collecting system, and approved discharge and disposal system. E. Maintain sewers used for drainage purposes in usable conditions; leave clean and free from sediment and obstacles at completion of work. I � \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.I-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-5 FSl JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3.7 SHEETING AND SHORING A. Except where banks are cut back on stable slope, sheet, brace, and shore excavations for trenches and structures as necessary, to prevent caving, sliding, or damage to work or property by undermining or disturbance. B. When sheeting, bracing and shoring are necessary, construct sheeting, bracing, and shoring to withstand loads caused by earth movement and construction operations. 1. Maintain shape and position of sheeting, bracing, and shoring for duration necessary. 2. Remove sheeting, bracing, and shoring when not needed. 3.8 SUBGRADE PREPARATION J A. Trench bottoms and subgrade surfaces for concrete structures shall be free from mud and muck, and shall be firm, dense, and compacted. B. Remove peat, muck, quicksand, or other unstable material encountered at and below subgrade to depth 1-ft. below subgrade or depth equal to diameter of pipe for pipe larger than 1-ft.; backfill with sand or gravel compacted to maximum density or concrete. C. Place cement stabilized sand in trench bottoms or subgrade surfaces for concrete structures which become mucky. E. Use only sand or gravel compacted to maximum density, or concrete to bring fills to lines and grades indicated and for replacing unsatisfactory materials. F. Special Trench Bottom Reinforcement: If foundation on which pipe is to be laid is excessively wet, excavate trench to minimum of 6-inches below outside bottom surface of pipe and fill with washed gravel or crushed stone. 3.9 EXCAVATION A. Install underground piping and structures before paving is placed. B. Alignment and Grade: 1. Fix and determine alignment and grade or elevation of each pipe line by using offset stakes. 2. Vertical and horizontal alignment of pipes and maximum joint deflection used shall be in conformity with requirements of pipe being laid. 3. Laser equipment may be used to set line and grade provided manufacturer's procedures are followed and accuracy is maintained. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.I-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-6 FSI JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 4. Employ surveyor to periodically check and document correct grade and alignment of pipe laid with laser equipment. C. Cover: 1. See Detail Sheets. D. Trenching: 1. Pipe shall be bedded/backfilled with cement stabilized sand as shown on Drawings. 2. Make vertical sides in bedding zone; slope sides at stable slope above top of pipe. 3. Where surface or underground obstructions make excavation inaccessible to trenching machine, trench hoe may be used. 4. Where trench hoe is used, do not use excavated material composed of large chunks and clods for backfill. 5. Dispose of large chunks and clods as waste materials and provide suitable backfill material. 6. Excavate trench material to be replaced in trench as backfill, shall be well broken up and moisture content shall not exceed 3 percent above optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D 698. E. Trench Widths: 1. See Detail Sheets. 2. Trench widths for special jointing shall meet requirements of pipe materials manufacturer. 3. Trench widths for monolithic sewers shall be equal to outside diameter of sewer plus thickness of sheathing timber extending below top of concrete. 4. Trench widths below tops of pipe bells or monolithic sewers may be increased by an amount to permit sheathing and bracing timbers and to permit installation of 9I well points and pumps in trench where sump pumping is uneconomical. 5. Provide space between cross braces to permit handling of forms, pipe, and other materials. F. Do not deposit excavated material on lawn, pavements, sidewalk, garden or shrubbery. G. Do not obstruct drainage during handling of excavated material. H. Unauthorized Trench Widths: Where trench width below top of pipe exceeds maximum permitted, provide pipe of adequate strength, arch concrete encasement, or special pipe embedment designed with safety factor of 2 and selected to satisfy loading conditions. I. Joint Holes: 1. Provide adequate clearance for tools and jointing operations. 2. Do not allow part of joint or coupling to contact trench bottom or trench wall when pipe is jointed. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS 197019\EXCAVATG.1-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-7 FSI JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. 3.10 PIPE ENVELOPE A. Pipe shall be bedded as shown in pipe envelope details on Drawings. B. Use specified sand for pipe envelope where sand envelope is shown. C. Use specified cement stabilized sand for pipe envelope and backfill where shown. D. Where sanitary sewer crosses under water main, backfill initial pipe back fill zone with specified cement stabilized sand (two sacks of cement per cubic yard of sand) for length of sewer within 9-ft. horizontally of point of crossing. (Initial zone definition: 3-in. from bottom of trench to bottom of pipe; plus from bottom of pipe to one pipe diameter above top of pipe but not less than 12-in. above top of pipe.) E. Sanitary Sewer: 1. Bed sewer pipe in trench bottom to satisfy requirement for type of pipe and loading conditions at point of installation. 2. Excavate bottom of trench for pipe barrel to line parallel to flow line of pipe and depth not less than 1-in. below bell when bell and spigot is used and not less than 3-in. below outside of pipe barrel when tongue and groove is used. 3. Spread cement stabilized sand over entire bottom of trench to flow line of pipe, then accurately shape pipe subgrade to support pipe barrel; provide depressions for bells. 4. Place cement stabilized sand and hand tamp around and over pipe to height shown on plans. F. Water Mains: 1. Excavate bottom of trench for water main pipe to line parallel to flow line of pipe and depth of 6-in. below outside of pipe barrel. 2. Spread and tamp sand for pipe embedment over trench bottom to flow line of pipe. 3. Shape pipe subgrade to lowest 90 deg. of pipe barrel. G. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (R.C.P.)Storm Sewers Installation: 1. Satisfactory soil conditions: a. Excavate bottom of trench for pipe barrel to line parallel to flow line of pipe and depth not less than 4-inches below outside of pipe barrel. b. Spread cement stabilized sand over entire bottom of trench to minimum of 7-inch depth for pipe 36-inches and smaller, 10-in. for pipe 42 to 60-in., 14-in. for pipe 66 to 108-in. c. Shape cement stabilized sand to conform to bottom of pipe. t., d. Place and rod cement stabilized sand around pipe to 6-in. above pipe. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.1-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-8 FSI JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. r 2. Pipe shall be 24" R.C.P. meeting ASTM C76, Class IV with rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C361 and ASTM C443. 3.11 TRENCH BACKFILL H. Do not backfill with wet, mucky, or unsuitable materials or with large rocks or clods of material. I. Trench backfill above pipe embedment shall conform to requirements for type and location of pipe. J. Sewers Under Existing or Future Roads, Streets, and Driveways: 1. Place specified cement stabilized sand as trench backfill up to within 1-ft. of pavement subgrade for points enclosed within boundaries 1-ft. outside edges of pavement or curb. 2. Place select backfill within top 1-ft. in road, street, or driveway existing or future area within boundaries 1 ft. outside edge of pavement or curb. 3. Place select backfill in 8-in. maximum layers and compact to 95 percent maximum density, ASTM D 698. K. Water Pipe Under Roadways: 1. Encase water lines in minimum of 6-in. of sand. 2. Use sand specified for pipe bedding for trench backfill under existing or future roads, streets, driveways, walks, curbs, gutters, and other surface structures for 5 ft. outside edges of pavement or curbs. 3. Place backfill in 8 in. maximum layers and compact to 95 percent maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698. 4. Place granular backfill full depth of trench to base of future roadway or to within 1-ft. of natural ground where pipe is within 5-ft. of future paving. 5. Place select backfill within top 1-ft. or to natural grade within points 1 ft. outside edge of future pavement or curb. L. Pipe Under Grassy or Native Soil Area: 1. Encase water lines in minimum of 6-in. of sand. 2. Backfill with material selected from excavation operations placed in 8-in. layers compacted equal to adjacent undisturbed materials. 3. Water main backfill shall be specified granular material for trench backfill. 4. Add backfill material as necessary where backfill settles below ground surface. 5. Mound excess material along trench to provide for future settlement. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.1-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-9 FSI JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. & BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. M. Place backfill material to minimum depth 12-in. above pipe before ceasing daily backfilling operations. N. Provide 12-in. of base material backfill for patching of existing pave ment. O. Remove backfill which gives evidence of instability by settlement and replace with approved material and recompact using approved compaction procedures. P. Underground Marking Tape: Install in trenches, centered, 6-in. below finished grade, during backfill. 3.12 BACKFILL AT MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES, LIFT STATION A. Place cement stabilized sand backfill in 8-in. maximum layers around structures and compact to density of adjacent undisturbed materials. Backfill shall extend to within two feet of finished grade. B. Do not deposit or compact backfill by flooding. C. Lift station shall be backfilled with cement stabilized sand in -8 Jn. maximum layers around structure and compacted to density of adjacent undisturbed materials. Cement stabilized sand backfill shall extend to within two feet of finished grade. The remaining two feet shall be backfilled with suitable on-site soil in 8-in. maximum layers around structure and compacted to density of adjacent undisturbed materials. 3.13 DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE A. Start backfilling operations upstream for trenches crossing highways, streets, driveways adjacent to drainage ditches, and water courses; proceed downstream to prevent impounding of water. B. Do not allow water to accumulate in uncompleted trenches. C. Remove material deposited in ditch or water course crossed by trench excavation immediately after completion of backfill. D. Restore section, grades, and contours of ditches or water courses to original condition. 3.14 UNSUITABLE AND EXCESS MATERIALS A. Dispose of unsuitable excavated materials off-site in legal manner. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.I-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-10 FSI JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE June 13, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. B. Excess excavated material shall be stockpiled outside the street right-of-way in the area between the front property line and the 25 foot building line. Prior to placing excess material on the area, all organic material shall be stripped. 3.15 FINISHING AND GRADING A. Uniformly grade disturbed areas smooth so areas match adjacent undisturbed natural ground and fit into drainage pattern of surrounding areas. B. For areas previously finished to proposed established grade and cross section, finish surface within 0.10 ft. above or below required grade and cross section. C. Finish ditches and gutters to drain. 3.16 RESTORATION A. Unless disturbed areas and excavation areas are scheduled for subsequent construction, restore as follows, as incidental to construction: 111 1. Replace 4-inch depth of topsoil from stockpiles of topsoil formed during preparation operations. Amok 2. Provide hauled-in topsoil as necessary. 3. For excavation and disturbed areas sodded prior to construction, resod to match pre-existing conditions. END OF SECTION I j 1 r- \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\EXCAVATG.1-8 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND Item 8-11 FSI JOB No.97019 BACKFILLING FOR PIPE April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 9 CEMENT-STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C 131, Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. C 136, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. D 75, Sampling Aggregates. D 692, Coarse Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures. D 698, Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5 lb. (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (305-mm) Drop. D 1557, Modified Moisture-Density Relation. D 1556, Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. D 2487, Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. D 2922, Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). D 4318, Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. B. Texas Department Transportation (TXDOT): P ( ) Manual of Testing Procedures: Series 100 TEX-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determination of the Disintegration of Flexible Base Material. TEX-117-E, Triaxial Compression Tests for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials. Standard Specifications for the Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges: Item 247, Flexible Base Item 276, Portland Cement Treated Base Item 421, Portland Cement Concrete. Item 524, Hydraulic Cement. 02DATAFS\PROJECTS\970I9\LIMESTON.►-9CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE Item 9-1 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finish Tolerance: 1/4-in. as determined with 16 ft. straight-edge. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Crushed Limestone: TXDOT Item 247, Type A, Grade 1. B. Portland Cement: Type I conforming to TXDOT Item 524, Hydraulic Cement. C. Water: Conform with material requirements for water in TXDOT Specification Item 421, Portland Cement Concrete. I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify that subgrade is smooth, firm, compacted, and in conformity with required density and optimum moisture listed in Section 02200 - Earthwork. 3.2 PLACING A. Placing shall be in compliance with TXDOT Specification Item 276. B. The cement, crushed limestone and water shall be thoroughly mixed in a stationary plant. After mixing is completed, no additional water shall be added to the mixture unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. C. Cement treated material shall beplaced onlyon that area where the compacting and finishing operations can be completed during the same day. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\970I9\LEMESTON.I-9CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE Item 9-2 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. D. Dump screened and processed base material; spread uniformly on subgrade in proper amount within given area. E. When total compacted thickness shown on Drawings is 6-in. or less, place and compact in one lift. Otherwise, lifts shall be no more than 8-in. F. Spread and shape material deposited upon subgrade the same day, or scarify and spread material. G. Place base material in uniform layers, and adjust moisture content within 2 percentage points of the optimum moisture content. 1 H. Blade and shape to conform to sections indicated. I. Correct or remove areas and nests of segregated g egated coarse or fine material; replace with well graded material. 3.3 COMPACTION A. Compact to a minimum of 95 percent of the modified maximum density, ASTM D 1557 or TEX 113-E procedures within two percentage points of the optimum moisture content. B. Compaction shall be completed within two (2) hours of the addition of water to the dry mixed material. C. Use compacting equipment and compacting methods to obtain uniform density over entire area and depth of material being compacted. D. Start rolling longitudinally at sides and proceed toward center, overlapping on successive passes at least one half width of roller. E. On sections sloped in one direction, begin rolling at low side and proceed toward upper side. F. Make alternate trips of roller slightly different in length. by blading. G. Maintain shape of course throughout entire operation �... \\02DATAFS\PROJEcrs\97019u.IMFSTON.1-9CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE Item 9-3 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 10 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM D422, Particle-Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D698, Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5 lb. (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (305-mm) Drops ASTM D1556, Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D4318, Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (TXDOT) TEX-121-E, Manual of Testing Procedures: Soil-Lime Compressive Strength Test Methods If TEX-600-J, Manual of Testing Procedures: Lime Testing Procedure Item 260, Lime Treatment for Materials used as Subgrade (Road Mixed) 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Provide completed course of lime treated subgrade which shall be mixture of uniform lime content, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for full depth and with smooth surface to established line and grade and typical section ready for placing subsequent courses. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to Owner results of laboratory tests made to determine optimum lime content and soil characteristics necessary for field quality control of subgrade lime stabilization. B. Submit calculations showing that rate of application and concentration of lime addition which will reduce the PI of subgrade below 20. C. Submit results of field testing. l \\02DATAFS\PROJEC S\97019\LMSUBGRD.IIOLIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE Item 10-1 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. E. Remediate soft soils identified by the Owner (or Owner's Representative) by removal and replacement, disking, drying and recompaction; or treatment with a chemical additive. F. When soils have successfully passed proof rolling to the satisfaction of the Owner (or Owner's Representative), stabilization of the in-situ soils may proceed. 3.3 SUBGRADE SCARIFICATION AND PULVERIZATION A. After subgrade has been shaped to conform to typical sections and lines and grades, scarify material to depth of bottom of lime treatment. B. Correct wet or unstable materials below bottom of lift to be stabilized by scarifying, stabilizing, and compacting until uniform stability is achieved. C. Scarify and pulverize subgrade to depth not exceeding 2-in. more or 1-in. less than depth shown on Drawings. D. Break down scarified soil in subgrade into particles not more than 1-3/4-in. in diameter. E. If subgrade soil is heavy clay which form clods rather than breaking down into particles not more than 1-3/4-in, in diameter during initial scarification, disc harrowing, and "NL pulverization, take following steps: 1. Treat heavy clay furrows and clods with specified lime application. 2. Allow lime-soil mixture to cure for 48 hr. minimum to permit lime and water to break down or mellow clay clods. 3. Mix and pulverize until clods are broken down to pass 1-inch screen and at least 60 percent pass No. 4 standard screen, exclusive of non-slaking fractions. 4. If thickness of treated material varies from depth shown on Drawings (by more than above specified limits), scarify compacted lime-treated material, mix in additional lime as necessary to provide the design percentage of lime originally intended based upon disturbed quantity of material, recompact, and refinish lime- treated material. 5. If reworking is not accomplished within ten days of the time the original, lime- treated material was compacted, add 25 percent of the design percentage additional lime to allow for loss of cementing value of lime caused by delay in reworking. 6. Water may be added as required to produce workable mixture. 3.4 SUBGRADE LIME TREATMENT A. Apply lime only to area which can be initially mixed during same working day. \102DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\LMSUBGRD.IIoLIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE Item 10-3 FSI JOB No.97019 1 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. j B. Apply lime uniformly at controlled rates to various widths of passes. C. Place lime slurry with distributor trucks equipped with agitator. D. Keep lime and water uniformly mixed. E. Application: Based on laboratory tests. See Paragraph 1.3. 3.5 MIXING SUBGRADE MATERIAL AND LIME A. Slurry Application: Thoroughly mix subgrade material and lime using soils pulverizer that is capable of thoroughly blending the subgrade material with lime additive to the full depth specified in the Drawings. 1 B. Mix until homogeneous and friable mixture, free from clods or lumps, is obtained. _I C. Upon completion of initial mixing, sprinkle subgrade if moisture content is below optimum as determined by moisture density curves. 1 D. Allow treated subgrade to set for one to three days until mixture cures and sets up. E. Keep treated subgrade within three percent of optimum moisture content during curing period. F. Final Mixture of Lime and Subgrade Material: When the non-slaking aggregates retained ion the 1 3-inch sieve have been removed, the remaining mixture shall meet the following requirements when sampled from the site and passed through the laboratory ti sieves, ASTM D422: 1. Minimum passing 1-3/4-in. sieve: 100 percent. 2. Minimum passing 3/4-in. sieve: 85 percent. 3.6 COMPACTION A. Begin compaction no later than three days after final mixing. B. Shape subgrade to lines and grades required and roll with compacting equipment; except accomplish final passes with heavy pneumatic rollers only. C. Compact entire thickness of treated subgrade to density and moisture content specified in Drawings. D. Repair soft, yielding, or otherwise unstable areas disclosed by passes of heavy pneumatic roller by removing unsatisfactory material; replace with satisfactory material as necessary. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\LMSUBGRD.11OLIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE Item 10-4 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES& LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. E. Reshape and recompact to line and grade and to specified density requirements. 3.7 SUBGRADE FINISHING A. Strike off subgrade with equipment; thoroughly compact surface with a suitable flat wheel power roller weighing not less than ten tons or pneumatic rollers. B. Apply sufficient water to subgrade to permit consolidation of surface by compaction operations. C. After rolling, surface of subgrade shall not show deviations in excess of 1/10 ft. above or belowQ establishedUALITY subgradeCONTROL elevation. 3.8 FIELD A. Comply with either ASTM D698 or ASTM D1557 to establish optimum moisture and density. B. Take one in-place density and moisture test for each 4,000 sq. ft. per lift, or a minimum `` of three tests, whichever is greater. lr C. Take one thickness test every 5,000 sq. ft. D. Determine final Plasticity Index (PI) of stabilized layer of subgrade every 1000 ft., ASTM D4318. 3.9 SUBGRADE PROTECTION A. Do not disturb finished subgrade. Protect from traffic or other operation. B. Maintain specified density and moisture until final surfacing is placed. Subgrade shall be sealed with an approved emulsion-based sealer. C. Keep treated subgrade drained and completely free of standing water. E. Paving shall be constructed over completed lime stabilized subgrade within 14 days after final compaction. 1 END OF SECTION r \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\LMSUBGRD.I1oLIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE Item 10-5 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 11 CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM): A 615, Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement C 31, Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field C 33, Concrete Aggregates mI C 42, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete C 94, Ready-Mix Concrete C 131, Test for Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine �., C 138, Test for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete ) C 143, Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete C 150, Portland Cement C 171, Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete C 231, Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method JC 260, Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete C 309, Liquid Membrane-Forming compounds for Curing Concrete C 494, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete C 618, Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete D 1850, Concrete Joint Sealer, Cold-Application Type B. ACI 318 1.2 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Do not mix different classes of aggregate without written permission of the Owner. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PAVMENT.I11 CONCRETE PAVEMENT Item 11-1 FSI JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. B. Segregated aggregate will be rejected. Before using aggregate whose particles are separated by size, mix them uniformly to grading requirements. C. Aggregates mixed with dirt, weeds or foreign matter will be rejected. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Design Mix: Submit the design mix and test data on the proposed design mix for each type and strength of concrete in the project. The design mixes shall be prepared by a certified independent testing laboratory employed and paid by the Contractor. B. Joint Layout: The Contractor shall submit a concrete pavement joint layout to the Owner for review and approval prior to construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Il B. Water: Furnish clean, drinkable water free from injurious amount of oils, acids, alkalis ror other deleterious substances. C. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33. D. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33. E. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615, Grade 60. F. Air Entraining Agent: ASTM C 260. G. Water Reducer: ASTM C 494 Chemical Admixture for Concrete Type A may be used 1 if required to improve the workability of concrete. The amount and type of such admixture shall be subject to approval by the Owner. 1 H. Expansion Joint Material: Clear all heart Redwood board with density after oven dried to constant weight of 30 lb. per cu. ft. maximum or asphalt impregnated mastic material. I. Joint Sealing Compound: Furnish a two component elastomeric chemical-cure polyurethane, Sonneborn SL 2 or approved equivalent. of'' \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PAVMENT.II I CONCRETE PAVEMENT Item 11-2 FSI JOB No.97019 I April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. J. Load Transmission Devices: Provide smooth steel bar dowel, as shown. Steel bars must conform to standards of ASTM A 615 Deformed and plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, Grade 60. K. Metal Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembly: Employ metal of approved shape and size as required to maintain clear distances. L. Cover Materials for Curing: Curing materials shall conform to one of the following: 1. Polyethylene Film: Polyethylene film shall be opaque pigmented white in color and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 2. Waterproofed Paper: Waterproofed paper used for curing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. 2.2 PROPORTIONING A. Responsibility: Prior to the start of paving operations and after approval of all material to be used in the concrete, the Contractor shall submit test data showing the proportions II and actual compressive strength obtained from the concrete for all required compressive strengths, at all test ages, identified in the specifications. Compressive strength shall be as specified using test specimens prepared in accordance with ASTM C 31 Making and 'sib' Curing Concrete Test specimens in the Field and tested in accordance with ASTM C 42 Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each 1 ingredient, including all water, not only for batch designs but for all concrete produced for the project, so that the mix conforms to these specifications. 1 B. Concrete Mix: Provide a concrete mix that is uniform and workable. Design the mix to produce concrete which will have a minimum compressive strength of 3,500 psi at 28 J days. Slump of concrete must be at least 1-1/2-in., but no more than 3-in. for curbs and 4-inches, plus or minus 1-inch, for pavement when tested in accordance with ASTM C 143 Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. Pavement mix designs shall meet flexural requirements g of at least 500 pounds per square inch at 28 days using ASTM C78. 1. Concrete pavement must contain at least 5-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard, with not more than 6.5 gallons of water, net, per sack of cement. The cement content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 138 Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. AP" 2. Coarse dryaggregate shall not exceed 85 percent of the loose volume of concrete. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PAVMENT.I11 CONCRETE PAVEMENT Item 11-3 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3. Air-entraining admixture shall be added in such a manner that will ensure uniform distribution of the agent throughout the batch. The air content of freshly mixed air-entrained concrete shall be based upon trail mixes with the materials to be used in \the work adjusted to produce concrete of the required plasticity and workability. The percentage of air entrainment in the mix shall be 5-1/2 percent plus or minus 1-1/2 percentage points. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C 231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 2.3 MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT A. Mixing and mixing equipment shall be in accordance with ASTM C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete for Mixing Equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Construct subgrade true to grade and cross section as specified in Drawings. Am- 3.2 WEATHER CONDITIONS A. Place concrete only when the air temperature is above 40 degrees F. The Contractor is responsible for the quality and strength of concrete placed under any weather conditions. 3.3 FORMS A. Side Forms: Use metal forms of approved shape and section. A form as deep as the pavement edge thickness is preferred. Forms with depth up to 1-in. greater or less than pavement thickness may be used. Forms with less depth than pavement thickness shall be brought to required depth by securely attaching wooden planks of approved section and size to the bottom of the form. Use a form section at least 10 feet in length, and staked in position with at least three pins. Form shall have adequate strength to withstand machine loads without visible springing or settlement. Use forms free from warps, bends and kinks and sufficiently true to provide a straight edge on the concrete. Test the top of each form section with a straight edge and verify that it conforms with requirements for the surface of completed pavement. Use flexible or curbed forms of wood or metal to set the proper radius on curves of 100 feet radius or less. B. Form Setting \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\970I9\PAVM ENT.I1 1 CONCRETE PAVEMENT Item 11-4 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. Remove subgrade that will not support the load form. Replace and compact subgrade to required density. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during the entire operation of placing, vibrating and finishing of concrete, do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8-in. in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 24 hours after the completion of finishing operations. Provide a supply of forms that will be adequate to comply with this requirement and for orderly and continuous placing of concrete. 2. Adjacent slabs may be used instead of the forms, provided that the concrete is well protected from possible damage by finishing equipment. These adjacent slabs shall not be used for forms until the concrete has aged at least 7 days. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. Do not use any material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is unsuitable for forms. 3.4 REINFORCING STEEL A. Accurately place reinforcing steel in accordance with details shown. Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when the concrete is installed. Reinforcement shall be as f' detailed on the drawings. B. Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. 3.5 JOINT ASSEMBLIES A. Placement: Place joints as shown on approved submittals by Contractor. B. Construction Joints: Place transverse construction joint at end of day's paving operation or where concrete placement must be stopped for more than 30 minutes. C. Expansion Joints: Place transverse expansion joints at same locations as in adjacent pavement and at radius ends, but no further than 60 feet apart. Shape board filler accurately to the cross section of the concrete slab. Use load transmission devices of the type and size shown on Drawings. D. Contraction Joints: Place contraction joints at the same locations as in adjacent pavement but no further than 15 feet apart. Tool the edges of the groove and seal the groove with joint sealing compounds. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PAVMENT.111 CONCRETE PAVEMENT Item 11-5 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. E. Sawing Joints: When joints in concrete pavements are sawed, the joints shall be cut as shown on the plans. The concrete saw shall be capable of cutting a groove in a straight line and shall produce a slot at least 1/4-in. wide and to the depth shown on the plans. When shown on the plans or required by the specifications, the top portion of the slot or groove shall be widened by means of a second shallower cut or by suitable and approved beveling to provide adequate space for joint sealers. Sawing of the joints shall commence as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to the initiation of cracks. The joints shall be sawed at the required spacing consecutively in sequence of the concrete placement, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3.6 PLACING A. Concrete batch(es) not placed as specified within 60 minutes after water or cement has been added at the batch plant shall be rejected. B. Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade in successive batches. Distribute concrete to the required depth and for entire width of the pour by shoveling or by other approved methods. Do not use rakes in handling concrete. At the end of the day or in case of unavoidable interruption of more than 30 minutes, place a transverse construction joint at the point of stopping work, provided that the section on which work has been suspended is not less than 10 feet from the preceding joint. Sections less than 10 feet long shall be removed and replaced. C. Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in the edge of the finished pavement shall be cause for rejection. 3.7 VIBRATING A. Consolidate the concrete using an approved mechanical vibratory unit designed to vibrate concrete internally. Extend a vibratory unit across the pavement, not quite touching the side forms. Equip the unit with synchronized vibrators. Space individual vibrators at close enough intervals to vibrate and consolidate the entire width of the pavement uniformly. Mount mechanical vibrators to avoid contact with forms, reinforcement, transverse or longitudinal joints. B. Furnish enough hand-manipulated mechanical vibrators for proper consolidation of concrete along forms, at joints and in areas not covered by mechanically controlled vibrators. 3.8 FINISHING \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PAVMENT.I11 CONCRETE PAVEMENT Item 11-6 FSI JOB No.97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. A. Finish concrete pavement by hand finishing methods early enough after placement to allow water to be floated to the surface. Hand finish with a mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as the pavement to be finished. Shape the template to the pavement section. Move the strike template forward in the direction of the work, maintaining a slight excess of material in front of the cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed the pavement surface to the required section. Work the screed with a combined transverse and longitudinal motion in the direction work is progressing. Maintain the screed in contact with the forms. Use a longitudinal float to level the surface. Retempering of concrete surfaces by sprinkling during finishing will not be allowed. B. On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete pavement by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with a strike- off screed. Move the strike-off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing, maintaining the screed in contact with the forms, and maintaining a slight excess of materials in front of the cutting edge. Tamp the concrete with a tamping template. Use a longitudinal float to level the surface. C. After completion of the straightedge operation, make the first pass of a burlap drag as soon as construction operations permit and before the water sheen has disappeared from the surface. Follow this by as many passes as required to produce the desired texture A008'' depth. Permit no unnecessary delays between passes. Keep the drag wet, clean and free from encrusted mortar during use. 3.9 SURFACE TEST A. Test the entire surface before the initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of the following test and then finish. Place an approved 10 foot straightedge parallel to the center of the roadway to bridge any depressions and touch all high spots. Do not permit ordinates measured from the face of the straight edge to the surface to exceed 1/16-in. per foot from the nearest point of contact. In no case permit the maximum ordinate to a 10 foot straightedge to exceed 1/8- in. 3.10 CURING A. All concrete pavement shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for a period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon the completion of finishing operations. In all cases in which curing requires the use of water, the curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever kind shall be cause of immediate suspension of concreting operations. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PAVMENT.111 CONCRETE PAVEMENT Item 11-7 FSI JOB No. 97019 May 8, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Polyethylene Film Curing: Immediately after the finishing of the surface has been completed and the concrete has taken its initial set, it shall be wetted with water applied in the form of a fine spray and covered with the polyethylene film so place and weighted to remain in intimate contact with the surface. The polyethylene film covering shall be maintained in place continuously for not less than the specified curing period. The film shall be prepared to form blankets of sufficient width to cover the entire surface and both edges of the pavement slab. All joints in the blankets caused by joining film sheets shall lap not less than 12-in. All tears or holes appearing in the polyethylene film during the curing period shall be immediately repaired by placing acceptable moisture-proof patches over such defects or by replacing the blankets. 2. Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds: Immediately after the finishing of the surface has been completed and the concrete has taken its initial set, a liquid membrane-forming compound concrete shall be applied. The liquid membrane- forming compound shall be provided in accordance with ASTM C 309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The membrane shall restrict the loss of water to not less than 0.55 kg/m2 of surface in 72 hours. B. Prior to being placed in service, all concrete shall cure a sufficient amount of time. At a minimum, the concrete shall have achieved its design flexural or compressive strength, as evidenced by the testing lab reports, before any construction equipment or vehicles are permitted to use it.. 3.11 JOINT SEALING A. Seal joints in strict accordance with the joint sealant manufacturer's printed instructions. Use a two component elastomeric chemical-cure polyurethane, Sonneborn SL 2 or 1 approved equivalent B. Before work is started, the joint sealing equipment shall be in first class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer. Use a concrete grooving machine or a power-operated wire brushing and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. C. Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. When required, remove the joint filler to the depth shown. The term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks, either performed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. D. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to the depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into the joints so that, upon completion, the surface of the sealer within the joint will be 1/4-in. below the level of the adjacent surface. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PAVMENT.I11 CONCRETE PAVEMENT Item 11-8 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3.12 TESTING A. Laboratory Services: The Owner shall employ a commercial laboratory. B. Duties: Arrange for the laboratory to inspect and test materials entering the concrete and check the design of concrete mixes to meet specified strengths, uses and finishes. The lab shall analyze aggregate for quality, durability, grading and free water content. The lab shall take representative specimens of ingredients and mixes; make test specimens measure their flexural strength. The lab shall check the moisture content of aggregates and control their mix subject to approval by the Engineer. C. Test Procedures: The laboratory shall make tests in conformance with current standard test procedures of ASTM. D. Test Reports: The laboratory shall promptly furnish certified written reports covering results of tests and inspections to the Engineer and the Owner. E. Quality Assurance: Sample concrete delivered to the site in accordance with ASTM method C172. Mold four beams and four cylinders for each 150 cubic yards. Each time a set of specimens is molded, the slump will be determined in accordance with ASTM C143 and the air content in accordance with ASTM C173 or C231. Two of the beams will be tested in accordance with ASTM C78 at 7 days, and the remaining two at 28 days. Two of the cylinders will be tested in accordance with ASTM C39 at 7 days, and the remaining 2 at 28 days. F. Core Samples: At the option of the Owner, drill core samples of concrete pavement at locations designated by the Engineer to measure thickness. At age of 28 days, each core may be tested for compressive strength according to methods of the ASTM C42 Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. G. Yield: Make a yield test in accordance with ASTM C138 for cement content per cubic yard of concrete. END OF SECTION \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\PAVMENT.I11 CONCRETE PAVEMENT Item 11-9 FS1 JOB No.97019 I:\97019\ASPHALTC.II2April 10, 2000CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STA'I'IONFerro-Saybrs ITEM 12 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACING G PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): D 1559, Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus. B. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT): Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges: Item 300, Asphalt, Oils and Emulsions Item 340, Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 1.2 SUBMITTAL S A. Job-Mix Formula: 1. Submit job-mix formula for review by A/E prior to placing of bituminous mixture. 2. Indicate definite percentage of each sieve fraction, percentage of bitumen, and temperature of completed mixture as discharged from mixer. 3. Variations in job-mix formula shall not exceed following: 2 a. Aggregate passing No. 4 sieve or larger: Four percent plus or minus. b. Aggregate passing No. 10, 40, and 80 sieves: Three percent plus or is minus. c. Aggregate passing No. 200 sieve: 1.5 percent plus or minus. d. Asphalt: 0.3 percent plus or minus. e. Temperature of mixing: 25 deg. F. plus or minus. F. 75% to 85% of the voids in the mineral aggregate (VMA) shall be filled with asphaltic cement. 4. Make adjustment of bitumen content and aggregate gradation, within limits specified to improve paving mixtures. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Source Quality Control: 1:\97019\ASPHALTC.112 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACING Item 12-1 4 FSI JOB No.97019 1:197019\ASPHALTC.H2April 10, 2000CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATIONFerro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Submit samples of coarse and fine aggregates to laboratory for checking quality, gradations, stripping, and swell characteristics. 2. Laboratory will make trial mix batches using mix design proportions of materials proposed for use and test specimens in compliance with ASTM D 1559. 3. Laboratory will determine optimum asphalt content. 4. If results of these tests do not meet specified requirements, change asphalt content and mix until specified requirements are met and laboratory shall make additional tests. 1.4 HANDLING A. Ship materials ready for use; mixtures which do not remain workable sufficient period of time to permit proper spreading, blading, and rolling will not be acceptable. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Asphalt Cement: (TXDOT) Item 300, AC-10 with penetration limits 70 minimum to 85 maximum, 77 deg. F., 100 g., 5 sec. B. Prime Coat: (TXDOT) Item 300, grade MC-30. 1.2 MIX A. Asphalt Concrete Surface Course: TXDOT Item 340, Type D. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify base is smooth, firm, compacted and in conformity with required grades and sections. B. Verify base irregularities, depressions, nests of segregated fine or coarse material, and soft spots have been corrected by filling with base material, recompacting, and reshaping to provide firm foundation to required grade. I:\97019\ASPHALTC.I12 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACING Item 12-2 FSI JOB No.97019 I:\97019\ASPHALTC.II2Apri1 10, 2000CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES &LIFT STATIONFerro Saylors 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Construction Methods: TXDOT Item 340. B. Apply prime coat to prepared aggregate base only; apply uniformly at temperature range of 80 to 125 deg. F. and at rate of 0.20 to 0.25 gal. per sq. yd. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. Testing laboratory will take core samples to determine thickness and density of new asphalt paving: a. Pavement: One sample for each 1000 sq. yds. of pavement. 2. Density: Between 92% and 97 % of the maximum theoretical density as measured by ASTM D 2041. B. Tolerance: 1/8-in. in 10 ft. using 10 ft. straightedge placed on or parallel to road centerline. I � 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Remove and reconstruct areas more than 1/2-in. deficient from thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. B. Repair core test holes when core testing is complete. a END OF SECTION T l:\97019\ASPHALTC.I12 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACING Item 12-3 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 13 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMP LIFT STATION 1.1 REFERENCES A. The following publications are referenced in the text by abbreviations or acronyms. When a standard is specified by reference, comply with requirements and recommendations stated in that standard except when requirements are modified by the Contract Documents, or applicable codes establish stricture standards. The publication in effect on the date of issue of Contract Documents shall apply, except when a specific publication date is specified. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM A126 Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings ASTM A159 Automotive Gray Iron Castings AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 in., for Water and Other Liquids (ANSI A21.10) AWWA C 111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings (ANSI A21.11) j AWWA C 115 Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges (ANSI A21.15) AWWA C151 Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand- Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids (ANSI A21.51) AWWA C504 Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS (FS) FS TT-V-51 Varnish: Asphalt 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Provide watertight well inlet and well; submersible electric centrifugal unscreened raw sewage pump(s); liquid control; piping and fittings, including discharge elbow(s) and r, 1\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\970I9\SUBPUMP.I13 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SEWAGE LIFT STATION Item 13-1 IFSI JOB No.97019 April 10,2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. valves, as required; guide rails; cables; access frame and cover; control panel, meter pole, major components, apparatus, appurtenances, and parts, including requirements of Specifications and Drawings, for operational submersible pump sewage lift station. B. Provide apparatus, less pump, for future installation of additional pump. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to shipment, submit to Owner for review: 1. Pump submittals: a. Descriptive literature, manufacturer's specifications, and catalog cuts. b. Certified drawings including elevation drawings showing pump, driving equipment and couplings, and pump sectional drawing with list of materials and parts, and separate driver drawings and data. c. Certified performance curves with pump and system operating point plotted, including Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) requirements. 2. Motor submittals: — a. Descriptive literature, manufacturer's specifications, catalog cuts, NEMA characteristics, weight and dimensions. b. Performance data including: 1) Locked rotor current. 2) Starting torque. 3) Full load current and speed. 4) Efficiency at 1/2, 3/4, and full load. 5) Power factor at 1/2, 3/4, and full load. B. Provide operating and maintenance instruction manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pump Manufacturer's Qualifications: Minimum five years experience in design and manufacture of equipment of size and type specified and installed equipment which has been in successful operation for at least two years. B. Test pumps fully, with water, in manufacturer's shop in accordance with Standards of Hydraulic Institute to determine compliance with rated conditions. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SUBPUMP.113 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SEWAGE LIFT STATION Item 13-2 1 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS AND MOTORS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Flygt, Myers, Gorman-Rupp or approved equivalent. Refer to Pump Schedule. B. General: 1. Watertight sealed, electrically operated centrifugal raw sewage pumps with pump controls when self contained. 2. Watertight integrity to 60 ft. submergence. 3. Capable of handling raw, unscreened sewage containing 2 1/2 in. diameter solids and stringy materials. 4. Provide discharge elbow for permanent installation in wet well, along with discharge piping. 5. Each pump shall be automatically connected to discharge elbow when lowered into place, and shall be easily raised and removed for inspection or service. 6. Machined surfaces shall tightly seal interface between pump and discharge elbow. 7. Sealing of discharge interface by means of diaphragm, 0-ring, or other devices will not be acceptable. 8. Pump shall include: a. Access frame and door. ois''' b. Stainless steel guide bars. c. Guide bar supports (stainless steel). d. Pump sliding bracket. e. Lifting hook and chain. f. Power cable. „) C. Construction: 1. Pumps: a. Construct pump casings, sliding bracket, volute and impeller from cast iron. b. Shaft shall be constructed of stainless steel. c. Protect surfaces coming into contact with sewage with coating resistant to sewage. d. Exposed bolts and nuts inside wet well: Stainless steel Type 304. e. Impeller: Cast iron; non-clog type. f. Fit pump casing with replaceable bronze wear ring. g. Shaft seals: 1) Mechanical type with oil chamber between seals. 2) Lower seal between pump and oil chamber shall contain one stationary and one rotating tungsten carbide ring. 000"- \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SUBPUMP.II3 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SEWAGE LIFT STATION Item 13-3 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. r.. 3) Upper seal between oil chamber and motor housing shall contain one rotating tungsten carbide ring and one rotating carbon ring. 4) Motors: (i) Sealed submersible type for operation in high dielectric oil or in air. (ii) Cooling characteristics suitable to permit continuous operation in totally, partially, or non-submerged conditions. (iii) Continuous duty, capable of maintaining minimum ten starts per hour. (iv) Provide thermal switches for windings. 2. Pump motor cable: a. Adequate length and size suitable for submersible pump application; cable sizing and jacketing in compliance with National Electrical Code. b. Provide cable for motor thermal switch connection to controller. D. Pump Data Plate: Stainless steel; mechanically attached; to pump containing manufacturer's name, pump size and type, serial number, speed, impeller diameter, capacity and head rating, and other pertinent data. E. Access Frame and Cover: 1. Design and install to allow removal or installation of each pump unit to discharge connection in simple linear downward motion without interference. 2. As provided by manufacturer. 3. Covers: a. Lift Station: 1/4-in. steel, diamond patterned, galvanized plate, stainless steel hinge provided with lifting handle, safety latch to hold cover in open position, and locking hasp. b. Valve Pit: 1/4-in. steel, diamond patterned, coated with two coats of epoxy. 2.2 PIPING AND VALVES A. Well Piping: 1. Pipe: Ductile iron, AWWA C151, Class 53. 2. Flanged joints: Smooth faced ductile iron flanges, AWWA C 115, drilled for ANSI B16.1, Class 125 dimensions; with full face 1/8 in. thick rubber gaskets, AWWA C115. 3. Fittings: Flanged cast iron or ductile iron, AWWA C110, 250 lb. psi rating. 00"'' B. Buried Piping: \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SUBPUMP.113 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SEWAGE LIFT STATION Item 13-4 FSI JOB No. 97019 April 10,2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Pipe: Ductile iron, AWWA C151, Class 50, 200 psi rating. 2. Pipe plain ends: Beveled. 3. Pipe bell ends: AWWA C110 dimensions modified for AWWA C111 rubber gasketed push-on type joints. 4. Fittings: a. Ductile iron or cast iron, AWWA C110. b. Ends: AWWA C110 dimensions modified for AWWA C111 rubber gasketed push-on type joints. 5. Joints: a. Mechanical joint: AWWA C111. b. Mechanical joint retainer: Clow F-1058, Mechanical Joint Retainer Gland, ductile iron, with tee head bolts and gasket complying with AWWA C111. 6. Plastic wrap: 8 mil polyethylene film. C. Plug Valves: 1. Nonlubricated eccentric type. 2. Manufacturer's AWWA C504 version. 3. Materials: a. Plug facing: Neoprene. rb. Seats: Nickel alloy. c. Sleeve type bearings: Stainless steel. d. Valve bodies: Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B. e. Valve ends: Smooth faced flanged, ANSI B16.1, Class 125. f. Valve stem seal: Vee type, Buna. 4. Pressure rating: 175 psi, ANSI B16.1. 5. Driptight shutoff in both directions up to full pressure rating. 6. Include wheel actuator of size recommended by manufacturer for size of valve. 7. Interior and exterior coating: Asphalt varnish, FS TT-V-51. 8. Acceptable products: a. "Fig. 118", Dezurik. b. "Fig. 1232", Homestead. D. Check Valves: 1. Flanged swing check valve with external weighted lever and air cushion cylinder. 2. Unobstructed waterway. 3. Provide stainless steel shafts with both ends extending through bronze bushed bearings and outside stuffing boxes. 4. Class 125 lb. in accordance with ASTM A 159. E. Air Vent Valves: \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SUBPUMP.I13 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SEWAGE LIFT STATION Item 13-5 FSI JOB No.97019 April 10, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1. Cast iron body. 2. ASTM A159 with 150 psi working pressure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pump installation shall be by qualified manufacturer's instructions. B. Check alignment of pumps and guide rails after installation. C. Millwright shall adjust unit for perfect alignment. 1 3.2 PUMP SCHEDULE S Characteristic Units Nos. 1, 2. 3 Actual Total Dynamic Head (TDH), ft. 30 Rated Minimum Total Head, ft. 17.8 Rated Capacity at Minimum Total Head, gpm 950 Rated Maximum Total Head, ft. 40 I Am- Rated Operating Head Range, ft. 7 Pump Nominal Operating Speed, rpm 1720 Maximum Brake Horsepower Required at Input Shaft for Any Point in Operating Head Range 5 Discharge, Connection Elbow, in. 6 Electrical Characteristics: Volts 240/460 Phase 3 Hz. 60 Required Motor, hp. 10 Acceptable Product*: Flygt Model CP-3127 MT, Impeller 432 or approved equivalent *Pump units and motors sized to handle 517 gpm each with 30.03 foot head. J END OF SECTION J \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\SUBPUMP.113 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SEWAGE LIFT STATION Item 13-6 FSI JOB No.97019 October 15, 1999 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. ITEM 14 LIFT STATION SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. The following publications are referenced in the text by abbreviations or acronyms. When a standard is specified by reference, comply with requirements and recommendations stated in that standard except when requirements are modified by the Contract Documents, or applicable codes establish stricture standards. The publication in effect on the date of issue of Contract Documents shall apply, except when a specific publication date is specified. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) C2: National Electrical Safety Code 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit detailed design and description of operation of system to Owner for review prior to installation. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Equipment: 1. Pump regulator control panel, wiring, connectors, controls, sensors, equipment and materials necessary to function for three-pump alternating operation. B. Monitoring and Control Sequence: 1. Sense various levels in wet well with level switches and transmit signals to pump regulator control panel. 2. Start lead-pump No. 1 at lead-pump start level. If lead-pump does not come on, then pump No. 2 becomes lead pump. 3. Start lag-pump No. 2 at lag-pump No. 2 start level. 4. If both pumps are inoperable, then emergency backup pump shall start at lead- pump start level. If one pump is in inoperable then emergency backup pump will start at lag-pump No. 2 start level. 5. Stop pumps at pump off level. 6. Alternate pumps after each pumping cycle. 7. Sound high level alarm and activate flashing red light on meter pole at high level. 8. Sound low level alarm and indicate on control panel at low level. 9. Provide selector switch to select lead position for pumps. 10. Provide hand/off/auto selector switches for pumps. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\CNTRLSYS.114 LIFT STATION SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE Item 14-1 FSI JOB No.97019 PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM October 15, 1999 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)- UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 11. Indicate operation of each pump on control panel with respective pilot lights. 12. Indicate run time for each pump on control panel with respective run time totalizer. 13. Provide pressure indicator on discharge line of pumps. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical equipment in category, class, or type for which Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. has established standards and issued label, shall bear UL label. B. Electrical equipment, apparatus, wiring, and conduit shall comply with applicable provisions of National Electrical Safety Code, ANSI C2. C. System shall be product of manufacturer regularly engaged in design and manufacture of nationally marketed instrument and control systems for lift station applications for minimum of five years. D. System shall be designed by manufacturer to coordinate lift station pump control system to interface with other systems and operate successfully. E. Installer shall have record of successful installations of similar type. F. Provide representative qualified by manufacturer to inspect, test, and put into operation completed installation and instruct personnel in operation and maintenance of control system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers. 1. Flygt. 2. Myers 3. Gorman-Rupp B. Pump Regulator Control Panel: 1. House control in NEMA 4X stainless steel weatherproof enclosure. 2. Equip for 240 volts, three phase, supply. 3. Provide painted steel dead front inner door. 4. Provide modular subpanel with following equipment: a. One main circuit breaker. b. Three heavy-duty molded case motor circuit breakers. /" \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\CNTRLSYS.114 LIFT STATION SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE Item 14-2 FSI JOB No.97019 PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM October 15, 1999 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. c. Three across-line magnetic motor starters with individual thermal overloads. d. One 120 volts control system. e. Three heavy-duty hand/off/automatic selector switches. f. One heavy-duty control circuit breaker. g. One solid-state pump alternator with test switch. h. One duplex receptacle with breaker. i. Three pump run indicator lights. j. One lightning arrester system. k. One phase monitor system. 1. Three run time meters for pumps m. One high level and one low level alarm light with test switches. n. One manual transfer switch with provisions for a generator receptacle to be installed by others. o. Pedestal mounting kit. p. Space heater with humidistat control. 1 C. Liquid Level Sensors: 1. Six liquid level sensors with length of electrical cables; adjustable for future liquid level sensing requirements. 2. Nonfloating, displacement type, rated for operation at milliwatt levels. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Wiring: Copper. B. Conduit: Rigid steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's design and installation instructions. END OF SECTION J \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\CNTRLSYS.Il4 LIFT STATION SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE Item 14-3 FS1 JOB No.97019 PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM ITEM 16 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS J ^ 1 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Section 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic requirements specifically applicable to the work of Division 16-Electrical Requirements. B. The Contractor shall furnish equipment,materials,and labor for assembly and installation plus check-out and start-up of the complete electrical system as shown on the Drawings and stipulated in the Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. As a minimum requirement,the electrical system shall be constructed in accordance with: 1. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA),No. 70-National Electrical Code(NEC). 2. City of Pearland Building Code. 3. Other applicable Codes and Standards as referenced in other Master Specifications. 000 B. Comply with local,county, state and federal regulations and codes in effect as of date of purchase. C. Equipment of foreign manufacture must meet U.S.codes and standards. D. Equipment and materials shall conform to requirements of specification and to the criteria provided in data sheets for the project. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Conformance Certificate and Quality Assurance Release. Submit an overall conformance certificate for electrical components signed by the person responsible for product quality. Specifically identify the purchased material or equipment by project name and location,purchase order number, supplements,and item number where applicable, including materials and services provided by others. Indicate that all requirements have been met and identify any approved deviations. B. Field Inspection 1. Electrical work shall be inspected and approved by the local code inspector and the Engineer. 2. Contractor shall give a minimum of one day notice to the Inspector that the installation is ready for inspection and two days notice to the Engineer. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16010.WPD BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-1 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3. Concealed work shall be inspected before it is covered: ow- a. Conduit with stub-ups,underground in duct banks before concrete is poured. b. Conduit in slabs,walls and ceilings,complete with boxes. 4. Electrical equipment and materials shall be inspected upon arrival by the Engineer for compliance with specifications. 1.04 SITE CONDITIONS A. Take the following site conditions into consideration when fabricating, erecting, installing and wiring electrical equipment under this contract: 1. Plant Location Cullen Extension Pearland,Texas 2. Plant Type and Size Lift Station 3. Plant Site Elevation 4. Seismic Zone Zone 0 5. Wind Velocity 90 mph Am. 6. Temperature,Min./Max.: • Coldest Winter Month High 60 degrees F Low 41 degrees F • Warmest Summer Month High 94 degrees F Low 73 degrees F • Lowest Expected 11 degrees F • Highest Expected 107 degrees F 7. Rainfall: • Annual 45 inches • Design 3.4 inches/hour, 8.4 inches/24 hours 8. Design Relative Humidity: 98% 9. Station Barometric Pressure: • Average Annual 29.5 inches Hg Absolute. 10. Utility Water Systems: Design Pressure Design Temp. • River Water PSI degrees F • Well Water PSI degrees F • City Water PSI degrees F I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\160I0.WPD BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 11. Electric Power Supply Characteristics(Available to Contractor): Voltage Phase Hz Wire Delta or Wye 1 240/120 3 60 4 Center-Tapped Delta 2 3 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENT DESIGN A. Components utilized in the construction of the material or equipment shall be of the latest proven design,new and in current production. Do not use obsolete components or components to be phased out of production. 2.02 FACTORY INSPECTION A. Provide free access with prior notice for the Engineer at all times to the shop where the material or equipment is being fabricated or tested. Provide reasonable facilities for inspection,witnessing tests, and examining records. Give 7-days notice prior to starting tests which are scheduled for factory inspection. PARTS EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify dimensions and ratings of equipment and materials to ensure proper fit and performance. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment and materials in accordance with the Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. If field conditions necessitate changes in electrical installation, obtain approval from the Engineer. 3.03 DEMONSTRATION A. Test the electrical system to specification requirements and to demonstrate correct installation and operation of equipment. B. Before 7-days test,demonstrate the system to the Engineer. Show the system to be fully operational. All alarms, safetys,and communication points to central and locally must operate in both full-automatic and back-up modes. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS116010.WPD BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-3 1 JOB NO.97019 September 3, 1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. C. Operate the system continuously for a period of 7 days in full automatic,without failure,to �.. qualify as acceptable. "Failure" is considered any problem that requires correction by maintenance personnel, such as: high or low water level,any motor alarm,power failure or phase failure. This would exclude conditions not under the control of Contractor,such as: evident lightning strikes,25-year rains and power company power failure. Failures due to uncontrollable situations would allow the 7-day test to continue,as soon as test conditions are restored and the Engineer is notified. D. The existing station shall remain in service during this test. END OF SECTION I r e— I:\1559-FSI\SPECSU6010.WPD BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-4 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylas,Inc. Section 16111 CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specification for conduit, fittings and bodies. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI). 1. ANSI C80.1: Rigid Steel Conduit-Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C80.4: Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit. B. Federal Specifications. 1. W-C-58C: Conduit Outlet Boxes, Bodies Aluminum and Malleable Iron. 2. W-C-1094: Conduit and Conduit Fittings Plastic, Rigid. 3. WW-C-566C: Flexible Metal Conduit. 4. WW-C-581D: Coatings on Steel Conduit. C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA). 1. NEMA RN 1: Polyvinyl-Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. 2. NEMA TC2: Electrical Plastic Tubing(EPT)and Conduit(EPC-40 and EPC-80). 3. NEMA TC3: PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), ANSUNFPA 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC). E. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). 1. UL 1: Flexible Metal Electrical Conduit. 2. UL 6: Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit. 3. UL 514B: Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes. 4. UL 651: Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 5. UL 651A: Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit. 6. UL 886: Electrical Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with requirements to the contract: 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data, with selected products clearly marked. T 2. Installation, terminating and splicing procedure. 3. Instruction for handling and storage. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16111.WPD CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 16111-1 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc, 4. Dimensions and weight. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests. 1. Rigid steel conduit shall pass the bending, ductility, and thickness of zinc coating tests described by ANSI C80.1. 2. Flexible conduit shall pass the tension, flexibility, impact, and zinc coating test described by UL 1. 3. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings shall pass the test requirements of NEMA TC2,UL 651 and 651A and Federal Specification W-C-1094A. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package conduit in 10-foot bundles maximum with conduit and coupling thread protectors suitable for indoor and outdoor storage. Package fittings in manufacturer's standard quantities and packaging suitable for indoor storage. Package plastic-coated rigid conduit, fittings, and bodies in such a manner as to protect the coating from damage during shipment and storage. B. Store conduit above ground on racks to prevent corrosion and entrance of debris. C. Protect plastic conduit from sunlight. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Rigid Steel Conduit. 1. Allied Tube and Conduit 2. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. 3. Wheatland Tube Company B. PVC Coated Steel Conduit. I. Occidental Coating Company (0-Cal Blue) 2. Robroy Industries, Inc. (Rob-Roy Red) C. PVC Rigid Conduit. 1. Cantex 2. Carlon Industries, Inc. 3. Robroy Industries, Inc. D. Conduit Fittings and Bodies. 1. Appleton Electric 2. Crouse-Hinds I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16111.WPD CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 16111-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylas,Inc. 3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company 4. O-Z/Gedney E. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit. 1. Anamet, Inc. 2. Electriflex Company 3. Triangle Wire and Cable,Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Design Conditions. Use electrical conduit, fittings,and bodies designed for service in areas as specified in Section 16010 -Basic Electrical Requirements and this section to form a continuous support system for power, control, and instrument cables. B. Conduit and Fittings 1. Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings. a. Rigid steel conduit, rigid steel conduit bends, nipples, and bodies shall be hot- dipped galvanized and shall comply with the latest ANSI C80.1, UL 6, Federal Specification WW-C-581D, and NEC Article 346-15. b. Mild steel tubing shall be used for conduit, nipples, and couplings, and shall be free of defects on both the inner and outer surfaces. on- c. Fittings, bodies, and covers for rigid steel conduit shall be steel or cast-iron and shall comply with ANSI C80.4, UL 514B, and Federal Specification W-C-58C. 2. PVC-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings. a. PVC-coated conduit, fittings, bodies, and covers shall conform to NEMA RNI (Type A). Rigid steel galvanized conduit and fittings before coating shall conform to Federal Specification WW-C-581D, ANSI C80.1,and UL 6. Conduit bodies shall conform to UL 514B and Federal Specification W-C-58C. Provide sufficient coating for touch up after installation. b. PVC-coated couplings shall be of the ribbed type. c. Condulet covers shall have encapsulated stainless steel thumb screws. d. Condulets and covers shall be of mailable iron or feraloy material before coating. e. PVC coating shall be a minimum of 2 mil thickness on the interior of the conduit and the interior of fittings, condulets, covers and bodies. 3. Flexible and Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit and Fittings. a. Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit manufactured in accordance with UL 1 and Federal Specification WW-C-566C. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16111.WPD CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 16111-3 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Sa Ylas,Inc. b. Fittings used with liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be the PVC-coated type and of such design as to thoroughly ground the conduit to the fittings,and through it to the box or enclosure to which it is attached. c. Flexible couplings and fittings for use in hazardous areas shall comply with UL 886,NEC Article 501-4 (a&b), and Federal Specification W-C-586C. 4. PVC Conduit and Fittings. Use PVC conduit, bends,and fittings,which comply with NEMA TC2,W-C-A, and NEC Article 347-17 for above ground and underground installation. Conduit shall be schedule 80. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Confirm submittal of shop drawing with conduit and conduit fitting, sizes,types and routing shown. B. Ensure that the conduit system to be installed is sized properly for the cable and wire requirements. C. Verify the actual physical conduit route from the conduit plan drawings and prepare the conduit support system. 111 D. Verify the equipment locations to which the conduit will be connected and determine detail requirements for connections. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install PVC-coated conduits, where specifically shown on drawings in all outdoor locations; inside valve vaults; in wet well slabs; and in corrosive and wet environments. iI B. Install rigid galvanized steel (RGS)conduits in dry inside locations and all outdoor locations, unless shown otherwise on drawings. C. Install PVC conduits in duct banks. For stub-ups, use rigid steel elbows. D. Run exposed conduit parallel or perpendicular to walls, ceilings or main structural members. Group multiple conduits together where possible. Do not install conduit where it interferes with the use of passageways, doorways,overhead cranes, monorails, equipment removal areas or working areas. In no case shall conduit routing present a safety hazard or interfere with normal plant operating and maintenance procedures. Maintain a minimum overhead clearance of 8'-0" in passageways. E. Installation and support of conduit shall be from steel or concrete structures in accordance with the standard detail drawings. Furnish necessary conduit straps, clamps, fittings and support for the conduit in accordance with the standard details and consistent with the grade and type of conduit being installed. f' F. Identify conduit at termination points like MCC, light fixtures, control panels, receptacles,and junction boxes. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16111.WPD CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 16111-4 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. G. Not more than 3 equivalent 90 degree bends will be permitted between outlets. Provide bonded expansion fittings at building expansion joints. H. Install conduit runs so that they are mechanically secure,mechanically protected from physical harm,electrically continuous, and neat in appearance. The interiors of conduit shall provide clean, smooth raceways through which conductors may he drawn without damage to the insulation. Make threaded connections wrench tight. I. Cut conduit square with a power saw or a rotary type conduit cutter designed to leave a flat face. Do not use plumbing pipe cutters for cutting conduit. Ream the cut ends of conduit with a reamer, designed for the purpose to eliminate rough edges and burrs. Cut threads with standard conduit dies providing 3/4-inch taper per foot,allowing the proper length so that joints and terminals may be made up tight and the ends of the conduit not deformed. Keep dies sharp and use a good quality threading oil continuously during the threading operation. Remove metal cuttings and oil from the conduit ends after the threads are cut and paint threads before connections are made. Use zinc rich, brush-on compound on the threads of steel conduit before connections are made. Use only tools specifically made for bending and installing PVC-coated or PVC conduit when installating these materials. J. Use strap wrenches only to tighten joints in plastic coated rigid steel conduit. Replace all conduit and fittings with damage to the plastic coating, such as cuts, nicks and threader chuck jaw marks. K. Make up changes in direction of conduit using elbows or fittings. Do not use pull boxes to make direction changes unless specifically designated otherwise. L. Field fabricated bends shall be free of indentations or elliptical sections. The radius of the bend shall not be less than 6 times the smallest diameter of the raceway. M. Protect all conduit terminations from mechanical injury. Prevent the entry of moisture and foreign mater into the conduit system by properly capping terminations. N. Avoid trapped runs of conduit, if possible. When they are necessary, provide drainage using atee" condulet equipped with a drain. Conduit is likely to pass through areas with a temperature differential of 20 degrees F or more. Seal penetrations with a proper seal fitting at the wall or barrier between such areas. For conduit passing through walls separating pressurized areas from non-pressurized areas, install sealing fittings at the wall on the non-pressurized side. O. Fit conduit crossing building or structure expansion joints with approved expansion fittings, except that fittings will not be required when g q e conduit crossing an expansion joint is supported on trapeze hangers in such a way that at no time will the conduit be under stress due to expansion. Install bonding jumpers around expansion joint fittings. P. Where conduit terminates in sheet metal enclosures and where no threaded hubs are provided,fit the conduit with double locknuts and bushings. Sheet metal enclosures located outside or in any other wet,damp or corrosive areas shall be furnished with threaded hubs. Restrict side penetrations to the lower one third of the enclosure. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16111.WPD CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 16111-5 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Fero-Saylors,Inc. Q. Provide flexible metallic conduit where necessary to allow for movement or to localize sound or r vibration, at transformers,at motors and any other rotating equipment unless shown otherwise on Drawings. R. Seal openings or holes where conduits pass through walls or floors. When conduits are passing through a firewall or fire-rated floor into different rooms, cabinets, or enclosures,use a fire-rated seal as shown in the typical detail included in the Drawings. Certain walls,as indicated on the Drawings, require environmental(air-tight)seals; seal as shown. S. Install explosion-proof seals in conduit runs crossing or entering a hazardous classified area,as shown on Drawings. Install type CSBE removable sealing fittings to seal pump cables in the wet well and at the first junction box outside the well. T. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, install expansion fittings every 300 feet within a straight conduit run and where conduit crosses building expansion joints,using bonding straps to ensure ground continuity. U. Parallel runs of conduit may be supported by structural steel racks. When two or more racks are arranged one above the other, provide vertical separation of not less than 12 inches between racks, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Space conduits on the racks at least enough to provide 1/4-inch clearance between hubs on adjacent conduits at terminations and to allow room for fittings. 1 V. Fill conduit racks no more than 75 percent of their capacity, providing usable space for future conduit. To ensure this, conduits leaving the rack horizontally shall be offset up or down so that future conduits may be installed in the space remaining. Construct conduit racks to permit access '� for wire or cable pulling at all pull points, even when future conduits are added to fill the racks. W. Where conduit racks are supported on rods from beam clamps or by some other non-rigid 1 suspension system, install rigid supports at no more than 50-foot intervals to give lateral stability to the rack. 1 X. Conduit racks or hangers must in no way interfere with machinery(or its operation), piping, structural members, process equipment, or access to anticipated future equipment. Refer to architectural, structural, equipment layout and piping drawings to ensure that this requirement is 1 met. Label high voltage conduit with the circuit phase-to-phase voltage by means of a firmly attached tag or label of approved design at each conduit termination, on each side of walls or barriers pierced and at intervals not exceeding 200 feet along the entire length of the conduit. Y. Support conduit sizes 2 inches and larger at spacings not exceeding 10 feet and conduit sizes 1-1/2 inches and smaller at spacings not exceeding 8 feet. Z. The means of fastening conduit to supports shall be: by one hole malleable iron conduit straps secured by wood screws to wood and by bolts with expansion anchors to concrete or masonry; by "Korn" clamps or U-bolts to other surfaces. Use "clamp backs" when strapping conduits to walls, column faces, or other such surfaces. ell- I:\1559-FSI\SPECS116111.WPD CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 16111-6 1 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. AA. Support conduit runs with conduit clamps,hangers, straps and metal framing channel attached to structural steel members. Conduits of 1-1/2 inch size or less may be supported by one-hole conduit straps on concrete,tile or steel work,but for larger size conduit,use 2-hole straps. Use clamps of galvanized malleable iron for rigid galvanized conduit and PVC-coated or stainless steel for PVC- coated conduit. Metal framing channel straps used for PVC-coated conduit shall be type 3/16 stainless steel. BB. Install conduits supported from building walls with at least 1/4-inch clearance from the wall to prevent the accumulation of dirt and moisture behind conduit. CC. Size and space embedded conduits in structural slabs in accordance with the Uniform Building Code. Conduits should occupy no more than one-third the thickness of the slab and should not be closer than 3 times the largest diameter on center without additional reinforcement. END OF SECTION I r s' I:\1559-FSI\SPECS116111.WPD CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES 16111-7 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Section 16120 P 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for 600-volt building wire and cable. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(ANSI/NFPA),NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC), Article 310-Conductors for General Wiring. B. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) 1. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables 2. UL 1063: Machine Tool Wires and Cables C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 111 1. ASTM B3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires 2. ASTM 88: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium Hard, Soft D. Insulated Cable Engineers Association(ICEA), ICEA S-61-402: Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy(NEMA WC-5). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with requirements to the contract. 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data 2. Instruction for handling and storage 3. Dimensions and weight 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests. Cable shall meet all the requirements of Part 6 of ICEA S-61-402. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ship wire and cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified. Where cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel. Provide moisture protection by using manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable self-sealing end caps applied to both ends of the cable. r 1 1:11559-FSrSPECS\16120.WPD 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16120-1 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylas,Inc. PART2 PRODUCTS 40— 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. American Insulated Wire Corporation B. Carol Cable Company, Inc. C. General Cable Company D. Okonite Company E. Rome Cable Company F. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. G. Service Wire Company 1 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT l A. Design. Provide cable designated as THWN/THHN or XHHW single conductor type and UL 83 and UL 1063 listed, rated 600 volts and certified for continuous operation at maximum conductor IItemperature of 90 degrees C in dry locations and 75 degrees C in wet locations while installed in underground duct, conduit or in control panels (MTW). '0".. B. Conductors. Provide conductors which are Class B, concentric stranded, annealed uncoated copper with physical and electrical properties complying with ASTM B3 and B8 and Part 2 of ICEA S-61- 402. C. Insulation. Each conductor shall be PVC insulated and nylon jacketed to meet the requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402. The insulation thickness shall match the dimensions listed in NEC Table 310-13 for type THHN and THWN wire. �l D. Wire Marking 1. Wire marking shall be in accordance with NEC Article 310-11 and shall be printed on the wire insulation at 2-foot intervals. 2. The printing method used shall be permanent and the color shall sharply contrast with the jacket color. E. The single conductor color coding shall be as follows: System Voltage A B C Neutral 120/208 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Red Blue White 120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Orange Blue White 277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Brown Purple Yellow Grey A' Motor Control I Black I:11559-FSI\SPECS\16120.WPD 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16120-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc System Voltage A B C Neutral 2 Red 3 Blue Ground Green PART3 EXEC UTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Complete the cable raceway systems and underground duct banks before installing cables. B. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables. C. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the selected reel. D. Clean conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Wiring Methods 1. Use wiring methods indicated on the Drawings 2. In general, use THHN/THWN or XHHW building wire for lighting, power and control wiring were conductors are enclosed in raceways such as above ground conduit system, underground duct banks,or inside control panels. 3. Do not use solid conductors. sJ 4. Use conductors not smaller than No. 12 AWG stranded for lighting circuits. 5. Use conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG for control circuits, except when part of a multiconductor cable or internal panel wiring. 6. In general, do not splice conductors unless approved by the Engineer. 7. Splices associated with taps for lighting and control circuits are allowed without approval. 8. Make splices in accessible junction boxes. 9. Use wire nuts with insulated caps for lighting wiring splices. Splice control circuit with insulated crimp connectors. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16120.WPD 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16120-3 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. B. Single Conductor in Conduit and Ductbank e- 1. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and NEC Chapter 3 - Wiring Methods and Materials. Do not exceed maximum wire tension, maximum insulation pressure and minimum bending radius. 2. Pull cables into conduits using adequate lubrication to reduce friction. Lubricants must not be harmful to the conductor insulation. C. Single Conductor in Cable Tray 1. Do not install single conductor building wire and cable in cable tray. 2. For single conductor tray installation, see Section 16122 -600-Volt Power Cable. D. Preparation for Termination 1. Make 600-volt power cable terminations and splices with heat shrinkable sleeves and seals. 2. Terminal lugs and connectors for all sizes of conductors shall be crimp-on type. 3. For size 1/0 AWG and larger, crimp-on lugs shall have the long barrel with 2-hole tongues IIexcept in places where termination space is limited. E. Tests ow- 1. In general,test insulation integrity of the wiring system before terminating. 2. Make sure to disconnect sensitive electronic equipment before testing insulation. 3. Use a 500 VDC megohmmeter and perform the wire system insulation test in accordance .1 with the operating instructions. jF. Termination 1. After the 600-volt wiring system has been tested with satisfactory results, reconnect wire. END OF SECTION 1 I' I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16120.WPD 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 161204 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE '� A. Tests. 1. Cable shall be tested at the factory to confirm that the cable complies with requirements of Part 6 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524 or S-68-516. Refer to data sheet for additional test requirements. 2. Where applicable,the cable shall meet the requirements of the vertical tray flame test as described in IEEE 383-2.5. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified. Where cut lengths are specified,mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. Reels shall be of the type specified on the data sheets. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel. Provide moisture protection by manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable self-sealing end caps applied to both ends of the cable. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. American Insulated Wire Company B. Cablec Continental Cables Company C. General Cable Company D. Okonite Company P Y E. Pirelli Cable Corporation F. Rome Cable Corporation G. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. H. Service Wire Company 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Design. Provide cable with the following design characteristic. Cable shall be UL 44 or UL 83 listed, rated 600 volts and certified for continuous operation at the temperature as specified while installed in underground duct,conduit, or cable tray. Cables shall be single-conductor or multi- conductor(with ground) as specified on the plan sheets. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16122.WPD 600-VOLT POWER CABLE 16122-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. B. Conductors. Provide conductors which are Class B, concentric stranded,annealed copper coated, unless otherwise specified on the data sheets, with physical and electrical properties conforming to ASTM B3,B8 or B33 and Part 2 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524, or S-68-516. The number and size of conductors supplied in each cable shall correspond to the quantities specified on the plan sheets. C. Insulation. Insulate each conductor as specified on the 600 Volt Power Cable Data Sheets to meet the requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524 or S-68-516. The insulation thickness shall match the dimensions listed in Section 3.2,Table 3-1 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524 or S-68- 516, as specified on the plan sheets. D. Jacket. 1. When power cables are to be enclosed in conduit,ducts or in other raceway systems, multiconductor power cables shall be of the non-metallic type and shall be covered by an overall nonmetallic jacket as specified on the Data Sheets, which complies with the requirements of Section 4.4 of ICEA S-66-524 or S-68-516, Section 4.3 of ICEA S-61- 402, or Table 21-5 of Part 21 of UL 83. 2. Single-conductor cables shall have a jacket thickness which meets the requirements of Table 4-4 of Part 4 of ICEA S-66-524, Table 4-2 of Part 4 of ICEA S-68-516, or Table 4- 2 or 4-6 of Part 4 of ICEA S-61-402. Multi-conductor cables shall have a jacket thickness which complies with Table 4-7 of Part 4 of ICEA S-66-524,Table 4-2 of Part 4 of ICEA S-68-516, Table 4-5 of Part 4 of ICEA S-68-516, or Table 4-6 of Part 4 of ICEA S-61- 402, unless otherwise specified on the plan sheets. odok E. Armor. When power cables are to be exposed in a cable tray, cable channel or other cable support systems,the multiconductor power cables shall be protected by an interlocked metal armor made of galvanized steel which meets the requirements of paragraph 4.5 of ICEA S-68-516 or S-66-524 unless otherwise specified on the plan sheets. An over-all jacket shall be provided as specified in the plan sheets. F. Cable Marking. Print cable marking information on the overall cable jacket at 2-foot intervals. Use a permanent printing method color with a sharply contrasting the jacket color. Identify individual conductors as specified on the plan sheets in conformance with Part 5 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66- 524, and S-68-516. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Complete cable raceway systems, underground duct banks, and cable support systems before installing cables. B. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables. C. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the selected reel. ,/- D. Do not install or work on PVC insulated or jacketed cables in temperatures below 32 degrees F. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16122.WPD 600-VOLT POWER CABLE 16122-3 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Cable in Conduit and Ductbank. 1. Clean conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled. 2. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions NEC Chapter 3 -Wiring Methods and Materials. Do not exceed maximum wire tension,maximum insulation pressure and minimum bending radius. 3. Pull cables into conduits using adequate lubrication to reduce friction. Lubricants must not be harmful to the conductor insulation. B. Cable in Tray(Not Applicable) 1. Install medium voltage(5 Kv and 15 Kv)and 600V cables in separate trays or separate cables by a barrier in a single tray in accordance with NEC 318-6(f). 2. Install cables in trays in a neat and orderly manner. Tie cables to the tray rungs at approximate 15-foot intervals by use of cable ties. 3. Only one layer of 3-conductor No. 4/0 AWG and larger 600-volt power cables are allowed in a cable tray per NEC 318-9(a). 4. Using cable ties,make a triplex of single conductors used for 3-phase systems. Install in cable tray in accordance with NEC 318-10. C. Preparation for Termination. 1. Make up 600-volt power cable terminations and splices with heat shrinkable sleeves and osib' seals. 2. Use crimp-on terminal lugs and connectors for all sizes of conductors. 3. Use crimp-on lugs with long barrel and 2-hole tongues, except in places where terminations space is limited. D. Tests. 1. Before connecting the cables, test insulation integrity. 2. Use a 500 VDC megohmmeter and perform the cable insulation test in accordance with the operating instructions. E. Termination. 1. After the 600-volt cable has been tested with satisfactory results, terminate the cable at both ends to designated terminal points. 2. Tighten connection bolts with a torque wrench to specified torque levels. END OF SECTION I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16122.WPD 600-VOLT POWER CABLE 161224 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylas,Inc. Section 16131 DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for device,pull,and junction boxes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA). 1. FB 1 -Fittings and Support for Conduits and Cable Assemblies 2. 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 volts maximum) B. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA), NFPA70 -National Electrical Code(NEC) -Article 370 -Outlet Device, Pull and Junction Boxes, Conduit Bodies and Fittings. C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): Om` 1. 50 - Safety Cabinets and Boxes 2. 508 -Safety Industrial Control Equipment 3. 514B - Safety Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes 4. 886 - Safety Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Areas 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with requirements to the contract: 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data 2. Instruction for handling and storage 3. Installation instructions 4. Dimensions and weights 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Pack and crate boxes to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage. 1:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16131.WPD DEVICE,PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 16131-1 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc PART2 PRODUCTS r 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sheet Metal Boxes 1. Hoffman Industrial Products 2. Pauluhn Electric Manufacturing Company 3. Hennessy 4. Tanco 5. Tejas ' 6. Circle A.W. B. Cast Device Boxes 1. Appleton Electric Company 1 2. Crouse-Hinds, Division of Cooper Industries 3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company 1 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Sheet Metal Boxes I1. Provide UL-approved junction boxes and pull boxes manufactured from st ainless steel sheet metal and meeting requirements of NEMA 4X for corrosive and wet area,NEMA 250 and NEC Article 370. 2. Provide boxes with a stainless steel continuous hinge,closure hasps and all-stainless steel hardware. 3. Furnish the door with neoprene gasket and provision for padlock. B. Device Boxes ,J4' 1. Provide UL-approved boxes designed and manufactured to house electrical devices like receptacles and switches,and in conformance with NEMA FB 1 and NEC Article 370. 2. Supply boxes that are hot-dip galvanized on cast iron suitable for corrosive and wet atmosphere. C. Hardware 1. Mounting Hardware: Stainless steel 2. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal. I PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION iA. Review the drawings and determine how many boxes of each kind are required and check if .0"-- supplied quantity is sufficient. i 1 I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16131.WPD DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 16131-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Boxes described in this specification shall be used both in dry and wet, corrosive areas,both inside and outside locations. B. Install boxes in accordance with NEC Article 370 in locations indicated on the Drawings. C. Install junction and pull boxes in readily accessible places to facilitate wire pulls, maintenance and repair. D. Plug unused conduit openings. E. Make conduit connections to sheet metal boxes with watertight conduit connectors. 1 END OF SECTION 111 1 I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16131.WPD DEVICE,PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 16131-3 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Section 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for wiring devices including: 1. Receptacles. 2. Wall switches. 3. Wall plates and cover plates. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANS I/NEMA): 1. NEMA WD1 -General Purpose WiringDevices. rP 2. NEMA WD6-Dimensional Requirements. B. Federal Specifications (WC-596F). C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 1. NFPA No. 70-National Electrical Code(NEC), Articles 210 Branch Circuits, 250 Grounding and 410, Paragraphs 56, 57 and 58. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with requirements to the contract: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product literature and specifications including dimensions, weights, certifications and instructions for handling, storage and installation. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Pack and crate devices to permit ease of handling and protect from damage during shipping, handling and storage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS JA. Bryant Electric B. Crouse-Hinds, Arrow Hart Division 1:\I559-FSI\SPECS\16140.WPD WIRING DEVICES 16140-1 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. C. Hubbel Inc. Wiring Devices Division D. Leviton Manufacturing Company E. Pass &Seymour/Legrand. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Standards: Conform to NEMA WD 1 for general requirements and NEMA WD6 for dimensional requirements. B. Manufacture devices to heavy-duty industrial specification grade with brown nylon bodies (orange for isolated-ground receptacles)back and side wiring provisions and green-colored grounding screws. C. Receptacles: 1. Duplex-type receptacles: Rated 20 amps at 120 volts. 2. Contacts: Brass or phosphor bronze. 3. Receptacle grounding system: Extend to the mounting strap unless isolated ground is indicated or required. 4. GFI or GFCI(ground fault circuit interrupter)receptacles: Provide feed-through type with test and reset button. D. Wall Switches: 1. Toggle switches: Rated 20 amps at 120/277 volts AC rated for both resistive and inductive loads. 2. Contacts: Silver cadmium oxide construction to prevent sticking,welding and excessive pitting. E. Cover Plates: 1. In outdoor, corrosive and wet areas, provide cover plates of cast metal,gasketed with spring-loaded hinged covers and stainless steel hardware. l2. All other plates: Type 302 stainless steel. J PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that device boxes are correctly placed. B. Verify that the correct quantity, size and type of wires are pulled to each device box. 1 C. Verify that wiring has been checked at both ends. /' D. Prepare wire ends for connection to devices. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16140.WPD WIRING DEVICES 16140-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. E. Inspect each wiring device for defects. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install devices plumb and level. C. Install switches with OFF position down. D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper. F. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductors clockwise around screw terminals. G. Install cover plates on switch,receptacle and blank outlets in finished areas. H. Energize and test devices for proper operation. END OF SECTION r 1 } I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16140.WPD WIRING DEVICES 16140-3 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Section 16165 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for disconnect switches including: Fusible disconnect switches 2. Non-fusible disconnect switches 3. Circuit breaker type disconnect switches } 4. Fuses 5. Circuit breakers 1.02 REFERENCES 1 A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA) 1. NEMA AB I: Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2. NEMA KS 1: Enclosed Switches 1 r B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. UL 98: Standard for safety enclosed switches and Dead Front Switches 2. UL 198C: High Interrupting Capacity Fuses, Current Limiting type 3. UL 198E: Class R Fuses C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(ANSI/NFPA),NFPA No. 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC), Article 380 - Switches. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with requirements to the contract: 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data 2. Switch internal arrangement 3. Breaker or fuse characteristic curves 4. Instructions for handling and storage 5. Installation instructions 6. Dimensions and weights 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Have disconnect switches packed and crated to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage during shipping,handling and storage. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16165.WPD DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16165-1 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers: 1. Cutler-Hammer Products 2. General Electric 3. Siemens Energy and Automation 4. Square D Company 5. Westinghouse Electric B. Fuses 1. Bussman Division, Cooper Industries 2. Gould Shawmut 3. Littelfuse Incorporated i 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Disconnect Switches 1 1. Characteristics: Horsepower rated, 600-volt,heavy-duty type with an interlocked door, positive quick-make, quick-break mechanism and visible blades. ,011°. 2. Use switches and components designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with NEMA AB 1,NEMA KS 1, UL 98, and NEC Article 380. 3. Enclose switch in a NEMA 12 type enclosure for indoor application and NEMA 4X (type 316 stainless steel) in outdoor locations or other wet or corrosive areas. 4. Provide switches with provisions for padlocking the operating lever in OFF position and door in closed position. 5. Select switches having the number of poles and general size conforming to the Drawings. 6. Conform to fusible, non-fusible or circuit breaker type switch requirements as shown on Drawings or one-line diagrams. 7. Provide an auxiliary contact, shown on the Drawings. 8. Select fuses or circuit breakers with current interrupting duty as calculated for the points of switch application or as indicated on the Drawings or one-line diagrams. B. Fuses. Unless otherwise noted on Drawings,for fuses used in disconnect switches,provide the dual-element,time-delay type with the maximum interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes, conforming to the NEC. C. Circuit Breakers. When circuit breakers are used in disconnect switches, provide the thermal- magnetic type with current interruption ratings as required at the point of application. D. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16165.WPD DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16165-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Review the Drawings and verify that the disconnect switches are correct for the applications. B. Make sure that the correct fuses or breakers are being used regarding size and short circuit interrupting capability. C. Prepare adhesive labels on the inside door of each switch indicating UL fuse class and size or breaker type and size for replacement. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install the disconnect switches in accordance with and NEC Article 380. B. Mount switches 6'-6" (to top of cabinet)above finished floor or grade. 1 C. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, install switches on spacers to provide a space of approximate 1/4-inch between the back of cabinet and the mounting surface. D. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, connect conduit to the bottom of enclosure 111 and to the lower 30 percent of the sides using watertight connectors. I END OF SECTION Li i I I } I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16165.WPD DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16165-3 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION FaroSaylas,Inc. Section 16170 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding electrodes and conductors B. Equipment grounding conductors C. Bonding D. Power system grounding E. Communication system grounding F. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding G. Control equipment grounding 1.02 REFERENCES rA. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM B3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires 2. ASTM B8: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium Hard, Soft 3. ASTM B33: Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE) 1. IEEE 142-82: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 2. IEEE 383-2.5: IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class IE Electric Cables, Field Splices, Iand Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. ! C. Underwriters' Laboratories(UL) l 1. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and Cables J 2. UL 467: Grounding and Bonding Equipment } D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA),NFPA No. 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC), J Article No. 250 -Grounding. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16170.WPD GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170-1 JOB NO.97019 I, September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-.Saylas,Inc. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with requirements to the contract: 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data 2. Installation,terminating and splicing procedure 3. Instruction for handling and storage 4. Dimensions and weight 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests 1. Use insulated cable conforming to requirements of the vertical tray flame test as described in IEEE 383-2.5. 2. Test grounding system in the field in accordance with procedures outlined in Part 3 - Execution. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship grounding cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified. Where cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel. Pack and crate other materials specified to withstand normal abuse during shipping,handling and storage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Cable 1. American Insulated Wire Company 2. Cablec Continental Cables Company 3. General Cable Company 4. Okonite Company 5. Pirelli Cable Corporation 6. Rome Cable Corporation 7. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. B. Ground Rods and Connectors: 1. Blackburn 2. Copperweld 3. Thomas &Betts C. Exothermic Connections: 1. Burndy Corporation(Therm-O-Weld) I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16I70.WPD GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Erico Products (Cadweld) D. Grounding Connectors: .►- 1. Bundy Corporation 2. O.Z. Gedney 3. Thomas &Betts 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Design. Provide grounding cable and materials with the following characteristics: 1. Use a grounding system designed in accordance with NEC Article No. 250 -Grounding, and the IEEE 142-82-Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. B. Materials 1. Use grounding conductors, bare or insulated, which are manufactured and tested in accordance with applicable standards ASTM B3, ASTM B8 and ASTM B33. 2. Provide a main ground loop of No. 4/0 AWG, Class C stranded, bare copper cable. Small groups of isolated equipment may be grounded by a No. 2 AWG minimum insulated IIconductor connected to the main loop. Generally,taps shall be sized as follows: a. Main ground loop or grid #4/0 minimum b. Switchgear, motor control centers and power transformers #4/0 c. Motors 200 hp and above #4/0 j d. Power panels -AC and DC #2/0 e. Control panels and consoles #2 f. Building columns #4/0 g. Fencing posts #2/0 3. Where single conductor insulated grounding conductors are called for, use 600-volt insulation. Use ground conductors identified with green insulation or green tape marking. 4. Supply identifying ribbon which is PVC tape, 3 inches wide, red color, permanently imprinted with "CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW" in black letters as specified in Section 16195, Electrical Identification. 5. Utilize flexible copper braid across hinged chain link or fence gates to bond the movable portion to the grounded fence post. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION /— A. Complete site preparation and soil compaction before trenching and driving ground rods for the underground grid. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16170.WPD GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170-3 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylots,Inc. B. Verify from Drawings the exact location of stub-up points for grounding of equipment,fences and building or steel structures. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA A. Install the main ground loop at a depth of at least 30 inches below earth surface. Connect the ground loop to ground rods and to tap connections to form a complete system as indicated on the electrical Drawings. The Contractor shall give special attention to the grounding of service equipment, structures and fences to comply with the NEC, local authorities and the serving utility company. B. Electrical equipment,buildings,tanks, and other structures and equipment shall be grounded as indicated on the Drawings. Where ground rods are required, the rods shall be 10 feet long, 3/4 inch diameter,copper-clad steel ground rods. Rods shall be driven vertically,and the top of the rods shall be a minimum of 18 inches below finished grade, or as specified on the Drawings. C. Local pushbutton and selector switch stations,two-wire control devices, disconnect switches, lighting transformers,panelboards, operator panels, benchboards, and the enclosures of other electrical apparatus shall begrounded through and pP g equipment grounding conductor run with the power supply or control circuit conductors or shall be grounded as shown on the Drawings. D. Ground medium voltage motors, in addition to the grounding conductors in the motor feeder cable, with a separate No. 4/0 AWG cable to motor frame. E. Motors having power supplied by multiconductor cable shall be grounded by a separate grounding conductor in the cable and where supplied by single conductor cable in conduit by a grounding conductor pulled in the conduit. Connect ground conductors to the ground bus in the motor control center and to the ground terminal provided in the motor conduit box. F. Do not ground the insulated bearing pedestals of large motors. G. Connect ladder-type cable trays to the grounding electrode system. H. Install a warning ribbon approximately 12 inches below finished grade directly above the ground grid. I. Connect fence posts of chain link and metal fences to the main ground loop at least every 50 feet. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Grounding 1. Make grounding connections to surfaces which are dry and cleaned of paint, rust, oxides, scales,grease and dirt to ensure good conductivity. Clean copper and galvanized steel to remove oxide before making welds or connections. 2. Use the exothermic welding process for below-grade grounding connections, except at ground rods. Use mechanical connectors or thermal connections for above-grade ,io"- grounding connections as shown on the Drawings. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16170.WPD GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170-a JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 3. Make grounding connections to electrical equipment,vessels,mechanical equipment and ground rods in accordance with the Drawings. 4. Ground tanks and vessels by making connections to integral structural supports or to existing grounding lugs or pads, and not to the body of the tank or vessel. 5. Leave ground connections to equipment visible for inspection. Protect them with PVC non- metallic conduit as indicated on the Drawings. 6. Make connections to motor frames and ground buses with lugs attached to the equipment by means of bolts. Do not use motor anchor bolts or equipment housing for fastening lugs of grounding cable. 7. Where the wiring for lighting systems consists of single conductor cables in conduit, provide each conduit with an equipment grounding conductor. Use a grounding conductor with green colored insulation and ground equipment in the lighting system. B. Raceway and Support Systems Grounding 1. Install raceway, cable rack or tray and conduit so that it is bonded together and permanently grounded to the equipment ground bus, according to the Drawings. Connection to conduit may be grounding bushing or ground clamp. 2. Install raceway at low voltage motor control centers or other low voltage control equipment so that it is bonded and grounded, except that any conduit which is effectively grounded to the sheet metal enclosure by bonding bushing or hubs need not be otherwise bonded. 3. Where a grounding conductor is run in or on a cable tray, bond the grounding conductor to each section of cable tray with a cable tray ground clamp. 4. Where only grounding conductor is installed in a metal conduit,bond both ends of the conduit to the grounding conductor. 5. Provide flexible "jumpers" around raceway expansion joints. Use copper bonding straps for steel conduit. Install jumpers across cable tray joints which have been parted to allow for expansion and any hinged cable tray connections. C. Fences and Gates. Ground fences, fence posts and gates to the underground grid as shown on the Drawings. D. Power System Grounding 1. Solidly ground the secondary neutral of the main power supply transformer either to the ground grid or through an impedance. See Drawings for details. 2. Solidly ground the neutral of lighting, instrument and control transformers. E. Cable Armor and Shields 1. For shielded control cable, terminate and ground the shield at one end only, preferably at the control panel end for instrument and communication cable and at the supply end for electronic power cables. Maintain shield continuity by jumpering the ground shield across connection point where it is broken at junction boxes, or other splice points. Insulate these points from ground. 2. Connect the ground wire in power cable assemblies at each terminal point to a ground bus, if available, or to the equipment enclosure. Do not carry these ground wires through a "doughnut" current transformer(CT) used for ground fault relaying;do carry ground leads from stress cones through CTs. Ground power cable armor and shield at each terminal point. 1:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16170.WPD GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170-5 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. F. Test Wells 1. Provide access(test wells)for testing the ground grid system at one or several ground rod locations. Make test wells of a pipe surrounding the rod and connections with a cover placed on top at grade level. See Drawings for details. 2. Install a test well at the service entrance pole to serve as the service entrance grounding electrode. G. Test 1. Perform ground resistance tests after underground installation and connections to building g steel are complete, unless otherwise noted on applicable Drawings. 2. Make tests at each ground test well using a"fall of potential"test method. Each ground test well shall not exceed a maximum resistance of 5 ohms. Where measured values exceed this figure, install additional ground rods as required to reduce the resistance to the specified limit. H. Inspection. Inspection of the grounding system by the Engineer and the local Code Inspector must take place before the grid trenches are backfilled. END OF SECTION r I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16170.WPD GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170-6 JOB NO.97019 September 3, 1998 CULLEN EXTENION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Section 16402 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Underground electrical duct banks. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): No. 70-National Electrical Code(NEC) Appendix B. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Catalog cut sheets of the ducts and spacers. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Have duct spacers and associated hardware packed and crated to avoid damage during shipment and handling. 1 r B. Clearly mark packages or crates stating that the material is for electrical duct banks only. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Thomas and Betts. B. Underground Devices Inc. C. Walker Division,Butler Manufacturing Company. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Conduit. Construct ducts using schedule 80 rigid PVC conduit. Refer to Section 16111 - j Conduit, Fittings and Bodies. B. Spacers. Secure conduit with non-magnetic, universal, interlocking-type spacers for both horizontal and vertical duct arrangements. C. Concrete. Use steel reinforced, red concrete as duct encasement. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16402.WPD UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 16402-1 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify from Drawings and field survey that the location of ductbanks does not interfere with any existing or new underground facilities. B. Verify that materials are on site in proper condition and that sufficient quantity is on hand for the work. C. Verify that trenches are in the correct places and prepared with sufficient depth and width to accommodate the duct banks,reinforcing rod,and concrete. D. Be prepared for inspection of the duct banks before reinforcing rod is installed. E. Before pouring concrete,verify that the ducts are free of debris and properly installed in the support and spacer systems and that the ducts are properly fitted together and firmly held in place by the hold down hardware. F. Provide 24-hour notice to Engineer and the Local Code Inspector for cover-up inspection before pouring electrical conduit ductbanks. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Use the size and types of conduit as indicated on the Drawings for the various duct banks required /• for the project. I B. Make duct bank installations and penetrations through foundation walls watertight. C. Assemble duct banks using non-magnetic saddles, spacers and separators. Position separators to provide 2-inch minimum concrete separation between the outer surfaces of the conduits. D. Provide a 3-inch minimum concrete covering on both sides,top and bottom of concrete envelopes around conduits. Add red dye at the rate of 10 pounds per cubic yard to concrete used for envelopes for easy identification during subsequent excavation. E. Firmly fix ducts in place during pouring of concrete. Carefully spade and vibrate the concrete to fiw ducts. F. Make ensure bends lling with of spaces sweepsbet of radiuseen not less than 6 times the smallest diameter of the raceway. G. Make a transition from non-metallic to metallic rigid conduit where duct banks enter structures or turn upward for continuation above grade. H. Make bends of 30 degrees or more using rigid galvanized steel. I. Reinforce duct banks throughout,where indicated on the Drawings. 1. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, reinforce with No. 5 longitudinal steel bars placed at each corner and along each face at a maximum parallel spacing of 12 inches on centers, and No. 5 tie-bars transversely placed at 18-inch maximum longitudinal intervals. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16402.WPD UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 16402-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. 2. Maintain a maximum clearance of 2 inches from bars to the edge of the concrete encasement. J. Where ducts enter structures such as handholes,manholes,pullboxes,or buildings,terminate the ducts in suitable end bells, insulated L-bushings,Meyers hubs or couplings on steel conduits. Tag conduit entering pull boxes with stamped,stainless steel tags. Identify as designated in cable and conduit schedule. K. Do not backfill with material containing large rock,paving materials,cinders, large or sharply angular substances, corrosive material,or other materials which can damage or contribute to corrosion of ducts or prevent adequate compaction of fill. L. Install a bare stranded copper duct bank ground in each duct bank envelope. Make ground electrically continuous throughout the entire duct bank system. Connect ground to switchgear and MCC ground buses and to steel conduit extensions of the underground duct system. M. After completion of the duct bank and prior to pulling cable,pull a mandrel, not less than 12 inches long and with a cross section approximately one-fourth inch less than the inside cross section of the duct,through each duct. Then pull a rag swab or sponge through to remove any 1 particles of earth, sand or gravel that may have been left in the duct. Repull the rag or sponge swab until the swab emerges clean. N. Use hemp rope to pull conductors into PVC conduit. Do not use nylon or wire cable for this purpose. O. Install a warning ribbon approximately 12 inches below finished grade over underground duct banks. Refer to Section 16195 - Electrical Identification. P. For manholes and pull boxes below grade, install wire racks to support cables properly around the perimeter and keep them dry. Q. For manholes and pull boxes below grade,construct a french drain, or other drainage as detailed on the Drawings. END OF SECTION I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16402.WPD UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 16402-3 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Fer o-Sa YID,Inc Section 16510 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specification for: 1. Fluorescent lighting fixtures (Not Applicable) 2. High intensity discharge(HID) lighting fixtures (Where Applicable) 3. Emergency lighting fixtures(Not Applicable) 4. Exit fixtures(Not Applicable) 5. Incandescent lighting fixtures (Where Applicable) 6. Photo cells (Where Applicable) 1.02 REFERENCES 4/` A. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSUNFPA) 1. No. 70 -National Electrical Code(NEC) a. Article 410-Lighting Fixtures, Lampholders, Lamps and Receptacles b. Article 500-Hazardous (classified) locations c. Article 700 -Emergency Systems 2. No. 101 -Life Safety Code B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 1. C78.379 -Electric Lamps -Incandescent and High Intensity discharge Reflector Lamps - Classification of Beam Patterns. 2. C82.1 - Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps - Specifications. 3. C82.4 - Ballasts for High-Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple- Supply Type). JC. American National Standards Institute/Illuminating Engineering Society(ANSUIES): The IES Handbook shall be used as a basis for design and construction of lighting systems. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16510.WPD LIGHTING FIXTURES 16510-1 4 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro Saylors,Inc. D. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc./Illuminating Engineering Society(ASHRAE/IES): ASHRAE/IES 90.1 - 1989-Energy Efficient Design of new Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. E. American National Standards Institute/Underwriters Laboratories (ANSI/UL). 1. UL1570-Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures. 2. UL1571 -Incandescent Lighting Fixtures. 3. UL1572-High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures. 4. UL844 -Fixtures for Hazardous Areas. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with requirements to the contract: 1. Outline dimensions, support points and unit weight. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Complete test report with photometric curves. 4. Storage, handling,and installation recommendation. ir 5. Connection diagrams. 6. Catalog data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests. Run manufacturer's tests on lighting fixtures in accordance with applicable Underwriters Laboratories (U.L.) Standards 1570, 1571 and 1572. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Have lighting fixtures individually packed to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Benjamin Div.,Thomas Industries B. Crouse-Hinds, Div. of Cooper Industries C. G.E. Lighting System I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16510.WPD LIGHTING FIXTURES 16510-2 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. D. Guth Lighting ..••' E. Holophane Company, Inc. F. Hubbell Lighting, Inc. G. Killark Electric Mfg. Company H. Lithonia Lighting I. Pauluhn Electric J. Wide-Lite Corporation K. Dual-Lite Company L. Unless shown otherwise on drawings. l 2.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Provide lighting fixtures in accordance with the lighting plan Drawings, Lighting g gs g , g ting Fixture Schedules and this specification. IIB. Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures ' 1. Fixtures a. Select fixtures designed for operation on rapid start ballast circuit with medium bipin T8 bases. I b. Use ballasts with high power factor rapid start electromagnetic type in accordance Jwith ANSI C82.1. c. Use fixtures tested and approved under UL 1570 for damp locations as a minimum. id. Provide heavy dutyindustrial type fixtures with baked white finish, spring loaded metal clad lamp holders and heavy duty apertured reflector, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. 2. Ballasts 1 a. Ballasts shall be UL listed with a Class P thermal rating, a Class A sound rating conforming to Part 18 of CRF 47 of the Federal Communications Commission Rules and Regulations. i b. Ballasts shall comply with ANSI C62.1-1984 (IEEE 587) for line transients and ANSI C78-1 for maximum starting voltage for each type of fluorescent lamp. 00" c. Ballasts shall be for minimum starting temperature of 0 degree F, unless otherwise specified and shall have a power factor greater than 0.90 and shall not contain PCB (Polychlorinated biphenyls). 1:11559-FSI\SPECS\16510.WPD LIGHTING FIXTURES 16510-3 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. d. Ballasts shall maintain constant light output for line voltage fluctuations of plus or minus 10 percent and be able to operate properly with plus or minus 15 percent voltage fluctuations. e. Ballast factor: Ballasts shall comply with ANSI C82.1 and shall have a high ballast factor(.88 or greater)when firing the number of lamps wired to the ballast. f. Crest factor: Ballasts shall have a lamp current crest factor, CCF,of 1.65 or less, and shall be furnished by the manufacturer. g. Electronic ballasts shall have an output frequency of 20 kHz or higher with less than 2 percent lamp flicker. The average ballast life shall be rated at 60,000 hours or greater based on 3 hour average burn cycles. Total Harmonic Distortion(THD) shall not exceed 10 percent and third Harmonic Distortion shall be less than 6 percent. h. For lamp types for which none of the acceptable manufacturers produces an electronic ballast,the ballast shall be energy-saving magnetic type. i. Ballast and T8-lamp compatibility: Ballasts for use with T8 lamps shall be compatible with T8 lamps only. The ballast shall not adjust current if T12 lamps are inserted. j. Ballast and T12-lamp compatibility: Electronic ballasts for use with T12 lamps P shall be T12 compatible only. ir k. Ballast for Compact Fluorescent Lamps: Ballasts shall be High Power Factor (HFP)type. 1. Warranty: Ballast shall carry a manufacturer's warranty against failure due to defects in material or workmanship for 5 years. 3. Lamps a. Fluorescent lamps shall meet the following specifications unless otherwise specified for a particular lamp. b. Lamp Type: Lamps shall be T8 tri-phosphor type. c. Lamp Correlated Color Temperature, CCT: Lamps shall have a manufacturer's Correlated Color Temperature, CCT, of 4100K. d. Lamp Color Rendering Index, CRI: Lamps shall have a Color Rendering Index, CRI, of greater than 75. e. 4-foot Fluorescent Lamp type: Lamps shall be 4-foot Phillips F32T8/TL741, or equal. Initial lumen output shall be 2850 lumens or greater with a design lumen output of 2600 lumens or greater at 40 percent of rated lamp life. Lamps shall have an average rated life at 20,000 hours or greater, based on 3-hour burn cycles. I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16510.WPD LIGHTING FIXTURES 16510-4 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. f. 8-foot Fluorescent Lamp type: Lamps shall be 8-foot Phillips F96T8/TL741,or equal. Initial lumen output shall be 4500 lumens or greater with a design lumen 00— output of 4050 lumens or greater at 40percent of rated lamplife. Lamps shall have an average rated life at 15,000 hours or greater,based on 3-hour burn cycles. g. U-lamptype: U-lamps shall be Phillips FB31T8,TL741 or equal. P eq a. Initial lumen output shall be 2600 lumens or greater with a design lumen output of 2370 lumens or greater at 40 percent of rated lamp life. Lamps shall have an average rated life at 20,000 hours or greater, based on 3-hour burn cycles. h. Compact Fluorescent Lamps Short: Lamps shall be Phillips PL-S 13W/41,or equal. Initial lumen output shall be 900 lumens or greater. Lamps shall have an average rated life at 10,000 hours or greater, based on 3-hour burn cycles. ' i. Compact Fluorescent Lamps Long; Lamps shall be Phillips PL-L 40W/2G11/RS/41,or equal. Initial lumen output shall be 3150 lumens or greater with a design lumen output of 2835 lumens or greater at 40 percent of rated lamp life. Lamps shall have an average rated life at 20,000 hours or greater, based on 3- _ hour burn cycles. C. High-Intensity Discharge(HID) Fixtures Il1. Provide fixtures that are High Pressure Sodium(HPS)type. 2. Select fixtures which are enclosed and gasketed with mogul base porcelain lamp socket. /. 3. Use ballast high power factor type with taps for 120V, 208V and 277V input voltage, conforming to ANSI Standard C82.4. 4. Refer to Drawings or fixture schedules specific g p types, sizes and mounting hardware. D. Emergency Fixtures/Exit Fixtures (Not Applicable) si E. Incandescent Lighting Fixtures i 1. Provide incandescent lighting fixtures with a maximum 150W design and vandal-proof construction. 2. Fixtures shall be made for wall, ceiling or pendant mount in accordance with the Drawings or fixture schedules. 3. Fixtures shall be designed for single incandescent lamp, medium base for maximum 150 watts with cast aluminum base and vandal-resistant polycarbonate lens or globe. i 4. For outdoor application the fixtures shall be of vaporproof NEMA 4X construction with globe,guard and stainless steel hardware. 1 5. In hazardous areas the fixtures shall be approved under standard UL844 for Class 1, Division 1, Group D environment and shall be equipped with globe,guard and stainless steel hardware. I:\1559-FSIFSPECS\l65I0.WPD LIGHTING FIXTURES 16510-5 JOB NO.97019 September 3,1998 CULLEN EXTENSION LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylo s,Inc. F. Photo Cells 1. Provide a photo cell to control outdoor fixtures unless otherwise indicated on the lighting plans. 2. Use a photo cell that is either the plug-in twist-lockingtype or the wire-in swivel-toptype, both with similar features and operating characteristics. 3. Provide a photo cell that is enclosed in a UV-resistant rain-tight polypropylene housing with the cell being a 0.75 square inch cadmium sulfide surface passivated and a single pole, single throw normally closed bi-metallic switch. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Check the types and quantity of fixtures to be mounted in the area to be illuminated and verify that materials are on hand. 1 B. Pick out the correct bulbs for the fixtures along with the necessaryaccessories and mounting hardware. 3.02 INSTALLATION Ir A. Install fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,NEC Articles 410, 500 and 700 as applicable, and the Drawings. B. Wire up fixtures in accordance with the Drawings and ensure proper switching, circuiting and balanced loads. C. Make sure proper grounding and bonding are provided for fixtures and raceways. D. Install specified lamps in each fixture. E. When applicable, aim and adjust fixtures in accordance with directions as indicated on the Drawings. F. Energize and test fixtures for proper operation. G. Check the illumination level with a light meter and ensure that sufficient light is reaching areas where tasks are performed and that egress paths are properly illuminated during emergency situations. END OF SECTION I:\1559-FSI\SPECS\16510.WPD LIGHTING FIXTURES 16510-6 JOB NO.97019 June 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. '"; js APPENDIX "A" SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS FOR WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES A. General: Materials and equipment, as a minimum, shall conform to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 61. The Contractor shall provide written certification by an organization accredited by ANSI that the materials and equipment meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF Standard 61. B. PVC Pressure Pipe 1. All pipe and appurtenances shall bear the National Sanitation Foundation Standard No. 14 Seal of Approval (NSF No. 14) for thermoplastic materials, pipe, fittings, valves, traps and joining materials. a. 1" through 3" piping shall consist of polyethylene (PE) pressure pipe, tubing and fittings meeting ASTM D2737 and ASTM D2239 and all standards as set forth in the latest edition of AWWA C901. b. 4" through 16" piping shall conform to ASTM D1784 specifications for rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) compounds, ASTM 12454-B (PVC1120) material requirements, and ASTM D2241 specifications for PVC plastic pipe (SDR-PR). The pipe shall have a wall thickness of DR 18 and meet all standards as set forth in the latest edition of AWWA C905 or C900 as applicable. c. 18" through 24" piping shall conform to ASTM D1784 specifications for rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) compounds, ASTM 12454-B (PVC1120) material requirements, and ASTM D2241 specifications for PVC plastic j r \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\APPENA SPC.DOC APPENDIX A A-1 JOB No.97019 1 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. r pipe (SDR-PR). The pipe shall have a wall thickness of DR 25 and meet all :t standards as set forth in the latest edition of AWWA C905. 2. Joints shall be elastomeric-gasket bell-end pipe and meet ASTM D3139 requirements for proper design and performance of joints. Elastomeric gaskets shall be manufactured to conform with the requirements of ASTM F477. 3. PVC pipe fittings shall be NSF approved and conform to ASTM D-1784 specifications. 4. Prior to use of this material, the Engineer shall be furnished with the Manufacturer's Certificate in duplicate attesting compliance with specification requirements. 1 C. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1. Quality Control a. Provide manufacturer's certification that all DIP and fittings meet provisions of this Section and have been hydrostatically tested at factory and meet requirements of ANSI A 21.51.Provide certification that all pipe joints have been tested and meet requirements of ANSI A 21.11. 2. Product a. DIP Barrels: ANSI A 21.15, ANSI A 21.50 or ANSI A 21.51; bear mark of Underwriters' Laboratories approval; minimum thickness Class 51 water mains or as shown on drawings. Provide minimum thickness Class 53 for flanged pipe. Provide pipe sections in standard lengths, not less than 18 feet long, except for special fittings and closure sections as indicated on shop drawings. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\APPENA SPC.DOC APPENDIX A A-2 JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. A 3. Joints a. Joint types: ANSI A 21.11 push-on; ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint; or ANSI A 21.15 flanged end. Provide push-on joints unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or required by these specifications. For bolted joints, bolts shall conform to requirements of AWWA C 111. b. Where restrained joints are required provide one of the following or equal: Super-Lock Joint by Clow Corp., Flex-Ring or Lok-Ring by American Cast Iron Pipe Co., or TR-Flex Joint by U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. c. Threaded- or grooved-type joints which reduce pipe wall thickness below minimum required are not acceptable. 4. Gaskets a. Furnish, when no contaminant is identified, plain rubber (SBR) gasket material; for flanged joints 1/8-inch-thick gasket in accordance with ANSI A 21.15. b. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed pipeline, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants: For petroleum contaminants use Nitrile Rubber for any other contaminants use pipe manufactures' recommendation. 5. Fittings a. Use fittings of same size of pipe. Reducers are not permitted to facilitate an off-size fitting. Reducing bushings are also prohibited. Make reductions in piping size by reducing fittings. b. Push-on Fittings: ANSI A 21.10; ductile iron ANSI A 21.11 joints, gaskets and lubricants; pressure rated at 250 psig. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\APPENA SPC.DOC APPENDIX A A-3 JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. c. Flanged Fittings: ANSI A 21.10; ANSI B 16.1 cast or ductile iron. Flanges: ANSI B 16.1, Class 125; pressure rated at 250 psig. d. Mechanical Joint Fittings: ANSI A 21.11 (AWWA C 110); pressure rated at 250 psig. 6. Coatings and Linings a. Water Main Interiors: ANSI A 21.4, cement lined with seal coat. b. Exterior: Prime coat and outside asphaltic coating conforming to ANSI A 21.15 or ANSI A 21.51 for pipe and fittings in open cut excavation of casings. 71 C. For flanged joints in buried service, provide petrolatum wrapping system, IIDenso, or equal, for the complete joint and alloy steel fasteners. Alternatively, provide bolts made of Type 304 stainless steel. Am- 7. Manufacturers a. Pre-approved manufactures of DIP are American Cast Iron Pipe Co., McWane Cast Iron Pipe Co., and U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. 1 8. Installation a. Install in accordance with AWWA C 600 and manufactures' recommendations. D. Fire Hydrants: 1. Each fire hydrant shall have a 5" minimum valve opening and shall be furnished with 3 outlets, each with screw cover. Sizes and threading of outlet covers shall be as specified by the Owner. The centerline of the lowest outlet shall be at least 18" above ground level. I \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\APPENA SPC.DOC APPENDIX A A-4 JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. Operating nut shall be bronze and shall open valve by turning to the left or counter- .... clockwise. Fire hydrant shall be furnished with 4-foot bury, or as required by the profile in the plans. Inlet connections shall be as required, for the type of pipe leads. 2. All fire hydrants shall conform to the specifications of the AWWA, suitable for bury as indicated on the plans. Standard hydrants shall be 5-1/4 inch valve opening, and shall have two hose connections 2-1/2 inch diameter, and one steamer connection. Hose connection threads shall be National Standard Board of Fire Underwriter for 2-1/2" connections and 4-492 for steamer connection (old City of Houston). Standard hydrants shall have a 6-inch bottom bell connection and shall have a flanged joint above the ground line and shall be so constructed that water will not be wasted in case of damage to barrel. All hydrants shall have one coat of primer and one coat of finish, color of which is to comply with City Standard. Fire hydrants shall be located as shown on the plans. In no case shall a fire hydrant be located within nine (9) feet of a sanitary sewer. Am- 3. Fire hydrants shall have a weather cap or other suitable device to prevent water from entering bonnet section of valve. 4. Fire hydrants shall have provision for lubricating stem threads and other working parts and bearing surfaces. The main valve of the fire hydrant shall be balata, leather or other suitable material where it bears on metal seats. 5. Fire hydrant shall be of a compressiontype which closes with line pressure. P Nozzles shall be of the breech locked or screwed type. 6. Fire hydrant shall have a safety flange at or near ground level to minimize damage from vehicular impact and the hydrant shall be so constructed that the main valve will remain closed if fire hydrant is broken at safety flange. 7. Fire hydrants shall be Mueller A-224015 Improved or Medallion, Clow. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\APPENA SPC.DOC APPENDIX A A-5 JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD. &BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors, Inc. E. Gate Valves: Gate valves shall conform to the latest American Water Works Association Standard C502 Specifications for ordinary Water Works Service. Gate valves shall be of a resilient seat type having double discs, parallel seats and discs shall be bronze mounted. Gate valves shall be of the non-rising stem type. Stems shall be bronze with Acme threads. Seat rings shall be bronze. Body shall be of a high grade cast iron. Gate valves shall be furnished with connecting ends as applicable to the type of pipe being used. Valves shall operate counter-clockwise to open. All valves installed in mains under this contract shall be of the same make, and shall be Mueller (A-238-24 for AC pipe and A- 2380-37 for PVC pipe) or Clow or equal. F. Tapping Sleeves and Valves: 1. Tapping sleeves for other types of pipe shall be as required by AWWA Specifications. 2. Valves shall be as required by AWWA specifications. G. Gate Valve Boxes: Gate valve boxes shall be adjustable Tyler Foundry's Item J Y y 6890-A or equal. H. Cold Water Service Meters - Displacement Type: 1. Cold Water Service Meters for service connections shall be Positive Displacement type with magnetic drive as manufactured by Rockwell Manufacturing Company, Badger Meter Manufacturing Company, Neptune Meter Company or approved equal. 2. Meters shall conform with AWWA Standard C-700 with the following additions or deletions: a. Registers shall be hermetically sealed type reading in U. S. Gallons and carry a 10-YEAR GUARANTEE against defective parts or workmanship. In the event of the failure for the above reasons the entire register gear train unit will be replaced, not just the defective part. b. Measuring chambers shall be of Nickalloy or Penton to be inert to corrosion and electrolysis. \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\APPENA SPC.DOC APPENDIX A A-6 JOB No.97019 April 12, 2000 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. c. Water meters to be all bronze case, bolts, screws with SN No. on lid and 41110. with heat treated glass in register face. Meters to be "Top of the Line". Meters will be supplied with bronze coupling tail pieces, coupling nuts and leather washers. d. Sample meters shall be submitted together with pressure loss curves for each size of meter required, and parts price list with applicable purchase discount to be effective for a period of twelve months after delivery of meters. I. Water Meter Boxes: Meter boxes shall be Mark II polyfoam plastic for either 3/4" or 1" single or double service, or approved equal. J. Butterfly Valves: Conform to AWWA C-504. 1. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Dezurik b. Pratt END OF APPENDIX A \\02DATAFS\PROJECTS\97019\APPENA SPC.DOC APPENDIX A A-7 JOB No.97019 December 13, 1999 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. APPENDIX "B" SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS FOR SEWER LINE AND APPURTENANCES A. General: Materials and equipment shall be of standard manufacture for the required use. Where brands of materials and types of equipment are called for in these specifications, they have been specified because of their quality or because their design is suited to the work. Where the term, "or equal" is used, the Contractor may offer substitute items of material equipment. The burden of proof of equality shall be upon the Contractor and the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the equality between the specified items and substitute offered (see General Conditions). B. Pipe for Sewers: Pipe for sewers shall meet the following specifications and shall be the size and class designated on plans and/or bid sheets, and be in accordance with the latest revision published by the American Society for Testing Materials: Ductile Iron Pipe, Cement ANSI A21.51, AWWA C151 Mortar Lined Class 51 PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) A.S.T.M. Desig.. D-2241 Pressure Pipe (SDR 26) PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) A.S.T.M. Desig. D-3034 Gravity Pipe w/Gasketed Joints (SDR 26 Gravity Pipe) Short Body Cast Iron Fittings A.S.A. A21.10, (Ring Tite, "Fluid Tite", "Tyton", A.S.A. A21.11 "Bell Tite", Flanged Ends, Mechanical Joint) C. Joints for Sewer Pipe: 1. PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe: The joints of PVC plastic sewer pipe shall be of the bell and spigot type with a bell as an integral part of the pipe and containing a rubber sealing ring, which shall fit snugly into a retaining pocket. Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM 3212. 2. PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Plastic Pressure Sewer Pipe: The joints of PVC plastic pressure sewer pipe shall be of the bell and spigot type with a bell as an integral part C:\WORDDOCS\97019\APPENB.SPC APPENDIX B B -1 JOB No.97019 December 13, 1999 CULLEN RD.&BROADWAY(FM 518)-UTILITIES&LIFT STATION Ferro-Saylors,Inc. of the pipe and containing a rubber sealing ring, which shall fit snugly into a retaining pocket. Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3139. D. Fittings: 1. Non-Pressure Pipe Fittings or Specials: Wyes, tees, and bends shall correspond in all respects with dimensions specified for pipe corresponding type and size. Tolerance on the dimensions of fittings shall be the same as for straight pipe. The wye, or bend shall, unless specified, terminate in a hub. 2. Pressure Pipe Fittings: Cast iron fittings with bells shall conform to ASA Standards A21.10 and shall be made for Class 150 pipe. Flanged fittings shall conform to ASA Standards B 16.1, "Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125". Mechanical Joint Fittings shall be standardized for Class 150 pipe with joints in accordance with ASA Standards A21.11 Specifications, "A Mechanical Joint for Cast Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings". Fittings for PVC pressure pipe shall be IIschedule 40. Aim- END OF APPENDIX B ti 1. i C:\WORDDOCS\97019\APPENB.SPC APPENDIX B B -2 JOB No.97019 Llient # : 42429 552SERCON R . CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE io/`25%00 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Global Partners of TX ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Riverway, Suite 1000 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. n, TX 77056 0-8 6 0 0 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A:Northern Ins Co of NY nstruction, Inc . INSURER B: ity West Blvd. , #1700 I INSURERC: n, TX 77042 INSURER D: INSURER E: :S ES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING REMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR IN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH 1GGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER I POLICY EFFECTIVE:POLICY EXPIRATION DATE(MM/DD/YY)1 DATELMM/DD/YY) LIMITS 4LLIABILITY CON36337187 06/08/00 06/08/01 EACH OCCURRENCE $1, 000, 000 AMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE(Any one tire)$5 0, 0 0 0 CLAIMS MADE X, OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) !S5, 0 0 0 1 PERSONAL R ADV INJURY $1, 000, 000 I GENERAL AGGREGATE $2, 000, 000 IGREGATE LIMIT APPLIESPER: i;PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGO,$1, 000, 000 PRO- I .ICY i X JECT I I LOC , )BILE LIABILITY CON60130177 ' 06/08/00 06/08/01 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 'AUTO (Ea accident) $1, 0 0 0, 0 0 0 OWNED AUTOS , BODILY INJURY $ IE D UL E D AUTOS ,(Per person) %AUTOS i4ED AUTOS BODILY INJURY r, (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE 1 i(Per accident) $ LIABILITY 1 AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT, $ AUTO I OTHER THAN EA ACC !$ 'AUTO ONLY: AGO '$ LIABILITY , CON62852117 06/08/00 06/08/01 1 EACH OCCURRENCE S1, 000, 000 :UR i ,CLAIMS 4ADE AGGREGATE $1, 000, 000 $ )UCTIBLE $ ENTION $ `` 1 'S IS COMPENSATION AND iTC158551236 , 06/08/00 06/08/01 I X !TORY IMTSi OERJI ERS LIABILITY 1 'E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1, 000, 000 E.L.DISEASE-EAEMPLOYEE$1, 000, 000 E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT$1, 000, 000 contractors jCON36337187 06/08/00 ; 06/08/O1 All Risk $1000 Ded Dment I L/R $300, 000 OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2onstruction of Sanitary Sewer, Water Lines and Lift Station aments along Cullen Blvd. and Broadway (FM 518) FE HOLDER ADDmONAL INSURED;INSURERLETTER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION City of Pearland DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL E NDEAVORTO MAIL:1 0_ DAYSWRITTEN 0111. 3519 Liberty Drive NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL Pearland, TX 77581 IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED-REPOSE NTATI VE 2. 5(7/97)1 of 2 #S127153/M63874 KWS OACORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. •S(7197)2 of 2 #5127153/M63874 ulientf : 4242 552S±RCON ►RD, CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE io/25joo .THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION rcial Lines Department ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE t Global Partners of TX HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Riverway, Suite 1000 Dn, TX 7 7 0 5 6-19 0 9 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A:Northern Ins Co of NY Df Pearland. INSURER B: Liberty Drive INSURERC: and, TX 77581 INSURER D: ' INSURER E: ES DIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING 11REMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR -AIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE'POLICY EXPIRATION' DATE(MM/DD/YYII DATE(MM/DD/YYT LIMITS 9ALLIABILITY BDR153568 10/25/00 10/25/01 ', EACH OCCURRENCE S1, 000, 000 IMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE(Any one lire) $ CLAIMS MADE OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) S P PERSONAL&ADV INJURY S GENERAL AGGREGATE $1, 0 0 0, 0 0 0 1OGREGATE LIMIT APPLIESPER: I PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG1 S )LICYI PRO- LOC JECT • AOBILE LIABILITY I COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 4Y AUTO (Ea accident) S .L OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY ;HEDULED AUTOS (Per person)NW $ AUTOS I BODILY INJURY ,WNED AUTOS (Per accident) $ — / � PROPERTY DAMAGE 400111.' J (Per accident) $ E LIABILITY i AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT S Y AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC S AUTO ONLY: AGG 1 S LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE S —1 :CUR CLAIMS NIADEI AGGREGATE $ $ ?DUCTIBLE I S :TENTION S S ERS COMPENSATION AND !WC STATU- OTH- 'TORYLIMITS, I ER IYERST LIABILITY E.L.EACH ACCIDENT S E.L.DISEASE-EAEMPLOYEEI$ E.L.DISEASE-POLICYLIMITI S Ii N OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS :uction of Sanitary Sewer, Water Lines and Lift Station Improvements Cullen Blvd. and Broadway (FM 518) Named insured includes employees of )f Pearland, TX 4TE HOLDER ADDITIONAL INSURED;INSURER LETTER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION SER Construction, Inc. DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TOMAIL] 0_ DAYSWRRTEN AM► P. 0. Box 891145 NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL Houston, TX 77289 IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED RE�PSENTATIVE �t JA -S C//97)1 of 2 #S127159/M127155 KWS O ACORD CORPORATION 1988 • IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. S(7/97)2 of 2 #S127159/M127155 L.J..L flLff : 4L4Ly 552SERCON CORD,. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 10/(25/00 UCER 'THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION imercial Lines Department ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE lmlt Global Partners of TX HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. .ee Riverway, Suite 1000 - ston, TX 7 7 0 5 6-19 0 9 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE ED INSURER A:Northern Ins Co of NY . Construction, Inc. INSURER B: 0. Box 891145 ston, TX 77289 INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: RAGES POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH :IES. AGGREGATE UMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. IC EFFECTIVE 1POCY EXPIRATION TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER i DATEY(MM/DD/YY), DATE MMIDD/YYII LIMITS IENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE 1$ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE(Any one Ifre) $ CLAIMS MADE I OCCUR I MED EXP(Any one person) $ I PERSONAL&ADV INJURY !$ I GENERAL AGGREGATE '$ ENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIESPER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ POLICY JECT I I LOC UTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT ANY AUTO I(Ea accident) $ I ALL OWNED AUTOS I I BODILY INJURY i$ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) AUTOS BODILY INJURY �.,,I,VNEDAUTOS (per accident) $ /f PROPERTY DAMAGE / I I(Per accident,/ ) $ iE LIABILITY ,AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENTi$ NY AUTO i OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ ,ESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR i CLAIMS MADE, .AGGREGATE i$ $ JDEDUCTIBLE I $ I RETENTION $ $ WC STATU- I IOTH ORKERSCOMPENSATIONAND 1 ITORYLIMITSI i ER i IPLOYERS'LIABILITY i I E.L.EACH ACCIDENT II$ E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE$ E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT$ -HER Bu i 1 de r' s Ri 1BDR.153556 10/25/00 10/25/01iAll Risk $474, 036 . 60 PTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS . Construction of Sanitary Sewer, Water Lines and Lift Station -ovements along Cullen Blvd. and Broadway (FM 518) FICATE HOLDER ' ADDrONALINSURED;INSURER LETTER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION City of Pearland DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL EN DEAVOR TO MAIL'0 DAYSWRITTEN 3 519 Liberty Drive NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,BIJTFAILURE TO DO SO SHALL Pearland, TX 77581 IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITSAGEN iS OR REPRESENTATIVES. _ AUTHORIZED RE POSE NTATIVE )25-S(7/97)1 of 2 #S 12 716 5/M 12 716 3 KWS 0 ACORD CORPORATION 1988